UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

Form 

FORM 10-K

(Mark One)

(Mark One)

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the Fiscal Year Ended fiscal year ended December 31 2020, 2022

or OR

¨

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from to

Commission File No. Number 001-39299

Alight, Inc.

 FOLEY TRASIMENE ACQUISITION CORP.

(Exact name of registrantRegistrant as specified in its charter)Charter)

Delaware85-0545098

Delaware

86-1849232

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

1701 Village Center Circle,Las Vegas,Nevada89134

4 Overlook Point

Lincolnshire, IL

60069

(Address of principal executive offices)

(zip code)Zip Code)

(702) 323-7330(224) 737-7000

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of Each Classeach class

Trading SymbolsSymbol(s)

Name of Each Exchangeeach exchange on Which Registeredwhich registered

Units, each consisting of one share of

Class A common stock
and one-third of one redeemable warrantCommon Stock, par value $0.0001 per share

WPF.U

ALIT

New York Stock Exchange

Class A common stock, par value $0.0001WPFNew York Stock Exchange
Redeemable warrants, each whole warrant exercisable
for one share of Class A common stock at an exercise price
of $11.50 per share
WPF.WSNew York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrantRegistrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes¨No ☑

Indicate by check mark if the registrantRegistrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ¨YES ☐ No ☑ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrantRegistrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrantRegistrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☑     No ¨ ☒ NO ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrantRegistrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrantRegistrant was required to submit such files). Yes  ☑    No ¨ ☒ NO ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company”company,” and "emerging“emerging growth company"company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated
filer

¨

     Accelerated
filer

¨

Accelerated filer

Non-accelerated filer

☑ 

Smaller reporting
company

¨

Emerging growth
company

☑ 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or

revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ¨

If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements.

Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b).

Indicate by check mark whether the registrantRegistrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ☑     No ¨YES ☐ NO

The aggregate market value of Unitsthe voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 2020, was $1,104,345,000Registrant, based on the closing price of $10.67 as reported bythe shares of common stock on the New York Stock Exchange. Exchange on June 30, 2022, was $1,786,466,860.

As of June 30, 2020,February 24, 2023, the registrant’s class A common stock was not publicly traded.

As of January 31, 2021, there were 103,500,000registrant had 478,210,719 shares of Class A common stock and 25,875,000Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, 4,990,453 shares of Class B common stockB-1 Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, 4,990,453 shares of Class B-2 Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, 63,481,465 shares of Class V Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, 5,046,819 shares of Class Z-A Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, 274,379 shares of Class Z-B-1 Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and 274,379 shares of Class Z-B-2 Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the registrant issuedRegistrant's definitive Proxy Statement for its 2023 annual meeting of stockholders to be filed with the Securities and outstanding.

Exchange Commission not later than 120 days after the end of the Company’s fiscal year are incorporated by reference into Part III, Items 10-14 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.


FOLEY TRASIMENE ACQUISITION CORP.

FORM 10-K

TABLE OF CONTENTS


Table of Contents

Page
Number
PART I

Page

Item 1.

BusinessExplanatory Note

1

Item 1A.

Risk FactorsDisclaimer Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

15

1

Executive Summary of Risk Factors

2

PART I

Item 1.

Business

4

Item 1A.

Risk Factors

9

Item 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments

44

27

Item 2.

Properties

44

27

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings

44

27

Item 4.

Mine Safety Disclosures

44

27

PART II

Item 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

45

28

Item 6.

Selected Financial Data[Reserved]

45

29

Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

46

30

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative DisclosureDisclosures About Market Risk

50

44

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

51

F-1

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

51

F-46

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures

51

F-46

Item 9B.

Other Information

52

F-49

Item 9C.

Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections

F-49

PART III

PART III

Item 10.

Directors, and Executive Officers of the Registrantand Corporate Governance

57

F-50

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

57

F-50

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

58

F-50

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

59

F-50

Item 14.

Principal AccountingAccountant Fees and Services

60

F-50

PART IV

Item 15.

Exhibits,Exhibit and Financial Statement Schedules

61

F-51

Item 16.16

Form 10-K Summary

62

F-53

Additional Informationi


Explanatory Note

Descriptions of agreements or other documents in this report are intended as summaries and are not necessarily complete. Please referThis Annual Report on Form 10-K includes information pertaining to periods prior to the agreements orclosing of the other documents filed or incorporated herein by reference as exhibits. Please seeBusiness Combination (as defined in "Item 15, Exhibits,7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Statement Schedules" in this report for a complete listCondition and Results of those exhibits.

SpecialOperations"). Refer to Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

Please see the note under "Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Information" for a description1 “Basis of special factors potentially affecting forward-lookingPresentation and Nature of Business” to our consolidated financial statements included in this report.

PART I

Item 1.Business 

Introductory Note

The following describes the business of Foley Trasimene Acquisition Corp. Except where otherwise noted, all references to “we,” “us,” “our,” “FTAC,” or the “Company,” are to Foley Trasimene Acquisition Corp.

Description of Business

The Company is a newly incorporated blank check company incorporated in Delaware on March 26, 2020. The Company was formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses (“Business Combination” or referred to throughout this Annual Report on Form 10-K (“Report”) as our initial business combination).

Althoughfor the Company is not limited to a particular industry or geographic region for purposes of consummating a Business Combination, the Company is focused on identifying a prospective target business in financial technology or business process outsourcing, which acts as an essential utility to industries that are core to the economy. The Company is an early stage and emerging growth company and, as such, the Company is subject to all of the risks associated with early stage and emerging growth companies.

As ofyear ended December 31, 2020,2022 for further information regarding the Company had not commenced any operations. All activity for the period from March 26, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020 relates to the Company’s formation, our initial public offering (“Initial Public Offering” or "IPO"), which is described below, and identifying a target company for a Business Combination. The Company will not generate any operating revenues unless and until completionbasis of a Business Combination, at the earliest. The Company generates non-operating income in the form of interest income from the proceeds derived from the Initial Public Offering.presentation.

Disclaimer Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

During the period ended April 7, 2020, our sponsors, as defined below, paid in the aggregate $25,000, or approximately $0.001 per share, to cover certain of our offering costs in consideration of 21,562,500 shares of our Class B common stock, par value $0.0001. On May 26, 2020, we effected a stock dividend with respect to our Class B common stock of 4,312,500 shares thereof, resulting in our sponsors holding an aggregate of 25,875,000 shares of our Class B common stock (the "Founder Shares").

On May 29, 2020, the Company consummated the Initial Public Offering of 103,500,000 units (the “Units”), which includes the full exercise by the underwriters of the over-allotment option to purchase an additional 13,500,000 Units. Each Unit consists of one share of Class A common stock of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share (“Common Stock”), and one-third of one redeemable warrant of the Company, each whole warrant entitling the holder thereof to purchase one share of Class A Common Stock at an exercise price of $11.50 per share (each whole warrant referred to as a “warrant” throughout this report). The Units were sold at a price of $10.00 per share, generating gross proceeds to the Company of $1,035,000,000.

Substantially concurrently with the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the Company consummated the sale of 15,133,333 warrants (the “Private Placement Warrants”) at a price of $1.50 per Private Placement Warrant in a private placement to Trasimene Capital Management FT, LP (the “Trasimene Sponsor”), an affiliate of Trasimene Capital Management, LLC (“Trasimene Capital”), and Bilcar FT, LP (the “Bilcar Sponsor” and collectively with the Trasimene Sponsor, referred to throughout this report as sponsors), an affiliate of Bilcar Limited Partnership, a Florida limited partnership, generating gross proceeds of $22,700,000.

A total of $1,035,000,000 from the net proceeds of the sale of the Units in the Initial Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants was placed in a trust account (the “Trust Account”) and invested in U.S. government securities until the earlier of: (i) the completion of a Business Combination and (ii) the distribution of the funds in the Trust Account to the Company’s stockholders, as described below.

Company Common Stock and Warrants trade on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbols “WPF” and “WPF.WS,” respectively. Those Units not separated continue to trade on the NYSE under the symbol “WPF.U.”


The Company’s management has broad discretion with respect to the specific application of the net proceeds of the Initial Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants, although substantially all of the net proceeds are intended to be applied generally toward consummating a Business Combination. Under applicable rules of the NYSE, the Company must complete its initial Business Combination with one or more target businesses that together have a fair market value equal to at least 80% of the net assets held in the Trust Account (excluding any deferred underwriting commissions and taxes payable on the interest earned in the Trust Account) at the time the Company signs a definitive agreement in connection with a Business Combination. The Company will only complete a Business Combination if the post-Business Combination company owns or acquires 50% or more of the issued and outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target business sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940. There is no assurance that the Company will be able to successfully effect a Business Combination. 

Pending Business Combination

On January 25, 2021, we entered into a Business Combination Agreement (the “Business Combination Agreement”) with Tempo Holding Company, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Alight”), Acrobat Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation and our direct, wholly owned subsidiary (“Alight Pubco”), Acrobat SPAC Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation and direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Alight Pubco (“FTAC Merger Sub”), Acrobat Merger Sub, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and our direct, wholly owned subsidiary (“Tempo Merger Sub”), Acrobat Blocker 1 Corp., a Delaware corporation and a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Alight Pubco (“Blocker Merger Sub 1”), Acrobat Blocker 2 Corp., a Delaware corporation and a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Alight Pubco (“Blocker Merger Sub 2”), Acrobat Blocker 3 Corp., a Delaware corporation and a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Alight Pubco (“Blocker Merger Sub 3”), Acrobat Blocker 4 Corp., a Delaware corporation and a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Alight Pubco (“Blocker Merger Sub 4” and, together with Blocker Merger Sub 1, Blocker Merger Sub 2 and Blocker Merger Sub 3, the “Blocker Merger Subs”), Tempo Blocker I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Tempo Blocker 1”), Tempo Blocker II, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Tempo Blocker 2”), Blackstone Tempo Feeder Fund VII, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“Tempo Blocker 3”), and New Mountain Partners IV Special (AIV-E), LP, a Delaware limited partnership (“Tempo Blocker 4” and, together with Tempo Blocker 1, Tempo Blocker 2 and Tempo Blocker 3, the “Tempo Blockers”). The Business Combination Agreement contemplates the consummation of the following transactions (the “Pending Business Combination”): (i) FTAC Merger Sub will merge with and into FTAC, with FTAC being the surviving corporation in the merger and becoming a subsidiary of Alight Pubco (the “Pubco Merger”) and (ii) Alight Pubco will, through a series of mergers and related transactions, acquire equity interests in Alight and the Tempo Blockers. Following the Pending Business Combination, Alight Pubco will become a publicly traded entity under the name “Alight, Inc.” and symbol ALIT. Substantially all of the assets and business of Alight Pubco will be held by Alight and the combined companies’ business will continue to operate through the subsidiaries of Alight. The transaction reflects an implied pro-forma enterprise value for Alight Pubco of approximately $7.3 billion at closing and is expected to satisfy the conditions described above. 

Alight is a leading cloud-based provider of integrated digital human capital and business solutions. Leveraging proprietary artificial intelligence and data analytics, Alight optimizes business process as a service to deliver superior outcomes for employees and employers across a comprehensive portfolio of services. Alight allows employees to optimize their health, wealth and work while enabling global organizations to achieve a high-performance culture. Alight’s 15,000 dedicated colleagues serve more than 30 million employees and family members.

Consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement is subject to customary conditions, representations, warranties and covenants in the Business Combination Agreement, including, among others, approval by FTAC stockholders, the effectiveness of a registration statement on Form S-4 (the “Form S-4”) to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) in connection with the Pending Business Combination, and other customary closing conditions, including the receipt of certain regulatory approvals. The transaction is expected to close in the second quarter of 2021.

In connection with the execution of the Business Combination Agreement, FTAC and Alight Pubco entered into certain Alight Pubco Class A common stock subscription agreements (the “Subscription Agreements”) with certain investment funds (the “PIPE Investors”) pursuant to which Alight Pubco has agreed to issue and sell to the PIPE Investors, in the aggregate, $1,550,000,000 of Alight Pubco Class A common stock (the “PIPE Investment”) at a purchase price of $10.00 per share. The closing of the PIPE Investment is conditioned on all conditions set forth in the Business Combination Agreement having been satisfied or waived and other customary closing conditions, and it is expected that the Pending Business Combination will be consummated immediately following the closing of the PIPE Investment.


In connection with the execution of the Business Combination Agreement, we amended and restated (a) that certain letter agreement, dated May 29, 2020, with our sponsors and (b) that certain letter agreement, dated as of May 29, 2020, with each of our directors and officers, pursuant to which, among other things, our sponsors, directors and officers agreed (i) to vote any FTAC securities held by them in favor of the Pending Business Combination and other FTAC Stockholder Matters (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement), (ii) not to seek redemption of any FTAC securities and not to transfer any FTAC securities for a period of 270 days following the closing date of the Pending Business Combination (or, if the volume weighted average price of the Alight Pubco Class A common stock equals or exceeds $12.00 per share for any 20 trading days within a 30 trading day period following the closing date of the Pending Business Combination, 150 days thereafter), and (vi) to be bound to certain other obligations as described therein (the “Amended and Restated Sponsor Agreement”). Additionally, our sponsors and certain of our directors and officers who hold shares of our Class B common stock acknowledged and agreed that they would receive the consideration set forth in the Business Combination Agreement in lieu of the consideration they would otherwise have been entitled to under our certificate of incorporation.

The Business Combination Agreement and related agreements are further described in the CurrentThis Annual Report on Form 8-K filed by10-K contains forward-looking statements within the Company on January 27, 2021.

Other than as specifically discussed, this report does not assume the closingmeaning of the Pending Business Combination or the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement.

Strategy

Foley Trasimene Acquisition Corp. employs a fundamental, value-oriented acquisition framework that seeks a target with utility-like features, a defensible market position, reliable cash flows and low overall economic cycle risk. Our business strategy is to identify and complete our initial business combination with a company that complements the experience of our founder and can benefit from his operational expertise. Our selection process will leverage our founder’s broad and deep relationship network, unique industry experiences and proven deal sourcing capabilities to access a broad spectrum of differentiated opportunities. This network has been developed through our founder’s extensive experience and demonstrated success in both investing in and operating businesses across a variety of industries, and developing a distinctive combination of capabilities including:

 ·a track record of building industry-leading companies and proven ability to deliver stockholder value over an extended time period with above-market-average investment returns that are multiples greater than comparable benchmarks and peers;

 ·a prolific acquisition history, having completed hundreds transactions that have in sum contributed to such companies’ financial results and strategic position. This acquisition history has been executed using established proprietary deal sourcing and differentiated transaction execution/structuring capabilities;

 ·experience deploying a unique and broad value creation toolkit including identifying value enhancements, recruiting world-class talent and delivering elite operating efficiency by exceeding synergy targets in transactions across multiple industries; and an extensive history of accessing the capital markets across various business cycles, including financing businesses and assisting companies with the transition to public ownership.

Mr. Foley communicates with his networks of relationships to articulate the parameters for our search for a target company and a potential business combination and begin the process of pursuing and reviewing potential opportunities.


Acquisition Criteria

Our acquisition strategy leverages Mr. Foley’s network of proprietary deal sources where we believe a combination of a proactive outreach and receptivity to inbound ideas will provide us with a number of business combination opportunities. Additionally, we expect that relationships cultivated from years of transaction experience and management teams of public and private companies, investment bankers and other business associates will provide potential opportunities for the Company. Consistent with our strategy, we have identified the following general criteria and guidelines which we believe are important in evaluating prospective target businesses. We use these criteria and guidelines in evaluating acquisition opportunities, but we may decide to enter into our initial business combination with a target business that does not meet these criteria and guidelines. We intend to acquire one or more businesses that we believe:

 ·have the opportunity to become an industry utility with a defensible market position that can benefit from Mr. Foley’s leadership and guidance;

 ·are at a critical strategic inflection point, such as requiring additional management expertise or access to capital to launch a new phase of growth or corporate/business model evolution;

 ·exhibit unrecognized value or other characteristics that we believe Mr. Foley can optimize over the long-run to produce outsized investor returns;

 ·exhibit unrecognized value or other characteristics, desirable returns on capital, and a need for capital to achieve the company’s growth strategy, which we believe have been misevaluated by the marketplace based on our analysis and due diligence review;

 ·will offer an attractive risk-adjusted return for our stockholders, similar to Mr. Foley’s historical achievements; and

 ·have been materially impacted by possible current market dislocations but are fundamentally sound businesses whose products and/or services are necessary to the continuing function of a core economic industry or service.

These criteria are not intended to be exhaustive. Any evaluation relating to the merits of a particular initial business combination are based, to the extent relevant, on these general guidelines as well as other considerations, factors and criteria that our management may deem relevant. In the event that we decide to enter into our initial business combination with a target business that does not meet the above criteria and guidelines, we will disclose that the target business does not meet the above criteria in our stockholder communications related to our initial business combination, which would be in the form of tender offer documents or proxy solicitation materials that we would file with the SEC.

Initial Business Combination

In accordance with the rules of the NYSE, our initial business combination must occur with one or more target businesses that together have an aggregate fair market value of at least 80% of the assets held in the trust account (excluding the amount of deferred underwriting discounts held in trust and taxes payable on the income earned on the trust account) at the time of our signing a definitive agreement in connection with our initial business combination. If our board of directors is not able to independently determine the fair market value of the target business or businesses, we will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm that is a member of FINRA or an independent valuation or appraisal firm with respect to satisfaction of such criteria. Our stockholders may not be provided with a copy of such opinion nor will they be able to rely on such opinion. We do not intend to purchase multiple businesses in unrelated industries in conjunction with our initial business combination. Subject to this requirement, our management will have virtually unrestricted flexibility in identifying and selecting one or more prospective businesses, although we will not be permitted to effectuate our initial business combination with another blank check company or a similar company with nominal operations.

We anticipate structuring our initial business combination so that the post-transaction company in which our public stockholders own shares will own or acquire 100% of the equity interests or assets of the target business or businesses. We may, however, structure our initial business combination such that the post-transaction company owns or acquires less than 100% of such interests or assets of the target business in order to meet certain objectives of the prior owners of the target business, the target management team or stockholders or for other reasons, but we will only complete such business combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. Even if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the voting securities of the target, our stockholders prior to the business combination may collectively own a minority interest in the post-transaction company, depending on valuations ascribed to the target and us in the business combination transaction. For example, we could pursue a transaction in which we issue a substantial number of new shares in exchange for all of the outstanding capital stock, shares or other equity interests of a target. In this case, we would acquire a 100% controlling interest in the target. However, as a result of the issuance of a substantial number of new shares, our stockholders immediately prior to our initial business combination could own less than a majority of our issued and outstanding shares subsequent to our initial business combination. If less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business or businesses are owned or acquired by the post-transaction company, the portion of such business or businesses that is owned or acquired is what will be valued for purposes of the 80% of net assets test. If the business combination involves more than one target business, the 80% of net assets test will be based on the aggregate value of all of the target businesses and we will treat the target businesses together as the initial business combination for purposes of a tender offer or for seeking stockholder approval, as applicable.


To the extent we effect our initial business combination with a company or business that may be financially unstable or in its early stages of development or growth, we may be affected by numerous risks inherent in such company or business. Although our management will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular target business, we cannot assure you that we will properly ascertain or assess all significant risk factors.

In evaluating a prospective target business, we conduct a thorough due diligence review which will encompass, among other things, meetings with incumbent management and employees, document reviews, inspection of facilities, as well as a review of financial, operational, legal and other information which will be made available to us.

The time required to select and evaluate a target business and to structure and complete our initial business combination, and the costs associated with this process, are not currently ascertainable with any degree of certainty. Any costs incurred with respect to the identification and evaluation of a prospective target business with which our initial business combination is not ultimately completed will result in our incurring losses and will reduce the funds we can use to complete another business combination.

Our Acquisition Process

In evaluating any prospective target business, we conduct a thorough due diligence review which encompasses, among other things, meetings with incumbent management and employees, document reviews, inspection of facilities, as well as a review of financial, operational, legal and other information which will be made available to us.

We are not prohibited from pursuing an initial business combination with a company that is affiliated with our sponsors, founder, officers or directors. In the event we seek to complete our initial business combination with a company that is affiliated with our sponsors, founder, officers or directors, we, or a committee of independent directors, will obtain an opinion that our initial business combination is fair to our company from a financial point of view from either an independent investment banking firm that is a member of FINRA or an independent accounting firm.

Members of our management team and officers and directors of entities affiliated with our sponsors may directly or indirectly own our common stock and/or private placement warrants, and, accordingly, may have a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target business is an appropriate business with which to effectuate our initial business combination. Further, each of our officers and directors may have a conflict of interest with respect to evaluating a particular business combination if the retention or resignation of any such officers and directors is included by a target business as a condition to any agreement with respect to our initial business combination.

Each of our officers and directors presently has, and any of them in the future may have additional, fiduciary or contractual obligations to another entity pursuant to which such officer or director is or will be required to present a business combination opportunity to such entity. Accordingly, if any of our founder, officers or directors becomes aware of a business combination opportunity which is suitable for an entity to which he or she has then-current fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she will honor his or her fiduciary or contractual obligations to present such business combination opportunity to such other entity, subject to their fiduciary duties under Delaware law. We do not believe, however, that the fiduciary duties or contractual obligations of our officers or directors will materially affect our ability to complete our initial business combination. Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that we renounce our interest in any business combination opportunity offered to any director or officer unless such opportunity is expressly offered to such person solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the Company and it is an opportunity that we are able to complete on a reasonable basis.


Trasimene Capital externally manages Cannae Holdings, Inc. ("Cannae Holdings") pursuant to a management services agreement. Investment vehicles managed by Trasimene Capital, Bilcar Limited Partnership or their affiliates may be seeking acquisition opportunities and related financing at any time. We may compete with any one or more of them on any given acquisition opportunity.

Status as a Public Company

We believe our structure makes us an attractive business combination partner to target businesses. As an existing public company, we offer a target business an alternative to the traditional initial public offering through a merger or other business combination with us. In a business combination transaction with us, the owners of the target business may, for example, exchange their shares of stock, shares or other equity interests in the target business for our Class A common stock (or shares of a new holding company) or for a combination of our Class A common stock and cash, allowing us to tailor the consideration to the specific needs of the sellers. We believe target businesses will find this method a more expeditious and cost effective method to becoming a public company than the typical initial public offering. The typical initial public offering process takes a significantly longer period of time than the typical business combination transaction process, and there are significant expenses in the initial public offering process, including underwriting discounts and commissions, that may not be present to the same extent in connection with a business combination with us.

Furthermore, once a proposed business combination is completed, the target business will have effectively become public, whereas an initial public offering is always subject to the underwriters’ ability to complete the offering, as well as general market conditions, which could delay or prevent the offering from occurring or could have negative valuation consequences. Once public, we believe the target business would then have greater access to capital, an additional means of providing management incentives consistent with stockholders’ interests and the ability to use its shares as currency for acquisitions. Being a public company can offer further benefits by augmenting a company’s profile among potential new customers and vendors and aid in attracting talented employees.

While we believe that our structure and our management team’s backgrounds will make us an attractive business partner, some potential target businesses may view our status as a blank check company, such as our lack of an operating history and our ability to seek stockholder approval of any proposed initial business combination, negatively.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a)27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as modified by the JOBS Act. As such, we are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements ofamended, and Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements and exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved, If some investors find our securities less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our securities and the prices of our securities may be more volatile.

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B)21E of the Securities Exchange Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an “emerging growth company” can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We intend to take advantage of the benefits of this extended transition period.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of the IPO, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion, or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the Market Value of our Class A common stock that are held by non-affiliates equals or exceeds $700.0 million1934, as of the prior June 30th, and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the prior three-year period.


Effecting our Initial Business Combination

We intend to effectuate our initial business combination using cash from the proceeds of the IPO, the private placements of the private placement warrants, our equity, debt or a combination of these as the consideration to be paid in our initial business combination. We may seek to complete our initial business combination with a company or business that may be financially unstable or in its early stages of development or growth, which would subject us to the numerous risks inherent in such companies and businesses.

If our initial business combination is paid for using equity or debt securities, or not all of the funds released from the trust account are used for payment of the consideration in connection with our initial business combination or used for redemptions of our Class A common stock, we may apply the balance of the cash released to us from the trust account for general corporate purposes, including for maintenance or expansion of operations of the post-transaction company, the payment of principal or interest due on indebtedness incurred in completing our initial business combination, to fund the purchase of other companies or for working capital.

Some of the members of our management team are employed by certain affiliates of Trasimene Capital. Trasimene Capital and Bilcar Limited Partnership are continuously made aware of potential business opportunities, one or more of which we may desire to pursue for a business combination.. We will not consider a business combination with any company that has already been identified to Trasimene Capital and Bilcar Limited Partnership as a suitable acquisition candidate for it.

Although our management will assess the risks inherent in a particular target business with which we may combine, we cannot assure you that this assessment will result in our identifying all risks that a target business may encounter. Furthermore, some of those risks may be outside of our control, meaning that we can do nothing to control or reduce the chances that those risks will adversely affect a target business.

We may need to obtain additional financing to complete our initial business combination, either because the transaction requires more cash than is available from the proceeds held in our trust account, or because we become obligated to redeem a significant number of our public shares upon completion of the business combination, in which case we may issue additional securities or incur debt in connection with such business combination. There are no prohibitions on our ability to issue securities or incur debt in connection with our initial business combination. We are not currently a party to any arrangement or understanding with any third party with respect to raising any additional funds through the sale of securities, the incurrence of debt or otherwise.

Sources of Target Businesses

Our process of identifying acquisition targets leverages Trasimene Capital, Bilcar Limited Partnership, our sponsors and our management team’s industry experiences, proven deal sourcing capabilities and broad and deep network of relationships in numerous industries, including executives and management teams, private equity groups and other institutional investors, large business enterprises, lenders, investment bankers and other investment market participants, restructuring advisers, consultants, attorneys and accountants, which we believe should provide us with a number of business combination opportunities. We expect that the collective experience, capability and network of our founder, Trasimene Capital and Bilcar Limited Partnership, our directors and officers, combined with their individual and collective reputations in the investment community, will help to create prospective business combination opportunities.

In addition, business candidates may be brought to our attention from various unaffiliated sources, including investment bankers and private investment funds. Target businesses may be brought to our attention by such unaffiliated sources as a result of being solicited by us through calls or mailings.amended (the "Exchange Act"). These sources may also introduce us to target businesses in which they think we may be interested on an unsolicited basis, since many of these sources will know what types of businesses we are targeting. Our officers and directors, as well as their affiliates, may also bring to our attention target business candidates of which they become aware through their business contacts as a result of formal or informal inquiries or discussions they may have, as well as attending trade shows or conventions.

We also receive a number of proprietary deal flow opportunities that would not otherwise necessarily be available to us as a result of the business relationships of our officers and directors. While we do not presently anticipate engaging the services of professional firms or other individuals that specialize in business acquisitions on any formal basis, we may engage these firms or other individuals in the future, in which event we may pay a finder’s fee, consulting fee or other compensation to be determined in an arm’s length negotiation based on the terms of the transaction. We will engage a finder only to the extent our management determines that the use of a finder may bring opportunities to us that may not otherwise be available to us or if finders approach us on an unsolicited basis with a potential transaction that our management determines is in our best interest to pursue. Payment of finder’s fees is customarily tied to completion of a transaction, in which case any such fee will be paid out of the funds held in the trust account. In no event, however, will either of our sponsors or any of our existing officers or directors, or any entity with which they are affiliated, be paid any finder’s fee, consulting fee or other compensation by the company prior to, or for any services they render in order to effectuate, the completion of our initial business combination (regardless of the type of transaction that it is). None of our sponsors, executive officers or directors, or any of their respective affiliates, will be allowed to receive any compensation, finder’s fees or consulting fees from a prospective business combination target in connection with a contemplated acquisition of such target by us.


Lack of Business Diversification

For an indefinite period of time after the completion of our initial business combination, the prospects for our success may depend entirely on the future performance of a single business. Unlike other entities that have the resources to complete business combinations with multiple entities in one or several industries, it is probable that we will not have the resources to diversify our operations and mitigate the risks of being in a single line of business. By completing our initial business combination with only a single entity, our lack of diversification may:

 ·subject us to negative economic, competitive and regulatory developments, any or all of which may have a substantial adverse impact on the particular industry in which we operate after our initial business combination;and

 ·cause us to depend on the marketing and sale of a single product or limited number of products or services. 

Limited Ability to Evaluate the Target’s Management Team

Although we intend to closely scrutinize the management of a prospective target business when evaluating the desirability of effecting our initial business combination with that business, our assessment of the target business’s management may not prove to be correct. In addition, the future management may not have the necessary skills, qualifications or abilities to manage a public company. Furthermore, the future role of members of our management team, if any, in the target business cannot presently be stated with any certainty. The determination as to whether any of the members of our management team will remain with the combined company will be made at the time of our initial business combination. While it is possible that one or more of our directors will remain associated in some capacity with us following our initial business combination, it is unlikely that any of them will devote their full efforts to our affairs subsequent to our initial business combination. Moreover, we cannot assure you that members of our management team will have significant experience or knowledge relating to the operations of the particular target business.

We cannot assure you that any of our key personnel will remain in senior management or advisory positions with the combined company. The determination as to whether any of our key personnel will remain with the combined company will be made at the time of our initial business combination.

Following a business combination, we may seek to recruit additional managers to supplement the incumbent management of the target business. We cannot assure you that we will have the ability to recruit additional managers, or that additional managers will have the requisite skills, knowledge or experience necessary to enhance the incumbent management.


Limitation on Redemption upon Completion of Our Initial Business Combination If We Seek Stockholder Approval

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that a public stockholder, together with any affiliate of such stockholder or any other person with whom such stockholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Exchange Act), will be restricted from redeeming more than an aggregate of 15% of the shares sold in the IPO, which we refer to as the “Excess Shares.” We believe this restriction will discourage stockholders from accumulating large blocks of shares, and subsequent attempts by such holders to use their ability to exercise their redemption rights against a proposed business combination as a means to force us or our management to purchase their shares at a significant premium to the then-current market price or on other undesirable terms. Absent this provision, a public stockholder holding more than an aggregate of 15% of the shares sold could threaten to exercise its redemption rights if such holder’s shares are not purchased by us, our sponsors or our management at a premium to the then-current market price or on other undesirable terms. By limiting our stockholders’ ability to redeem no more than 15% of the shares sold without our prior consent, we believe we will limit the ability of a small group of stockholders to unreasonably attempt to block our ability to complete our initial business combination, particularly in connection with a business combination with a target that requires as a closing condition that we have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash.

However, we would not be restricting our stockholders’ ability to vote all of their shares (including Excess Shares) for or against our initial business combination.


Redemption of Public Shares and Liquidation if no Initial Business Combination

Our sponsors, officers and directors have agreed that we will have only 24 months from the closing of the IPO to complete an initial business combination. If we have not completed an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of the IPO, we will: (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and not previously released to us to pay our taxes, if any (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of the then outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public stockholders’ rights as stockholders (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining stockholders and our board of directors, liquidate and dissolve, subject in each case to our obligations under Delaware law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. There will be no redemption rights or liquidating distributions with respect to our warrants, which will expire worthless if we do not complete an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of the IPO.

Our sponsors, directors and each member of our management team have entered into a letter agreement with us, pursuant to which they have waived their rights to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to their founder shares if we do not complete an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of the IPO. However, if our sponsors, directors or members of our management team acquire public shares, they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to such public shares if we do not complete an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of the IPO.

Our sponsors, executive officers and directors have agreed, pursuant to a written agreement with us, that they will not propose any amendment to our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation that would affect the substance or timing of our obligation to allow redemption in connection with our initial business combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of the IPO, unless we provide our public stockholders with the opportunity to redeem their public shares upon approval of any such amendment at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and not previously released to us to pay our taxes, if any (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses) divided by the number of the then outstanding public shares. However, we may not redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 (so that we are not subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules). If this optional redemption right is exercised with respect to an excessive number of public shares such that we cannot satisfy the net tangible asset requirement, we would not proceed with the amendment or the related redemption of our public shares at such time. This redemption right shall apply in the event of the approval of any such amendment, whether proposed by our sponsors, any executive officer, director or director nominee, or any other person.


We expect that all costs and expenses associated with implementing our plan of dissolution, as well as payments to any creditors, will be funded from amounts remaining out of the approximately $1,000,000 of proceeds held outside the trust account plus up to $100,000 of funds from the trust account available to us to pay dissolution expenses, although we cannot assure you that there will be sufficient funds for such purpose.

If we were to expend all of the net proceeds of the IPO the sale of the private placement warrants and the forward purchase securities, other than the proceeds deposited in the trust account, and without taking into account interest, if any, earned on the trust account, the per-share redemption amount received by stockholders upon our dissolution would be approximately $10.00. The proceeds deposited in the trust account could, however, become subject to the claims of our creditors which would have higher priority than the claims of our public stockholders. We cannot assure you that the actual per-share redemption amount received by stockholders will not be substantially less than $10.00. Under Section 281(b) of the DGCL, our plan of dissolution must provide for all claims against us to be paid in full or make provision for payments to be made in full, as applicable, if there are sufficient assets. These claims must be paid or provided for before we make any distribution of our remaining assets to our stockholders. While we intend to pay such amounts, if any, we cannot assure you that we will have funds sufficient to pay or provide for all creditors’ claims.

Although we will seek to have all vendors, service providers (other than our independent auditors), prospective target businesses and other entities with which we do business execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the trust account for the benefit of our public stockholders, there is no guarantee that they will execute such agreements or even if they execute such agreements that they would be prevented from bringing claims against the trust account including but not limited to fraudulent inducement, breach of fiduciary responsibility or other similar claims, as well as claims challenging the enforceability of the waiver, in each case in order to gain an advantage with respect to a claim against our assets, including the funds held in the trust account. If any third party refuses to execute an agreement waiving such claims to the monies held in the trust account, our management will perform an analysis of the alternatives available to it and will only enter into an agreement with a third party that has not executed a waiver if management believes that such third party’s engagement would be significantly more beneficial to us than any alternative. Examples of possible instances where we may engage a third party that refuses to execute a waiver include the engagement of a third party consultant whose particular expertise or skills are believed by management to be significantly superior to those of other consultants that would agree to execute a waiver or in cases where management is unable to find a service provider willing to execute a waiver. Credit Suisse and BofA Securities will not execute agreements with us waiving such claims to the monies held in the trust account. In addition, there is no guarantee that such entities will agree to waive any claims they may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any negotiations, contracts or agreements with us and will not seek recourse against the trust account for any reason. In order to protect the amounts held in the trust account, our sponsors have agreed that they will be liable to us if and to the extent any claims by a third party for services rendered or products sold to us (other than our independent registered public accounting firm), or a prospective target business with which we have discussed entering into a transaction agreement, reduce the amounts in the trust account to below the lesser of (i) $10.00 per public share and (ii) the actual amount per public share held in the trust account as of the date of the liquidation of the trust account if less than $10.00 per share, due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, in each case net of the interest that may be withdrawn to pay our taxes, if any, provided that such liability will not apply to any claims by a third party or prospective target business that executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access to the trust account nor will it apply to any claims under our indemnity of the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. In the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, our sponsors will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third party claims. However, we have not asked our sponsors to reserve for such indemnification obligations, nor have we independently verified whether our sponsors have sufficient funds to satisfy their indemnity obligations and we believe that our sponsors’ only assets are securities of our company. Therefore, we cannot assure you that our sponsors would be able to satisfy those obligations. None of our officers or directors will indemnify us for claims by third parties including, without limitation, claims by vendors and prospective target businesses.

In the event that the proceeds in the trust account are reduced below the lesser of (i) $10.00 per public share and (ii) the actual amount per public share held in the trust account as of the date of the liquidation of the trust account if less than $10.00 per share, due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, in each case net of the interest which may be withdrawn to pay our taxes, if any, and our sponsors assert that they are unable to satisfy their indemnification obligations or that they have no indemnification obligations related to a particular claim, our independent directors would determine whether to take legal action against our sponsors to enforce their indemnification obligations. While we currently expect that our independent directors would take legal action on our behalf against our sponsors to enforce their indemnification obligations to us, it is possible that our independent directors in exercising their business judgment may choose not to do so in any particular instance. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that due to claims of creditors the actual value of the per-share redemption price will not be less than $10.00 per share.


We will seek to reduce the possibility that our sponsors will have to indemnify the trust account due to claims of creditors by endeavoring to have all vendors, service providers (other than our independent auditors), prospective target businesses or other entities with which we do business execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to monies held in the trust account. Our sponsors will also not be liable as to any claims under our indemnity of the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. We will have access to up to approximately $1,000,000 from the proceeds of the IPO and the sale of the private placement warrants with which to pay any such potential claims (including costs and expenses incurred in connection with our liquidation, currently estimated to be no more than approximately $100,000). In the event that we liquidate and it is subsequently determined that the reserve for claims and liabilities is insufficient, stockholders who received funds from our trust account could be liable for claims made by creditors, however such liability will not be greater than the amount of funds from our trust account received by any such stockholder. In the event that our offering expenses exceed our estimate of $1,000,000, we may fund such excess with funds from the funds not to be held in the trust account. In such case, the amount of funds we intend to be held outside the trust account would decrease by a corresponding amount. Conversely, in the event that the offering expenses are less than our estimate of $1,000,000, the amount of funds we intend to be held outside the trust account would increase by a corresponding amount.

Under the DGCL, stockholders may be held liable for claims by third parties against a corporation to the extent of distributions received by them in a dissolution. The pro rata portion of our trust account distributed to our public stockholders upon the redemption of our public shares in the event we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of the IPO may be considered a liquidating distribution under Delaware law. If the corporation complies with certain procedures set forth in Section 280 of the DGCL intended to ensure that it makes reasonable provision for all claims against it, including a 60-day notice period during which any third-party claims can be brought against the corporation, a 90-day period during which the corporation may reject any claims brought, and an additional 150-day waiting period before any liquidating distributions are made to stockholders, any liability of stockholders with respect to a liquidating distribution is limited to the lesser of such stockholder’s pro rata share of the claim or the amount distributed to the stockholder, and any liability of the stockholder would be barred after the third anniversary of the dissolution.

Furthermore, if the pro rata portion of our trust account distributed to our public stockholders upon the redemption of our public shares in the event we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of the IPO, is not considered a liquidating distribution under Delaware law and such redemption distribution is deemed to be unlawful (potentially due to the imposition of legal proceedings that a party may bring or due to other circumstances that are currently unknown), then pursuant to Section 174 of the DGCL, the statute of limitations for claims of creditors could then be six years after the unlawful redemption distribution, instead of three years, as in the case of a liquidating distribution. If we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of the IPO, we will: (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account that may be released to us to pay our taxes, if any (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public stockholders’ rights as stockholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any) and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining stockholders and our board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to our obligations under Delaware law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. Accordingly, it is our intention to redeem our public shares as soon as reasonably possible following our 24th month and, therefore, we do not intend to comply with those procedures. As such, our stockholders could potentially be liable for any claims to the extent of distributions received by them (but no more) and any liability of our stockholders may extend well beyond the third anniversary of such date.

Because we will not be complying with Section 280, Section 281(b) of the DGCL requires us to adopt a plan, based on facts known to us at such time that will provide for our payment of all existing and pending claims or claims that may be potentially brought against us within the subsequent 10 years. However, because we are a blank check company, rather than an operating company, and our operations will be limited to searching for prospective target businesses to acquire, the only likely claims to arise would be from our vendors (such as lawyers, investment bankers, etc.) or prospective target businesses. As described above, pursuant to the obligation contained in our underwriting agreement, we will seek to have all vendors, service providers, prospective target businesses or other entities with which we do business execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the trust account. As a result of this obligation, the claims that could be made against us are significantly limited and the likelihood that any claim that would result in any liability extending to the trust account is remote. Further, our sponsor may be liable only to the extent necessary to ensure that the amounts in the trust account are not reduced below (i) $10.00 per public share or (ii) such lesser amount per public share held in the trust account as of the date of the liquidation of the trust account, due to reductions in value of the trust assets, in each case net of the amount of interest withdrawn to pay taxes and will not be liable as to any claims under our indemnity of the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. In the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, our sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third-party claims.


If we file a bankruptcy or winding-up petition or an involuntary bankruptcy or winding-up petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, the proceeds held in the trust account could be subject to applicable bankruptcy or insolvency law, and may be included in our bankruptcy estate and subject to the claims of third parties with priority over the claims of our stockholders. To the extent any bankruptcy claims deplete the trust account, we cannot assure you we will be able to return $10.00 per share to our public stockholders. Additionally, if we file a bankruptcy or winding-up petition or an involuntary bankruptcy or winding-up petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, any distributions received by stockholders could be viewed under applicable debtor/creditor and/or bankruptcy or insolvency laws as either a “preferential transfer” or a “fraudulent conveyance.” As a result, a bankruptcy or insolvency court could seek to recover some or all amounts received by our stockholders. Furthermore, our board of directors may be viewed as having breached its fiduciary duty to our creditors and/or may have acted in bad faith, and thereby exposing itself and our company to claims of punitive damages, by paying public stockholders from the trust account prior to addressing the claims of creditors. We cannot assure you that claims will not be brought against us for these reasons.

Our public stockholders will be entitled to receive funds from the trust account only (i) in the event of the redemption of our public shares if we do not complete an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of the IPO, (ii) in connection with a stockholder vote to amend our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation (A) to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to allow redemption in connection with our initial business combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of the IPO or (B) with respect to any other provisions relating to the rights of holders of our Class A common stock, or (iii) if they redeem their respective shares for cash upon the completion of the initial business combination. Public stockholders who redeem their shares of our Class A common stock in connection with a stockholder vote described in clause (ii) in the preceding sentence shall not be entitled to funds from the trust account upon the subsequent completion of an initial business combination or liquidation if we have not completed an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of the IPO, with respect to such shares of our Class A common stock so redeemed. In no other circumstances will a stockholder have any right or interest of any kind to or in the trust account. In the event we seek stockholder approval in connection with our initial business combination, a stockholder’s voting in connection with the business combination alone will not result in a stockholder’s redeeming its shares to us for an applicable pro rata share of the trust account. Such stockholder must have also exercised its redemption rights described above. These provisions of our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation, like all provisions of our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation, may be amended with a stockholder vote.

Competition

In identifying, evaluating and selecting a target business for our initial business combination, we may encounter intense competition from other entities having a business objective similar to ours, including other blank check companies, private equity groups and leveraged buyout funds, public companies and operating businesses seeking strategic acquisitions. Many of these entities are well established and have extensive experience identifying and effecting business combinations directly or through affiliates. Moreover, many of these competitors possess greater financial, technical, human and other resources than us. Our ability to acquire larger target businesses will be limited by our available financial resources. This inherent limitation gives others an advantage in pursuing the acquisition of a target business. Furthermore, our obligation to pay cash in connection with our public stockholders who exercise their redemption rights may reduce the resources available to us for our initial business combination and our outstanding warrants, and the future dilution they potentially represent, may not be viewed favorably by certain target businesses. Either of these factors may place us at a competitive disadvantage in successfully negotiating an initial business combination.


Human Capital Resources

We currently have four executive officers. These individuals are not obligated to devote any specific number of hours to our matters but they intend to devote as much of their time as they deem necessary to our affairs until we have completed our initial business combination. The amount of time they will devote in any time period will vary based on whether a target business has been selected for our initial business combination and the stage of the business combination process we are in. We do not intend to have any full time employees prior to the completion of our initial business combination.

We believe that our management team is well positioned to identify attractive risk-adjusted returns in the marketplace and that its contacts and transaction sources, ranging from industry executives, private owners, private equity funds, and investment bankers, will enable us to pursue a broad range of opportunities. Our management believes that its ability to identify and implement value creation initiatives will remain central to its differentiated acquisition strategy.

Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Information

Some of the statements contained in this report constitute “forward-looking statements” for purposes of the federal securities laws. Our forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements that relate to expectations regarding future financial performance, and business strategies or expectations for our or our management team’s expectations, hopes, beliefs, intentions or strategies regardingbusiness. Forward-looking statements can often be identified by the future. In addition, any statements that refer to projections, forecasts or other characterizationsuse of future events or circumstances, including any underlying assumptions, are forward-looking statements. The words such as “anticipate,” “appear,” “approximate,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “foresee,” “intends,” “may,” “might,” “plan,” “possible,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “seek,” “should,” “would” andor similar expressions may identifyor the negative thereof. These forward-looking statements but the absence of these words does not mean that a statement is not forward-looking. Forward-looking statements in this report may include, for example, statements about:

 ·our ability to complete the business combination with Alight or any other initial business combination;
 ·our success in retaining or recruiting, or changes required in, our officers, key employees or directors following our initial business combination;
 ·our officers and directors allocating their time to other businesses and potentially having conflicts of interest with our business or in approving our initial business combination;
 ·the proceeds of the forward purchase securities being available to us;
 ·our potential ability to obtain additional financing to complete our initial business combination;
 ·our pool of prospective target businesses if our transaction with Alight is not successfully consummated;
 ·the ability of our officers and directors to generate a number of potential investment opportunities;
 ·our public securities’ potential liquidity and trading;
 ·the limited history of a market for our securities;
 ·the use of proceeds not held in the trust account or available to us from interest income on the trust account balance;
 ·the trust account not being subject to claims of third parties;
 ·our financial performance; or​
 ·the outcome of any known and unknown litigation and regulatory proceedings.

The forward-looking statements contained in this report are based on ourinformation available as of the date of this report and the Company’s management’s current expectations, forecasts and beliefs concerning future developmentsassumptions, and their potential effects on us. There can be no assurance that future developments affecting us will be those that we have anticipated. These forward-looking statements involve a number of judgments, known and unknown risks and uncertainties (someand other factors, many of which are beyond our control) or other assumptions that may cause actual results or performance tooutside the control of the Company and its directors, officers and affiliates. Accordingly, forward-looking statements should not be materially different from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. These risks and uncertainties include, but arerelied upon as representing the Company’s views as of any subsequent date. The Company does not limited to, those factors described under the section of this report entitled “Risk Factors.” Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or shouldundertake any of our assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary in material respects from those projected in these forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to update, add or reviseotherwise correct any forward-looking statements contained herein to reflect events or circumstances after the date they were made, whether as a result of new information, future events, inaccuracies that become apparent after the date hereof or otherwise, except as may be required under applicable securities laws.

Additional Information

The Company’sA number of risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results reflected in these forward-looking statements are identified under “Risk Factors” in Item 1A of this Annual ReportsReport on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports10-K. These statements are based on assumptions that may not come true and are subject to significant risks and uncertainties.

1


Summary of Risk Factors

Our business is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including those highlighted in the section titled “Risk Factors,” that represent challenges that we face in connection with the successful implementation of our strategy and growth of our business. The occurrence of one or more of the events or circumstances described in the section titled “Risk Factors,” alone or in combination with other events or circumstances, may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects. A summary of the principal factors that create risk in investing in our securities and might cause actual results to differ is set forth below:

declines in economic activity in the industries, markets, and regions our clients serve, including as a result of macroeconomic factors beyond our control, increases in inflation rates or interest rates or changes in monetary and fiscal policies;
the possibility that the Company may be adversely affected by other economic, business or competitive factors;
risks associated with competition with the Company’s competitors;
cyber-attacks and security vulnerabilities and other significant disruptions in the Company’s information technology systems and networks that could expose the Company to legal liability, impair its reputation or have a negative effect on the Company’s results of operations;
our handling of confidential, personal or proprietary data;
changes in applicable laws or regulations;
an inability to successfully execute on operational and technological enhancements designed to drive value for our clients or drive internal efficiencies;
claims (particularly professional liability claims), litigation or other proceedings against us;
the inability to adequately protect key intellectual property rights or proprietary technology;
past and prospective acquisitions, including the failure to successfully integrate operations, personnel, systems, technologies and products of the acquired companies, adverse tax consequences of acquisitions, greater than expected liabilities of the acquired companies and charges to earnings from acquisitions;
the success of our strategic partnerships with third parties;
the possibility of a decline in continued interest in outsourced services;
our inability to retain and attract experienced and qualified personnel;
recovery following a catastrophic event, disaster or other business continuity problem;
our inability to deliver a satisfactory product to our clients;
damage to our reputation;
our reliance on third-party licenses and service providers;
our handling of client funds;
changes in regulations that could have an adverse effect on the Company’s business;
the Company’s international operations;
the profitability of our engagements due to unexpected circumstances;
changes in accounting principles or treatment;
contracting with government clients;
the significant control certain legacy investors have over us;
the potential for conflicts of interest arising out of any members of our board of directors allocating their time to other businesses and not exclusively to us, and the fact that our charter contains a corporate opportunities waiver so directors will not be required to present potential business opportunities to us;
the incurrence of increased costs and becoming subject to additional regulations and requirements as a result of being a public company;

2


changes in our capital structure, including from the issuance of new shares by us or sales of shares by legacy investors, which could adversely affect the market price of our stock;
our obligations under our Tax Receivable Agreement (as defined below);
changes to our credit ratings or interest rates which could affect our financial resources, ability to raise additional capital, generate sufficient cash flows, or generally maintain operations; and
other risks and uncertainties indicated in this report and our other public filings, including those set forth under the section entitled “Risk Factors” in our Annual Report on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K,10-K.


These risk factors do not identify all risks that we face,
and amendmentsour business, financial condition and results of operations could also be affected by factors, events or uncertainties that are not presently known to reports filed pursuantus or that we currently do not consider to Sections 13(a)present material risks.

Website and 15(d)Social Media Disclosure

We use our website (www.alight.com) and our corporate Facebook (http://www.facebook.com/AlightGlobal), Instagram (@alight_solutions), LinkedIn (www.linkedin.com/company/alightsolutions), Twitter (@alightsolutions), and YouTube (www.youtube.com/c/AlightSolutions) accounts as channels of the Exchange Act, are fileddistribution of Company information. The information we post through these channels may be deemed material. Accordingly, investors should monitor these channels, in addition to following our press releases, filings made with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC"). and public conference calls and webcasts. The information on our website is not part of this Annual Report.

The Company is subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act and files or furnishes reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. The SEC maintains an internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC at www.sec.gov.

Our website address is www.foleytrasimene.com. We makemakes available free of charge on its website or through ourprovides a link on its website ourto the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and Current Reports on Form 8-K, and allany amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, as soon as reasonably practicable after such material isthose reports are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. However,To access these filings, go to the Company’s website and under the “Investors” heading, click on “Financials.”

3


PART I

Item 1. Business.

Throughout this section, references to “we,” “us,” and “our” refer to Alight and its consolidated subsidiaries as the context so requires.

Alight is defining the future of employee wellbeing through the power of our integrated health, wealth, wellbeing and payroll solutions powered by Alight Worklife®. Alight Worklife® is a high-tech employee engagement platform with a human touch – that brings together our mission-critical wellbeing solutions to our clients to drive better outcomes for organizations and individuals.

Against the current macro environment, both employers and employees face considerable challenges that impact their ability to succeed and thrive now and in the future. Employees are shouldering more and more responsibility for healthcare costs, while struggling with short-and-long-term financial needs in an inflationary environment, among other daily challenges. These trends have driven the need for integrated, personalized tools to help employees make more informed decisions around all aspects of their health, finances and wellbeing. For their part, employers are facing increasing cost pressures, ever-changing workforce regulations and evolving dynamics across the employer/employee relationship, driving the need for flexibility, engagement and effective solutions for compliance. We believe Alight is uniquely positioned between the employer and employee to address these factors and drive better outcomes for both.

We aim to be the pre-eminent employee experience partner by providing personalized experiences that help employees make the best decisions for themselves and their families about their health, wealth and wellbeing. At the same time, we help employers tackle their biggest people and business challenges by helping them understand prevalence, trends and risks to generate better outcomes for the future and realize a return on their people investment. Our data, analytics and Artificial Intelligence ("AI") allow us to deliver actionable insights that drive measurable outcomes for companies and their people. We provide solutions to manage health and retirement benefits, tools for payroll and HR management, as well as solutions to manage the workforce from the cloud. Our solutions include:

Employer Solutions: driven by our digital, software and AI-led capabilities powered by the Alight Worklife® platform and spanning total employee wellbeing, including integrated benefits administration, healthcare navigation, financial wellbeing, leave of absence management, retiree healthcare and payroll. We leverage data across all interactions and activities to improve the employee experience, reduce operational costs and better inform management processes and decision-making. Our clients' employees benefit from an integrated platform and user experience, coupled with a full-service customer care center, helping them manage the full life cycle of their health, wealth and careers.

Professional Services: includes our project-based cloud deployment and consulting offerings that provide expertise with both human capital and financial platforms. Specifically, this includes cloud advisory and deployment, and optimization services for cloud platforms such as Workday, SAP SuccessFactors, Oracle, and Cornerstone OnDemand.

We deliver our solutions through a set of proprietary and partner technologies, a well-developed network of providers and a structured approach to instill and sustain enterprise-wide practices of excellence. Our solutions are supported through a secure and scalable cloud infrastructure, together with our core benefits processing platforms and consumer engagement tools and integrated with over 350 external platforms and partners. Our data and access across the breadth of human capital solutions provides us with comprehensive employee records to enable AI-driven, omnichannel engagement and a personalized, integrated experience for our clients’ employees. Through the use of predictive analytics and omnichannel engagement, Alight is able to tailor an employee experience that is unique to each individual’s needs and circumstance.

We generate primarily all of our revenue, which is highly recurring, from fees for services provided from contracts across all solutions, which is primarily based on a contracted fee charged per participant per period (e.g., monthly or annually, as applicable). Our contracts typically have three to five-year terms for ongoing services with mutual renewal options. The majority of our revenue is recognized over time when control of the promised services is transferred, and the customers simultaneously receive and consume the benefits of our services. Payment terms are consistent with industry practice.

We use annual revenue retention rates as some of the measures to manage our business. We calculate annual revenue retention by identifying the clients from whom we generate revenue in the prior year and determining what percentage of that revenue is generated from those same clients for the same solutions in the subsequent year.

Principal Services and Segments

We currently operate under three reportable segments, Employer Solutions, Professional Services and Hosted Business, which accounted for 87%, 12% and 1% of revenue, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2022.

Employer Solutions: driven by our digital, software and AI-led capabilities powered by the Alight Worklife® platform and spanning total employee wellbeing, including integrated benefits administration, healthcare navigation, financial

4


wellbeing, leave of absence management, retiree healthcare and payroll. We leverage data across all interactions and activities to improve the employee experience, reduce operational costs and better inform management processes and decision-making. Our clients' employees benefit from an integrated platform and user experience, coupled with a full-service customer care center, helping them manage the full life cycle of their health, wealth and careers.
Professional Services: includes our project-based cloud deployment and consulting offerings that provide expertise with both human capital and financial platforms. Specifically, this includes cloud advisory and deployment, and optimization services for cloud platforms such as Workday, SAP SuccessFactors, Oracle, and Cornerstone OnDemand.
Hosted Business: delivers core HR and payroll services on hosted human capital management platforms, including Oracle. These services include ongoing application hosting and management of on-premises human capital management software.

Technology

We deliver our solutions through a set of proprietary and partner technologies, a well-developed network of providers and a structured approach to instill and sustain enterprise-wide practices of excellence. With this in mind, there are four layers to our technology strategy, all reinforced with a critical security framework:

Omnichannel customer experience layer that drives a personalized approach for customers.
AI and analytics layer that uses data from our transactional systems, combined with client and third-party data to drive insights for clients.
Core transaction layer that powers our health, wealth and payroll systems.
Infrastructure layer to provide security, stability and performance across our application landscape.

Seasonality

Due to buying patterns and delivery of certain products in the markets we serve, particularly given the timing of annual benefits enrollment, our revenues tend to be higher in the third and fourth quarters of each year.

Licensing and Regulation

Our business activities are subject to licensing requirements and extensive regulation under the laws of countries in which we operate, including United States (“U.S.”) federal and state laws. See the discussion contained in "Risk Factors" in Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, for information foundregarding how actions by regulatory authorities or changes in legislation and regulation in the jurisdictions in which we operate may have an adverse effect on our website is not partbusiness.

Clients

We serve a broad range of clients, including Fortune 500 companies and mid-market businesses, and seek to establish high-quality, strong, long-term relationships with our clients. We proactively solicit client feedback through ongoing surveys and client councils held throughout the year, and we use this or any other report.

Our executive offices are located at 1701Village Center Circle, Las Vegas, NV 89134critical feedback to enhance our client services and correct course when necessary. Through these surveys, we have learned that clients value the strength and depth of our relationships, scale and breadth of our solutions and our telephonecommitment to innovation and continuous improvement.

Competition

The markets for our solutions are competitive, rapidly evolving and fragmented. Our business faces competition from other global and national companies. The market for our solutions is subject to change as a result of economic, regulatory and legislative changes, technological developments, shifting client needs and increased competition from established and new competitors.

We do not believe there is any single competitor with the breadth of our solutions, and thus our competitors vary for each of our solutions. Our primary competitors include Accenture, Accolade, ADP, bswift, Businessolver, Cognizant, Conduent, Deloitte, eHealth, Empower, Fidelity, GoHealth, Included Health, HealthEquity, Mercer, OneSource Virtual, Quantum Health, SD Worx, Voya, WTW, and Workday.

We compete primarily on the basis of product and service quality, technology, breadth of offerings, ease of use and accessibility of technology, data protection, innovation, trust and reliability, price, and reputation.

5


Human Capital Management

As of December 31, 2022, we employed more than 18,000 colleagues, approximately 67% of whom were located in the Americas, 18% were located in Europe, and 15% were located in Asia. In the United States, 66% of our colleagues identified as female and 41% of our colleagues self-identified as a minority group. We believe that our relations with our colleagues in all locations are positive.

Attracting, developing, and retaining talent is critical to executing our strategy and our ability to compete effectively. We believe in the importance of creating a diverse and inclusive work environment for our colleagues, supporting their wellbeing with fair and market-competitive pay and benefits, and investing in their growth and development.

We also value feedback from our colleagues and regularly survey them to understand how they feel about the company and subsequently take appropriate actions, if necessary, and employ employee engagement best practices to improve their work experience. Our efforts have resulted in being recognized as a Great Place to Work® for the fifth consecutive year and being listed among the top 100 companies for remote workers by Flexjobs.


Inclusion and Diversity

At Alight, we know that we cannot improve others’ lives without first enriching our own employees’ wellbeing. Diversity, equity, and inclusion ("DE&I") is essential to creating a sense of belonging in the workplace, and to making Alight a place where all colleagues can feel happy and fulfilled while serving our clients and their people with excellence. Our people bring a diverse range of backgrounds and perspectives to the table, and that diversity is what helps us better serve the needs of all our customers. This includes race, ethnicity, age, citizenship status, education, income, skills, gender identity, sexual orientation, nationality, physical or cognitive ability, beliefs, upbringing, and lived experiences. We are committed to developing these diverse talents so we can become stronger and brighter together. To increase cross-cultural sharing and appreciation, we prioritize global recognition of cultures and heritage and provide inclusion training.

In addition, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee of our Board of Directors reviews and makes recommendations regarding the composition and size of our Board of Directors to ensure, among other things, that our Board of Director membership consists of persons with sufficiently diverse and independent backgrounds.

Total Rewards

Our benefits are designed to help colleagues and their families stay healthy, meet their financial goals, protect their income and help them balance their work and personal lives. These benefits include health and wellness, paid time off, employee assistance, competitive pay, career growth opportunities, paid volunteer time, and a culture of recognition.


Growth and Development

We understand that developing our talent is both critical for continuing success in a rapidly evolving environment and for colleague engagement and retention, and we are committed to actively fostering a learning culture and investing in ongoing professional and career development for our colleagues. We empower managers and employees with collective accountability for developing themselves and others, and promote ongoing dialogue, coaching, feedback, and improvement through our continuous performance management practices. We offer employees an extensive number of programs and tools for their personal and professional development including instructor-led training courses, leadership development programs, on-demand virtual learning, individual development planning, roles-based functional and technical training, compliance training, peer learning opportunities, and tuition reimbursement programs. We also aligned our talent and succession planning framework at that locationa global level for our Director-level and above roles to support the development of our internal talent pipeline for current and future organizational needs, and to provide an overall health gauge of our global talent pool. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee of our Board of Directors oversees and approves the management continuity planning process.

Intellectual Property

Our intellectual property portfolio is (702) 323-7330.primarily comprised of various copyrights (including copyrights in software) and trademarks, as well as certain trade secrets or proprietary know-how of our business. Our success has resulted in part from our proprietary methodologies, process and other intellectual property, such as certain of Alight's platforms. However, any of our proprietary rights could be challenged, invalidated or circumvented, or may not provide significant competitive advantages.

Our business relies on software provided by both internal development and external sourcing to deliver its services. With respect to internally developed software, we claim copyright on all such software, registering works where appropriate. We require all employees and contractors to assign to us the rights to works developed on our behalf. In addition, we rely on maintaining source code confidentiality to maintain our market competitiveness. With respect to externally sourced software, we rely on contracts to allow for


6


continued access for its business usage.

In the United States, trademark registrations may have a perpetual life, subject to continuous use and renewal every ten years, and may be subject to cancellation or invalidation based on certain use requirements and third-party challenges, or on other grounds. We vigorously enforce and protect our trademarks.



Information about our Executive Officers

The executive officers of the Company as of March 1, 2023 were as follows:

Item 1A.Risk Factors

Name

Age

Position

Stephan D. Scholl

52

Chief Executive Officer

Katie J. Rooney

44

Chief Financial Officer

Gregory R. Goff

51

Chief Technology & Delivery Officer

Cesar Jelvez

49

Chief Professional Services and Global Payroll Officer

Michael J. Rogers

41

Chief Human Resources Officer

Dinesh V. Tulsiani

49

Chief Strategy Officer

Martin T. Felli

55

Chief Legal Officer and Corporate Secretary

Stephan D. Scholl has served as Alight’s Chief Executive Officer since April 2020. Mr. Scholl has more than 25 years of experience in the industry. Prior to joining Alight, Mr. Scholl served as President of Infor Global Solutions from April 2012 to July 2018. Prior to that, from 2011 until 2012, Mr. Scholl served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Lawson Software from 2011 until 2012. In addition, Mr. Scholl served in various senior roles at both Oracle and Peoplesoft for more than a decade, including leading Oracle’s North America Consulting Group and leading its Tax and Utilities Global Business unit. Mr. Scholl serves on the courseboards of conducting ourAvaya Holdings Corp. (NYSE: AVYA) and 1010 Data, a leader in analytical intelligence and alternative data. Mr. Scholl holds a bachelor’s degree from McGill University in Montreal.

Katie J. Rooney has served as Alight’s Chief Financial Officer since May 2017. Ms. Rooney has more than 20 years of experience in the industry. Prior to joining Alight, Ms. Rooney served as the Chief Financial Officer for Aon Hewitt from January 2016 to May 2017. Prior to that, she served across various financial roles within Aon Hewitt and Aon from January 2009 to December 2015, including Chief Financial Officer of the Outsourcing business, operations, we are exposedthe Finance Chief Operating Officer and Assistant Treasurer for Aon. Before joining Aon, Ms. Rooney worked in Investment Banking at Morgan Stanley. Ms. Rooney serves on the Board of Trustees for Window to the World Communications, Inc., a not-for-profit organization and the owner of WTTW and WFMT public broadcasting service. Ms. Rooney holds a B.B.A. in Finance from the University of Michigan.

Gregory R. Goff has served as Alight’s Chief Product and Technology Officer since May 2020. Mr. Goff has more than 15 years of experience in the industry. Prior to joining Alight, Mr. Goff served as Chief Product Officer of Uptake since 2015. Mr. Goff served as Chief Technology Officer of Morningstar from 2011 through 2015. Prior to that, Mr. Goff served in a number of technology roles at Nielsen and Accenture. Mr. Goff serves on the board of directors of InMoment, a consumer experience provider. Mr. Goff holds a Bachelor of Science degree in electrical engineering from the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.

Cesar Jelvez has served as Alight’s Chief Customer Experience Officer since July 2020. Mr. Jelvez has more than 20 years of experience in the industry. Prior to joining Alight, Mr. Jelvez was a partner at Elixirr. From 2018 through 2019, Mr. Jelvez was Global Leader of Strategic Programs and Global Delivery Services at Infor. And from 2017 through 2018, Mr. Jelvez was Vice President of Digital Enterprise Application Services at DXC Technology. Prior to that, Mr. Jelvez served in a number of roles at Cognizant Technology Solutions, Infosys, IBM Global Business Services and Accenture. Mr. Jelvez holds a Master of Science degree in finance and investment from the University of York in the United Kingdom.

Michael J. Rogers has served as Alight’s Chief Human Resources Officer since June 2020. Mr. Rogers has more than 15 years of experience in the industry. Prior to joining Alight, Mr. Rogers served as Chief People Officer of NGA Human Resources. Prior to that, Mr. Rogers held key human resources roles across a variety of risks, somecompanies, including Vistaprint, where he played a key role in driving its rapid growth across Europe, and Travelocity (lastminute.com). Mr. Rogers holds a degree in Business with first-class honors from the University of which are inherentBrighton, Brighton, England.

Dinesh V. Tulsiani has served as Alight’s Chief Strategy Officer since October 2020. He previously served as Alight’s Head of Strategy and Corporate Development. Prior to joining Alight, from 2013 to 2017, Mr. Tulsiani led corporate development for Aon’s HR solutions segment and served in our industryvarious other key strategic roles with Aon, including Senior Vice President, Corporate Strategy and othersVice President, Corporate Development and Strategy at Hewitt Associates. Prior to that, he worked at IHS Markit from 2007 to

7


2010 and Ernst & Young LLP from 1999 to 2005. Mr. Tulsiani holds a B.B.A. in Finance and Economics from Delhi University and an M.B.A. from Wake Forest University. Mr. Tulsiani is also a Chartered Financial Analyst.

Martin T. Felli has served as Alight’s Chief Legal Officer and Corporate Secretary since January 2023. Mr. Felli has more than 27 years of which are more specificlegal experience. Prior to our own businesses. The risk factors summarized below could materially harm our business, operating results and/or financial condition, impair our future prospects and/or causejoining Alight, Mr. Felli served as Executive Vice President, Chief Legal and Chief Administrative Officer at Blue Yonder Holding, Inc., a Blackstone Inc. (“Blackstone”) and New Mountain Capital (“New Mountain”) sponsored company, from 2018 to April 2022. Prior to that, Mr. Felli held other key legal leadership roles at Blue Yonder from 2013 to 2018, was General Counsel and Corporate Counsel at Ecotality, Inc., from 2011 to 2013, and held additional senior legal positions across a broad range of organizations including Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc., from 2006 to 2011, and HBO, from 2000 to 2004. In 2014, Mr. Felli voluntarily filed for personal bankruptcy under Chapter 7 in connection with certain real estate investments made from 2006-2008, and the pricebankruptcy was discharged on December 30, 2014. Mr. Felli holds a juris doctor degree from the University of our common stockPennsylvania Law School and a B.A. magna cum laude from Baruch College.

8


Item 1A. Risk Factors.

RISK FACTORS

In addition to decline. These risks are discussed more fully following this summary. Material risks that may affect our business, operating results and financial condition include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following:

·We are a recently incorporated company with no operating history and no revenues, and you have no basis on which to evaluate our ability to achieve our business objective.
·Past performance by Trasimene Capital and Bilcar Limited Partnership, or their respective affiliates (including the founder and our management team), including the businesses referred to herein, may not be indicative of future performance of an investment in us or in the future performance of any business that we may acquire.
·Your only opportunity to affect the investment decision regarding a potential business combination may be limited to the exercise of your right to redeem your shares from us for cash.
·If we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination, our initial stockholders, members of our management team, Cannae Holdings and THL FTAC have agreed to vote in favor of such initial business combination, regardless of how our public stockholders vote.
·The ability of our public stockholders to redeem their shares for cash may make our financial condition unattractive to potential business combination targets, which may make it difficult for us to enter into a business combination with a target.
·The requirement that we complete an initial business combination within 24 months after the closing of the IPO may give potential target businesses leverage over us in negotiating a business combination and may limit the time we have in which to conduct due diligence on potential business combination targets as we approach our dissolution deadline, which could undermine our ability to complete our initial business combination on terms that would produce value for our stockholders.
·We may not be able to complete an initial business combination within 24 months after the closing of the IPO, in which case we would cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up and we would redeem our public shares and liquidate, in which case our public stockholders may only receive $10.00 per share, or less than such amount in certain circumstances, and our warrants will expire worthless.
·Legal proceedings in connection with the business combination, the outcomes of which are uncertain, could delay or prevent the completion of the business combination.
·The recent coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic and the impact on business and debt and equity markets could have a material adverse effect on our search for a business combination, and any target business with which we ultimately complete a business combination.
·If we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination, our initial stockholders, directors, executive officers, advisors and their affiliates may elect to purchase shares or public warrants from public stockholders, which may influence a vote on a proposed business combination and reduce the public “float” of our Class A common stock.


·You will not have any rights or interests in funds from the trust account, except under certain limited circumstances. Therefore, to liquidate your investment, you may be forced to sell your public shares or warrants, potentially at a loss.
·The NYSE may delist our securities from trading on its exchange, which could limit investors’ ability to make transactions in our securities and subject us to additional trading restrictions.
·You will not be entitled to protections normally afforded to investors of many other blank check companies.
·Because of our limited resources and the significant competition for business combination opportunities, it may be more difficult for us to complete our initial business combination. If we do not complete our initial business combination, our public stockholders may receive only their pro rata portion of the funds in the trust account that are available for distribution to public stockholders, and our warrants will expire worthless.
·If the net proceeds are insufficient to allow us to operate for at least the next 24 months, it could limit the amount available to fund our search for a target business or businesses and complete our initial business combination, and we will depend on loans from our sponsors or management team to fund our search and to complete our initial business combination.
·If we have not completed an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of the IPO, our public stockholders may be forced to wait beyond such 24 months before redemption from our trust account.
·The grant of registration rights to our initial stockholders may make it more difficult to complete our initial business combination, and the future exercise of such rights may adversely affect the market price of the shares of our Class A common stock.
·We are not required to obtain an opinion from an independent accounting or investment banking firm, and consequently, you may have no assurance from an independent source that the price we are paying for the business is fair to our stockholders from a financial point of view.
·Our executive officers and directors will allocate their time to other businesses thereby causing conflicts of interest in their determination as to how much time to devote to our affairs. This conflict of interest could have a negative impact on our ability to complete our initial business combination.
·Our officers and directors presently have, and any of them in the future may have additional, fiduciary or contractual obligations to other entities, including another blank check company, and, accordingly, may have conflicts of interest in allocating their time and determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented.
·Our executive officers, directors, security holders and their respective affiliates may have competitive pecuniary interests that conflict with our interests.
·We may engage in a business combination with one or more target businesses that have relationships with entities that may be affiliated with our sponsors, executive officers, directors or existing holders which may raise potential conflicts of interest.
·Since our sponsors, executive officers and directors will lose their entire investment in us if our initial business combination is not completed (other than with respect to public shares they may acquire), a conflict of interest may arise in determining whether a particular business combination target is appropriate for our initial business combination.
·Our management may not be able to maintain control of a target business after our initial business combination. Upon the loss of control of a target business, new management may not possess the skills, qualifications or abilities necessary to profitably operate such business.
·The other risks and uncertainties disclosed in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.


An investment in our securities involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully all of the risks described below, together with the other information contained in this report. If anyAnnual Report on Form 10-K, the following risk factors should be considered carefully in evaluating our Company and our business. Any of the following events occur,risks could materially and adversely affect our business financial condition and operating results of operations.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

An overall decline in economic activity could adversely affect the financial condition and results of operations of our business.

The results of our business are generally affected by the level of business activity of our clients, which in turn is affected by the level of economic activity in the industries, markets and regions these clients serve. The level of economic activity may be materially adversely affected. In that event, the trading price of our securities could decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment. Additional risk factors relating to the Business Combination will be included in the Form S-4 to be filed with the SECaffected by Alight Pubco.

The Pending Business Combination is subject to the satisfaction of certainunforeseen events, such as adverse weather conditions, which may not be satisfied on a timely basis, if at all.

The consummation of the Pending Business Combination is subject to customary closing conditions for transactions involving special purpose acquisition companies, including, among others:

·approval of the Business Combination Proposal, FTAC Charter Amendment Proposal and the NYSE Proposal by Company stockholders;
·the expiration or termination of the waiting period under the HSR Act;
·receipt of other required regulatory approvals;
·no order, statute, rule or regulation enjoining or prohibiting the consummation of the Pending Business Combination being in effect;
·the Company having at least $5,000,001 of net tangible assets as of the closing of the Pending Business Combination;
·the Form S-4 having become effective and no stop order being in effect;
·the Alight Charter having been filed with the Delaware Secretary of State; and
·customary bring down conditions.

Additionally, the obligations of Tempo Holdings and the Tempo Blockers to consummate the Pending Business Combination are conditioned upon, among other things, (i) the Available Cash Amount being at least $2,600,000,000 as of the closing of the Business Combination and (ii) each of the covenants of the parties to the Sponsor Agreement having been performed as of or prior to the closing of the Pending Business Combination in all material respects, and none of such parties to the Sponsor Agreement having threatened (orally or in writing) that the Sponsor Agreement is not valid, binding and in full force and effect, that Alight is in breach of or default under the Sponsor Agreement or to terminate the Sponsor Agreement. Alight’s and the Company’s obligation to close the Pending Business Combination is also conditioned on the receipt of written consents from the requisite equityholders of Tempo Holdings and the Tempo Blockers approving the Pending Business Combination and adopting the Business Combination Agreement.

We are a recently incorporated company with no operating history and no revenues, and you have no basis on which to evaluate our ability to achieve our business objective.

We are a recently incorporated company incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware with a limited history of operating results. Because we have a limited operating history, you have a limited basis upon which to evaluate our ability to achieve our business objective of completing our initial business combination with one or more target businesses. We have a Pending Business Combination and but may be unable to consummate the transaction. If we do not complete our initial business combination, we will never generate any operating revenues.

Past performance by Trasimene Capital and Bilcar Limited Partnership, or their respective affiliatesnatural disasters (including the founder and our management team), including the businesses referred to herein, may not be indicative of future performance of an investment in us or in the future performance of any business that we may acquire.

Information regarding past performance of Trasimene Capital and Bilcar Limited Partnership, their respective affiliates, or our management team is presented for informational purposes only. Any past experience and performance of Trasimene Capital and Bilcar Limited Partnership, their affiliates, our founder, our management team or the other companies referred to herein is not a guarantee either: (1) that we will be able to successfully identify a suitable candidate for our initial business combination or complete such business combination or (2) of any results with respect to any initial business combination we may complete. You should not rely on the historical record of Trasimene Capital and Bilcar Limited Partnership, their affiliates, our founder, our management team’s performance or the performance of the other companies referred to herein as indicative of the future performance of an investment in us or the returns we will, or are likely to, generate going forward. An investment in us is not an investment in Trasimene Capital and Bilcar Limited Partnership or their affiliates nor the other companies referred to in this report.

Your only opportunity to affect the investment decision regarding a potential business combination may be limited to the exercise of your right to redeem your shares from us for cash.

At the time of your investment in us, you will not be provided with an opportunity to evaluate the specific merits or risks of one or more target businesses. Since our board of directors may complete a business combination without seeking stockholder approval, public stockholders may not have the right or opportunity to vote on the business combination, unless we seek such stockholder vote. Accordingly, your only opportunity to affect the investment decision regarding a potential business combination may be limited to exercising your redemption rights within the period of time (which will be at least 20 business days) set forth in our tender offer documents mailed to our public stockholders in which we describe our initial business combination.


If we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination, our initial stockholders, members of our management team, Cannae Holdings and THL FTAC have agreed to vote in favor of such initial business combination, regardless of how our public stockholders vote.

Our initial stockholders will own, on an as-converted basis, 20% of our outstanding shares of our Class A common stock immediately following the completion of the IPO. In addition, Cannae Holdings and THL FTAC have each agreed to purchase Class A common stock in an aggregate share amount equal to 15,000,000 shares of our Class A common stock (or a total of 30,000,000 shares of our Class A common stock), plus an aggregate of 5,000,000 redeemable warrants (or a total of 10,000,000 redeemable warrants) to purchase one share of our Class A common stock at $11.50 per share. Our initial stockholders and members of our management team also may from time to time purchase Class A common stock prior to our initial business combination. Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation provide that, if we seek stockholder approval of an initial business combination, such initial business combination will be approved if we receive the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares voted at such meeting, including the founder shares. When we submit our initial business combination to our public stockholders for a vote, pursuant to the terms of a letter agreement entered into with us, our sponsors and members of our management team have agreed to vote their founder shares and any shares purchased during or after the IPO, in favor of our initial business combination. In addition, pursuant to the terms of the forward purchase agreements, Cannae Holdings and THL FTAC have each agreed to vote any shares purchased during or after the IPO, in favor of our initial business combination. As a result, in addition to our initial stockholders’ founder shares, we would need 38,812,501, or 37.5%, of the 103,500,000 public shares to be voted in favor of an initial business combination in order to have our initial business combination approved (assuming all issued and outstanding shares are voted and the over-allotment option is not exercised). Accordingly, when we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination, the agreement by our initial stockholders, each member of our management team, Cannae Holdings and THL FTAC to vote in favor of our initial business combination will increase the likelihood that we will receive the requisite stockholder approval for such initial business combination.

In evaluating a prospective target business for our initial business combination, our management will rely on the availability of all of the funds from the sale of the forward purchase securities to be used as part of the consideration to the sellers in the initial business combination. If the sale of the forward purchase securities fails to close, we may lack sufficient funds to complete our initial business combination.

We have entered into the forward purchase agreements pursuant to which Cannae Holdings and THL FTAC have each agreed to purchase the forward purchase shares in a private placement to occur concurrently with our initial business combination. The funds from the sale of forward purchase securities may be used as part of the consideration to the sellers in our initial business combination, expenses in connection with our initial business combination or for working capital in the post-transaction company. The obligations under the forward purchase agreements do not depend on whether any public stockholders elect to redeem their shares and provide us with a minimum funding level for the initial business combination. However, if the sale of the forward purchase securities does not close by reason of the failure by either Cannae Holdings or THL FTAC to fund the purchase price for their respective forward purchase securities, for example, we may lack sufficient funds to complete our initial business combination. Additionally, the obligation of Cannae Holdings and THL FTAC to purchase the forward purchase securities are subject to termination prior to the closing of the sale of the forward purchase securities by mutual written consent of the Company and Cannae Holdings or THL FTAC, respectively, or, automatically: (a) if the IPO is not completed on or prior to May 8, 2022, which has occurred; (b) if the initial business combination is not completed within 24 months of the closing of the IPO or such later date as may be approved by the Company’s shareholders; (c) if William P. Foley, II dies; (d) if William P. Foley, II, the sponsors or the Company become subject to any voluntary or involuntary petition under the United States federal bankruptcy laws or any state insolvency law, in each case which is not withdrawn within sixty (60) days after being filed, or a receiver, fiscal agent or similar officer is appointed by a court for business or property of William P. Foley, II, the sponsors or the Company, in each case which is not removed, withdrawn or terminated within sixty (60) days after such appointment; or (e) if William P. Foley, II is convicted in a criminal proceeding for a crime involving fraud or dishonesty. The obligation of Cannae Holdings and THL FTAC, respectively, to purchase the forward purchase securities is subject to fulfillment of customary closing conditions and other conditions as set forth in the forward purchase agreements, including: (a) the initial business combination shall be consummated substantially concurrent with, and immediately following, the purchase of the forward purchase securities; and (b) the Company must have delivered to Cannae Holdings and THL FTAC, respectively, a certificate evidencing the Company’s good standing as a Delaware corporation, as of a date within ten (10) business days of the closing of the sale of the forward purchase shares. In the event of any such failure to fund by either Cannae Holdings or THL FTAC, any obligation is so terminated or any such condition is not satisfied and not waived by Cannae Holdings or THL FTAC, we may not be able to obtain additional funds to account for such shortfall on terms favorable to us or at all. Any such shortfall would also reduce the amount of funds that we have available for working capital of the post-business combination company. While Cannae Holdings and THL FTAC have each represented to us that each has sufficient funds to satisfy its respective obligations under the respective forward purchase agreement, we have not obligated Cannae Holdings or THL FTAC to reserve funds for such obligations.


The ability of our public stockholders to redeem their shares for cash may make our financial condition unattractive to potential business combination targets, which may make it difficult for us to enter into a business combination with a target.

We may seek to enter into a business combination transaction agreement with a prospective target that requires as a closing condition that we have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash. If too many public stockholders exercise their redemption rights, we would not be able to meet such closing condition and,those as a result of climate change), catastrophic events, war (including the ongoing conflict between Russia and Ukraine), terrorism or public health conditions (including the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic). Additionally, substantial changes to trade, inflation rates, interest rates, currency exchange rates, monetary and fiscal policies, political conditions, employment rates (including as a result of an increasingly competitive job market), limitations on a government's spending and/or ability to issue debt, and constriction and volatility in the credit markets, may occur and would not be ableaffect our business. For example, rising interest rates and challenging credit markets may adversely impact our clients’ ability to proceedgrow their business and contract with us. While interest rates had remained at historically low levels in recent years, the business combination. Furthermore,Federal Reserve Board significantly increased the federal funds rate in no event will we redeem2022 and has indicated that it expects continued increases in interest rates in 2023 and 2024 to combat rising inflation. Economic downturns in some markets may cause reductions in technology and discretionary spending by our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 (so that we are not subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules) or any greater net tangible asset or cash requirementclients, which may be containedresult in reductions in the agreement relating togrowth of new business as well as reductions in existing business. If our initial business combination. Consequently, if accepting all properly submitted redemption requests would causeclients become financially less stable, enter bankruptcy, liquidate their operations or consolidate, our net tangible assets torevenues and/or collectability of receivables could be less than $5,000,001 or such greater amount necessary to satisfy a closing condition as described above, we would not proceed with such redemption andadversely affected. Our contracts also depend upon the related business combination and may instead search for an alternate business combination. Prospective targets will be aware of these risks and, thus, may be reluctant to enter into a business combination transaction with us.

The ability of our public stockholders to exercise redemption rights with respect to a large number of our shares may not allow us to complete the most desirable business combinationclients’ employees or optimize our capital structure.

At the time we enter into an agreement for our initial business combination, we will not know how many stockholders may exercise their redemption rights, and therefore will need to structure the transaction based on our expectations as to the number of shares that will be submitted for redemption.participants in our clients’ employee benefit plans. If our business combination agreement requires us to use a portion of the cashclients become financially less stable, change their staffing models, enter bankruptcy, liquidate their operations or consolidate, that could result in the trust account to pay the purchase price,layoffs or requires us to have a minimum amount of cash at closing, we will need to reserve a portion of the cashother reductions in the trust account to meet such requirements, or arrange for third party financing. In addition, if a larger number of shares are submitted for redemption than we initially expected, we may need to restructure the transaction to reserve a greater portion of the cash in the trust account or arrange for additional third party financing. Raising additional third party financing may involve dilutive equity issuances or the incurrence of indebtedness at higher than desirable levels. The above considerations may limit our ability to complete the most desirable business combination available to us or optimize our capital structure. The amount of the deferred underwriting commissions payable to the underwriters will not be adjusted for any shares that are redeemed in connection with an initial business combination. The per-share amount we will distribute to stockholders who properly exercise their redemption rights will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commission and after such redemptions, the amount held in trust will continue to reflect our obligation to pay the entire deferred underwriting commissions.

The ability of our public stockholders to exercise redemption rights with respect to a large number of our shares could increase the probability that our initial business combination would be unsuccessful and that you would have to wait for liquidation in order to redeem your shares.

If our initial business combination agreement requires us to use a portion of the cash in the trust account to pay the purchase price, or requires us to have a minimum amount of cash at closing, the probability that our initial business combination would be unsuccessful is increased. If our initial business combination is unsuccessful, you would not receive your pro rata portion of the trust account until we liquidate the trust account. If you are in need of immediate liquidity, you could attempt to sell your shares in the open market; however, at such time our shares may trade at a discount to the pro rata amount per share in the trust account. In either situation, you may suffer a material loss on your investment or lose the benefit of funds expected in connection with our redemption until we liquidate or you are able to sell your shares in the open market.

The requirement that we complete an initial business combination within 24 months after the closing of the IPO may give potential target businesses leverage over us in negotiating a business combination and may limit the time we have in which to conduct due diligence on potential business combination targets as we approach our dissolution deadline, which could undermine our ability to complete our initial business combination on terms that would produce value for our stockholders.

Any potential target business with which we enter into negotiations concerning a business combination will be aware that we must complete an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of the IPO. Consequently, such target business may obtain leverage over us in negotiating a business combination, knowing that if we do not complete our initial business combination with that particular target business, we may be unable to complete our initial business combination with any target business. This risk will increase as we get closer to the timeframe described above. In addition, we may have limited time to conduct due diligence and may enter into our initial business combination on terms that we would have rejected upon a more comprehensive investigation.


We may not be able to complete an initial business combination within 24 months after the closing of the IPO, in which case we would cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up and we would redeem our public shares and liquidate, in which case our public stockholders may only receive $10.00 per share, or less than such amount in certain circumstances, and our warrants will expire worthless.

Our sponsors, officers and directors have agreed that we must complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of the IPO. We may not be able to find a suitable target business and complete an initial business combination within 24 months after the closing of the IPO. Our ability to complete our initial business combination may be negatively impacted by general market conditions, volatility in the capital and debt markets and the other risks described herein. If we have not completed an initial business combination within such applicable time period, we will: (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up; (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and not previously released to us to pay our taxes, if any (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public stockholders’ rightsparticipants in our clients’ employee benefit plans. We may also experience decreased demand for our services as stockholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any), subject to applicable law;a result of postponed or terminated outsourcing of human resource (“HR”) functions. Reduced demand for our services could increase price competition and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining stockholders and our board of directors, liquidate and dissolve, subject in each case to our obligations under Delaware Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law.

Legal proceedings in connection with the business combination, the outcomes of which are uncertain, could delay or prevent the completion of the business combination.

In connection with the Business Combination, it is not uncommon for lawsuits to be filed against companies involved and/or their respective directors and officers alleging, among other things, that the proxy statement/prospectus contains false and misleading statements and/or omits material information concerning the Business Combination. Although no such lawsuits have yet been filed in connection with the Business Combination or the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, it is possible that such actions may arise and, if such actions do arise, they generally seek, among other things, injunctive relief and an award of attorneys’ fees and expenses. Defending such lawsuits could require the Company to incur significant costs and draw the attention of the Company’s management team away from the Business Combination. Further, the defense or settlement of any lawsuit or claim that remains unresolved at the time the Business Combination is consummated may adversely affect the combined company’s business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Such legal proceedings could delay or prevent the Business Combination from becoming effective within the agreed upon timeframe.

The recent coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic and the impact on business and debt and equity markets could have a material adverse effect on our search for a business combination,financial condition or results of operations.

We face significant competition and any target business with which we ultimately complete a business combination.

In December 2019, a novel strain of coronavirus (COVID-19) was reportedour failure to have surfaced in Wuhan, China, which has and is continuing to spread throughout China and other parts of the world, including the United States and Europe. On January 30, 2020, the World Health Organization declared the outbreak of the coronavirus a “Public Health Emergency of International Concern.” On January 31, 2020, U.S. Health and Human Services Secretary Alex M. Azar II declared a public health emergency for the United States to aid the U.S. healthcare community in responding to the coronavirus, and on March 11, 2020, the World Health Organization characterized the outbreak as a “pandemic.” A significant outbreak of the coronavirus has resulted in a widespread health crisis that adversely affected the economies and financial markets worldwide, business operations and the conduct of commerce generally andcompete successfully could have a material adverse effect on the financial condition and results of operations of our business.

Our competitors may have greater resources, larger customer bases, greater name recognition, stronger presence in certain geographies and more established relationships with their customers and suppliers than we have. In addition, new competitors, alliances among competitors or mergers of competitors could result in our competitors gaining significant market share and some of our competitors may have or may develop a lower cost structure, adopt more aggressive pricing policies or provide services that gain greater market acceptance than the services that we offer or develop. Large and well-capitalized competitors may be able to respond to the need for technological changes and innovate faster, or price their services more aggressively. They may also compete for skilled professionals, finance acquisitions, fund internal growth and compete for market share more effectively than we do. If we are unable to compete successfully, we could lose market share and clients to competitors, which could materially adversely affect our results of operations. To respond to increased competition and pricing pressure, we may have to lower the cost of our solutions or decrease the level of service provided to clients, which could have an adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

We rely on complex information technology systems and networks to operate our business. Any significant system or network disruption could expose us to legal liability, impair our reputation or have a negative impact on our operations, sales and operating results and could expose us to litigation and negatively impact our relationships with customers.

We rely on the efficient, uninterrupted and secure operation of complex information technology systems, and networks and data centers, some of which are within our business and some of which are outsourced to third-party providers, including cloud infrastructure service providers such as Amazon Web Services (AWS) and Microsoft Azure Cloud. We do not have control over the operations of such third parties. We also may decide to employ additional offsite data centers in the future to accommodate growth. Problems faced by our data center locations, with the telecommunications network providers with whom we or they contract, or with the systems by which our telecommunications providers allocate capacity among their clients, including us, could adversely affect the availability and processing of our solutions and related services and the experience of our clients. If our data centers are unable to keep up with our growing needs for capacity, this could have an adverse effect on our business and cause us to incur additional expense. In addition, any financial difficulties faced by our third-party data center’s operator or any of the service providers with whom we or they contract may have negative effects on our business, the nature and extent of which are difficult to predict. These facilities are vulnerable to damage or interruption from catastrophic events, such as earthquakes, hurricanes, floods, fires, cyber security attacks

9


(including "ransomware" and phishing attacks), terrorist attacks, power losses, telecommunications failures and similar events. The risk of cyber-attacks could be exacerbated by geopolitical tensions, including the ongoing Russia-Ukraine conflict, or other hostile actions taken by nation-states and terrorist organizations. While we have adopted, and continue to enhance, business continuity and disaster recovery plans and strategies, there is no guarantee that such plans and strategies will be effective, which could interrupt the functionality of our information technology systems or those of third parties. The occurrence of a natural disaster (or other extreme weather as a result of climate change) or an act of terrorism, a decision to close the facilities without adequate notice, or other unanticipated problems could result in lengthy interruptions in our services and solutions. The facilities also could be subject to break-ins, computer viruses, sabotage, intentional acts of vandalism and other misconduct. Any errors, failures, interruptions or delays experienced in connection with these third-party technologies and information services, or our own systems could negatively impact our relationships with customers and adversely affect our business and could expose us to third-party liabilities. Any errors, defects, disruptions or other performance problems with our information technology systems including any changes in service levels at our third-party data center could adversely affect our reputation and may damage our clients’ stored files or result in lengthy interruptions in our services. Interruptions in our services might reduce our revenues, subject us to potential liability or other expenses or adversely affect our renewal rates.

In relation to our third-party data centers, while we own, control and have access to our servers and all of the components of our network that are located in these centers, we do not control the operation of these facilities. The operators of our third-party data center facilities have no obligation to renew their agreements with us on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. If we are unable to renew these agreements on commercially reasonable terms, or if the data center operators are acquired, we may be required to transfer our servers and other infrastructure to new data center facilities, and we may incur costs and experience service interruption in doing so.

Improper access to, misappropriation, destruction or disclosure of confidential, personal or proprietary data as a result of employee or vendor malfeasance or cyber-attacks could result in financial loss, regulatory scrutiny, legal liability or harm to our reputation.

One of our significant responsibilities is to maintain the security, including cybersecurity, and privacy of our employees’ and clients’ confidential and proprietary information and the confidential information about clients’ employees’ compensation, health and benefits information and other personally identifiable information. However, all information technology systems are potentially vulnerable to damage or interruption from a variety of sources, including but not limited to cyber-attacks, computer viruses, malware, hacking, fraudulent use attempts, phishing attacks and security breaches. Our systems are also subject to compromise from internal threats such as improper action by employees, vendors and other third parties with otherwise legitimate access to our systems. Despite our efforts, from time to time, we experience attacks and other cyber-threats to our systems and networks and have from time to time experienced cyber security incidents such as computer viruses, unauthorized parties gaining access to our information technology systems and similar matters, which to date have not had a material impact on our business. These attacks can seek to exploit, among other things, known or unknown vulnerabilities in technology included in our information systems or those of third-party providers. Because the techniques used to obtain unauthorized access are constantly changing and becoming increasingly more sophisticated and often are not recognized until launched against a target, business with which we complete a business combination. Furthermore, weor our third-party providers may be unable to completeanticipate these techniques or implement sufficient preventative measures. If we are unable to efficiently manage the vulnerability of our systems and effectively maintain and upgrade our system safeguards, we may incur unexpected costs and certain of our systems may become more vulnerable to unauthorized access. For example, there has been a stark increase in new financial fraud schemes akin to ransomware attacks on large companies whereby a cybercriminal installs a type of malicious software, or malware, that prevents a user or enterprise from accessing computer files, systems, or networks and demands payment of a ransom for their return. Cyber criminals may also attempt to fraudulently induce employees, customers or other users of our systems to disclose sensitive information in order to gain access to our data or that of our customers. In addition, while we have certain standards for all vendors that provide us services, our vendors, and in turn, their own service providers, have experienced and in the future may continue to become subject to the same types of security breaches. In the future, these types of incidents could result in intellectual property or other confidential information being lost or stolen, including client, employee or business combination if continueddata. In addition, we may not be able to detect breaches in our information technology systems or assess the severity or impact of a breach in a timely manner.

We have implemented various measures to manage our risks related to system and network security and disruptions, but an actual or perceived security breach, a failure to make adequate disclosures to the public or law enforcement agencies following any such event or a significant and extended disruption in the functioning of our information technology systems could damage our reputation and cause us to lose clients, adversely impact our operations, sales and operating results and require us to incur significant expense to address and remediate or otherwise resolve such issues.

We maintain policies, procedures and technological safeguards designed to protect the security and privacy of this information. These include, for example, the appropriate encryption of information, the use of anti-virus, anti-malware and other protections. Nonetheless, we cannot eliminate the risk of human error or inadequate safeguards against employee or vendor malfeasance or cyber-attacks that could result in improper access to, misappropriation, destruction or disclosure of confidential, personal or proprietary information and we may not become aware in a timely manner of any such security breach. Such unauthorized access,

10


misappropriation, destruction or disclosure could result in the loss of revenue, reputational damage, indemnity obligations, damages for contract breach, civil and criminal penalties for violation of applicable laws, regulations or contractual obligations, and significant costs, fees and other monetary payments for remediation. Furthermore, our clients may not be receptive to services delivered through our information technology systems and networks following an actual or perceived security breach due to concerns regarding transaction security, user privacy, the reliability and quality of internet service and other reasons. The release of confidential information as a result of a security breach could also lead to litigation or other proceedings against us by affected individuals or business partners, or by regulators, and the outcome of such proceedings, which could include penalties or fines, could have a significant negative impact on our business. Additionally, in order to maintain the level of security, service and reliability that our clients require, we may be required to make significant additional investments in our methods of delivering services.

In many jurisdictions, including North America and the European Union, we are subject to laws and regulations relating to the coronavirus restrict travel, limitcollection, use, retention, security and transfer of information including the abilityHealth Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as amended (“HIPAA”) and the HIPAA regulations governing, among other things, the privacy, security and electronic transmission of individually identifiable protected health information, the Personal Information Protection and Electronic Documents Act (“PIPEDA”) and the European Union General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”). California also enacted legislation, the California Consumer Privacy Act of 2018 (“CCPA”) and the related California Privacy Rights Act (“CPRA”), that afford California residents expanded privacy protections and a private right of action for security breaches affecting their personal information. Virginia and Colorado have similarly enacted comprehensive privacy laws, the Consumer Data Protection Act and Colorado Privacy Act, respectively, both laws of which emulate the CCPA and CPRA in many respects. The Virginia Consumer Data Protection Act took effect on January 1, 2023, and the Colorado Privacy Act takes effect on July 1, 2023. In 2021, two bills were introduced (or reintroduced) in the United States Senate: the 2021 Data Privacy Act, which would create an agency to enforce data protection rules, ensure that data practices are fair and transparent, and promote data protection and privacy innovation, and the Setting an American Framework to Ensure Data Access, Transparency, and Accountability Act, which seeks to establish a comprehensive privacy regime including many of the concepts found in other state and federal privacy bills/laws, such as consent requirements for sensitive data, data subject rights, and privacy policy requirements. The Information Transparency & Personal Data Control Act was introduced in the United States House of Representatives, which would require the FTC to establish requirements for entities providing services to the public that collect, store, process, use, or otherwise control sensitive personal information. We anticipate federal and state regulators to continue to enact legislation related to privacy and cybersecurity. These and other similar laws and regulations are frequently changing and are becoming increasingly complex and sometimes conflict among the various jurisdictions and countries in which we provide services both in terms of substance and in terms of enforceability. This makes compliance challenging and expensive. Our failure to adhere to or successfully implement processes in response to changing regulatory requirements in this area could result in legal liability or impairment to our reputation in the marketplace. Further, regulatory initiatives in the area of data protection are more frequently including provisions allowing authorities to impose substantial fines and penalties, and therefore, failure to comply could also have meetings witha significant financial impact.

Changes in regulation, including changes in regulations related to health and welfare plans, fiduciary rules, pension reform, payroll and data privacy and data usage, their application and interpretation could have an adverse effect on our business.

In addition to the complexity of the laws and regulations themselves, the development of new laws and regulations, changes in application or interpretation of laws and regulations and our continued operational changes and development into new jurisdictions and new service offerings also increases our legal and regulatory compliance complexity as well as the type of governmental oversight to which we may be subject. These changes in laws and regulations could mandate significant and costly changes to the way we implement our services and solutions or could impose additional licensure requirements or costs to our operations and services. Furthermore, as we enter new jurisdictions or lines of businesses and other developments in our services, we may become subject to additional types of laws and policies and governmental oversight and supervision. In all jurisdictions, the applicable laws and regulations are subject to amendment or interpretation by regulatory authorities. In addition, new regulatory or industry developments could create an increase in competition that could adversely affect us. These potential investorsdevelopments include:

changes in regulations relating to health and welfare plans including potential challenges or changes to the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, expansion of government-sponsored coverage through Medicare or the target company’s personnel, vendorscreation of a single payer system;
changes in regulations relating to defined contribution and defined benefit plans, including pension reform that could decrease the attractiveness of certain of our retirement products and services providers are unavailable to negotiateretirement plan sponsors and complete a transaction in a timely manner. The extent to which the coronavirus impacts our search for a business combination andadministrators or have an unfavorable effect on our ability to execute a transactionearn revenues from these products and services;
changes in regulations relating to payroll processing and payments or withholding taxes or other required deductions;
additional requirements respecting data privacy and data usage in jurisdictions in which we operate that may increase our costs of compliance and potentially reduce the manner in which data can be used by us to develop or further our product offerings;

11


changes in regulations relating to fiduciary rules;
changes in federal or state regulations relating to marketing and sale of Medicare plans, Medicare Advantage and Medicare Part D prescription drug plans;
changes to regulations of producers, brokers, agents or third-party administrators such as the Consolidated Appropriations Act of 2021, that may alter operational costs, the manner in which we market or are compensated for certain services or other aspects of our business;
changes to regulations or additional regulations resulting from COVID-19 such as the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security ("CARES") Act, the Coronavirus Response and Relief Supplemental Appropriations Act of 2021 or equivalent state or local initiatives; and
additional regulations or revisions to existing regulations promulgated by other regulatory bodies in jurisdictions in which we operate.

For example, there have been, and likely will depend oncontinue to be, legislative and regulatory proposals at the federal and state levels directed at addressing the availability of healthcare and containing or lowering the cost of healthcare. Although we cannot predict the ultimate content or timing of any healthcare reform legislation, potential changes resulting from any amendment, repeal or replacement of these programs, including any reduction in the future developments,availability of healthcare insurance benefits, could adversely affect our business and future results of operations. Further, the federal government from time to time considers pension reform legislation, which could negatively impact our sales of defined benefit or defined contribution plan products and services and cause sponsors to discontinue existing plans for which we provide administrative or other services. Certain tax-favored savings initiatives that have been proposed could hinder sales and persistency of our products and services that support employment-based retirement plans.

Our services are highly uncertainalso the subject of ever-evolving government regulation, either because the services provided to or business conducted by our clients are regulated directly or because third parties upon whom we rely to provide services to our clients are regulated, thereby indirectly impacting the manner in which we provide services to those clients. Changes in laws, government regulations or the way those regulations are interpreted in the jurisdictions in which we operate could affect the viability, value, use or delivery of benefits and cannot be predicted,HR programs, including new information whichchanges in regulations relating to health and welfare plans (such as medical), defined contribution plans (such as 401(k)), defined benefit plans (such as pension) or payroll delivery, may emerge concerningadversely affect the severitydemand for, or profitability of, our services.

In addition, as we, and the third parties upon whom we rely, implement and expand direct-to-consumer sales and marketing solutions, we are subject to various federal and state laws and regulations that prescribe when and how we may market to consumers (including, without limitation, the Telephone Consumer Protection Act (the “TCPA”) and other telemarketing laws and the Medicare Communications and Marketing Guidelines issued by the Center for Medicare Services of the coronavirus pandemicU.S. Department of Health and Human Service). The TCPA provides for private rights of action and potential statutory damages for each violation and additional penalties for each willful violation. We have in the actionspast and may in the future become subject to containclaims that we have violated the coronavirus or treat its impact, among others. If the disruptions posed by the coronavirus TCPA and/or other matters of global concern continuetelemarketing laws. Changes to these laws could negatively affect our ability to market directly to consumers or increase our costs or liabilities.

Our business performance and growth plans could be negatively affected if we are not able to effectively apply technology in driving value for an extensive period of time,our clients or gaining internal efficiencies. Conversely, investments in innovative product offerings may fail to yield sufficient return to cover their costs.

Our success depends, in part, on our ability to develop and implement new or revised solutions that anticipate and keep pace with rapid and continuing changes in technology, industry standards and client preferences. We may not be successful in anticipating or responding to these developments on a timely and cost-effective basis, and our ideas may not be accepted in the marketplace. Additionally, the effort to gain technological expertise and develop new technologies requires us to incur significant expenses.

If we cannot offer new technologies as quickly as our competitors or if our competitors develop more cost-effective technologies, it could have a material adverse effect on our ability to obtain and complete client engagements. Innovations in software, cloud computing or other technologies that alter how our services are delivered could significantly undermine our investments in our business if we are slow or unable to take advantage of these developments.

We are continually developing and investing in innovative and novel service offerings, including a recent transition to a business combination, or the operations ofprocess as a target business withservice (“BPaaS”) offering, which we ultimately completebelieve will address needs that we identify in the markets. In some cases, our BPaaS offerings may require new or unique pricing structures, which may include performance guarantees or fees at risk that differ significantly from our historical practices. These initiatives carry the risks associated with any new solution development effort, including cost overruns, delays in delivery and implementation and performance issues. There can be no assurance that we will be successful in developing, marketing and selling new solutions or enhancements that meet these changing demands, that we will not

12


experience difficulties that could delay or prevent the successful development, implementation, introduction and marketing of these solutions or enhancements, or that our new solutions and enhancements will adequately meet the demands for the marketplace and achieve market acceptance. Any of these developments could have an adverse impact on our future revenue and/or business prospects. Nevertheless, for those efforts to produce meaningful value, we are reliant on a business combination.number of other factors, some of which are outside of our control, to deem them suitable, and whether those parties will find them suitable will be subject to their own particular circumstances.

We are subject to professional liability claims against us as well as other contingencies and legal proceedings relating to our delivery of services, some of which, if determined unfavorably to us, could have an adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

We assist our clients with outsourcing various HR functions. Third parties may allege that we are liable for damages arising from these services in professional liability claims against us. Such claims could include, for example, the failure of our employees or sub-agents, whether negligently or intentionally, to correctly execute transactions. It is not always possible to prevent and detect errors and omissions, and the precautions we take may not be effective in all cases. In addition, we are subject to other types of claims, litigation and proceedings in the ordinary course of business, which along with professional liability claims, may seek damages, including punitive damages, in amounts that could, if awarded, have a material adverse impact on our financial position, earnings and cash flows. In addition to potential liability for monetary damages, such claims or outcomes could harm our reputation or divert management resources away from operating our business. While we maintain insurance to cover various aspects of such professional liability and other claims, such coverage may not be adequate or applicable for certain claims or in the event of an adverse outcome related to such claims. In such circumstances, we would be responsible for payment of amounts that are not covered by insurance and that could have a material adverse impact on our business. In some cases, due to other business considerations, we may elect to pay or settle professional liability or other claims even where we may not be contractually or legally obligated to do so.

Accruals for exposures, and related insurance receivables, when applicable to us, have been provided to the extent that losses are deemed probable and are reasonably estimable. These accruals and receivables are adjusted from time to time as developments warrant and may also be adversely affected by disputes we may have with our insurers over coverage. Amounts related to our settlement provisions are recorded in other general expenses in our statements of income.

The ultimate outcome of these claims, lawsuits and proceedings cannot be ascertained, and liabilities in indeterminate amounts may be imposed on us. It is possible that our future results of operations or cash flows for any particular quarterly or annual period could be materially affected by an unfavorable resolution of these matters.

We may become involved in claims, litigation or other proceedings that could harm the value of our business.

We are subject to, and may become a party to, various claims, lawsuits or other proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of our business. Our business is subject to the risk of litigation or other proceedings involving current and former employees, clients, partners, suppliers, shareholders or others. For example, participants in our clients’ benefit plans could claim that we did not adequately protect their data or secure access to their accounts. Regardless of the merits of the claims, the cost to defend litigation may be significant, and such matters can be time-consuming and divert management’s attention and resources. The outcomes of such matters in the ordinary course of our business are inherently uncertain, and adverse judgments or settlements could have a material adverse impact on our financial position or results of operations. In addition, we may become subject to future lawsuits, claims, audits and investigations, or suits, any of which could result in substantial costs and divert our attention and resources. Any claims or litigation, even if fully indemnified or insured, could damage our reputation and make it more difficult to compete effectively or to obtain adequate insurance in the future.

Our failure to protect our intellectual property rights, or allegations that we have infringed on the intellectual property rights of others, could harm our reputation, ability to compete effectively and financial condition.

To protect our intellectual property rights, we rely on a combination of trademark laws, copyright laws, patent laws, trade secret protection, confidentiality agreements and other contractual arrangements with our affiliates, employees, clients, strategic partners and others. However, the protective steps that we take may be inadequate to deter misappropriation of our proprietary information and technology. In addition, we may be unable to detect the unauthorized use of, or take appropriate steps to enforce, our intellectual property rights. Further, effective trademark, copyright, patent and trade secret protection may not be available in every country in which we offer our services or competitors may develop products similar to our products that do not conflict with our related intellectual property rights. Failure to protect our intellectual property adequately could harm our reputation and affect our ability to compete effectively.

In addition, to protect or enforce our intellectual property rights, we may initiate litigation against third parties, such as infringement suits or interference proceedings. Third parties may assert intellectual property rights claims against us, which may be

13


costly to defend, could require the payment of damages and could limit our ability to use or offer certain technologies, products or other intellectual property. Any intellectual property claims, with or without merit, could be expensive, take significant time and divert management’s attention from other business concerns. Successful challenges against us could require us to modify or discontinue our use of technology or business processes where such use is found to infringe or violate the rights of others, or require us to purchase licenses from third parties (which may not be available on terms acceptable to us, or at all), any of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

We might not be successful at acquiring, investing in or integrating businesses, entering into joint ventures or divesting businesses.

We may not successfully identify additional suitable investment opportunities. We expect to continue pursuing strategic and targeted acquisitions, investments and joint ventures to enhance or add to our skills and capabilities or offerings of services and solutions, or to enable us to expand in certain geographic and other markets. For more information on recent acquisitions, see Note 4, "Acquisitions" within the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Furthermore, we face risks in successfully integrating any businesses we have acquired, might acquire, or that we have created or may create through a joint venture or similar arrangement. Ongoing business may be disrupted, and our management’s attention may be diverted by acquisition, investment, transition or integration activities. In addition, we might need to dedicate additional management and other resources, and our organizational structure could make it difficult for us to efficiently integrate acquired businesses into our ongoing operations and assimilate and retain employees of those businesses into our culture and operations. The potential loss of key executives, employees, customers, suppliers and other business partners of businesses we acquire may adversely impact the value of the assets, operations or businesses. Furthermore, acquisitions or joint ventures may result in significant costs and expenses, including those related to retention payments, equity compensation, severance pay, early retirement costs, intangible asset amortization and asset impairment charges, assumed litigation and other liabilities, and legal, accounting and financial advisory fees, which could negatively affect our profitability. We may have difficulties as a result of entering into new markets where we have limited or no direct prior experience or where competitors may have stronger market positions.

We might fail to realize the expected benefits or strategic objectives of any acquisition, investment or joint venture we undertake. We might not achieve our expected return on investment or may lose money. We may be adversely impacted by liabilities that we assume from a company we acquire or in which we invest, including from that company’s known and unknown obligations, intellectual property or other assets, terminated employees, current or former clients or other third parties. In addition, we may fail to identify or adequately assess the magnitude of certain liabilities, shortcomings or other circumstances prior to acquiring, investing in or partnering with a company, including potential exposure to regulatory scrutiny and sanctions or liabilities resulting from an acquisition target’s previous activities, internal controls and security environment. If any of these circumstances occurs, they could result in unexpected legal or regulatory exposure, unfavorable accounting treatment, unexpected increases in taxes or other adverse effects on our business. Litigation, indemnification claims and other unforeseen claims and liabilities may arise from the acquisition or operation of acquired businesses. If we are unable to complete the number and kind of investments for which we plan, or if we are inefficient or unsuccessful at integrating any acquired businesses into our operations, we may not be able to achieve our planned rates of growth or improve our market share, profitability or competitive position in specific markets or services.

We periodically evaluate, and have engaged in, the disposition of assets and businesses. Divestitures could involve difficulties in the separation of operations, services, products and personnel, the diversion of management’s attention, the disruption of our business and the potential loss of key employees. After reaching an agreement with a buyer for the disposition of a business, the transaction may be subject to the satisfaction of pre-closing conditions, including obtaining necessary regulatory and government approvals, which, if not satisfied or obtained, may prevent us from completing the transaction. Divestitures may also involve continued financial involvement in or liability with respect to the divested assets and businesses, such as indemnities or other financial obligations, in which the performance of the divested assets or businesses could impact our results of operations. Any divestiture we undertake could adversely affect our results of operations.

Our growth depends in part on the success of our strategic partnerships with third parties.

We enter into strategic partnerships with third parties to enhance and extend the capabilities of our solutions in the ordinary course of our business. In order to continue to grow our business and enhance and extend our capabilities, we anticipate that we will continue to depend on the continuation and expansion of our strategic partnerships with third parties. Identifying partners, and negotiating and documenting relationships with them, requires significant time and resources.

If we are unsuccessful in establishing or maintaining our relationships with third parties, if we fail to comply with material terms (such as maintaining any required certifications) or if our strategic partners fail to perform as expected, our ability to compete in the marketplace or to grow our revenues could be impaired, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Even if we are successful, we cannot assure you that these relationships will result in increased customer usage of our solutions or increased revenues.

14


Our business is dependent on continued interest in outsourcing.

Our business and growth depend in large part on continued interest in outsourced services. Outsourcing means that an entity contracts with a third party, such as us, to provide services rather than perform such services in-house. There can be no assurance that this interest will continue, as organizations may elect to perform such services themselves and/or the business process outsourcing industry could move to an as-a-service model, thereby eliminating traditional outsourcing tasks. A significant change in this interest in outsourcing could materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

Our success depends on our ability to raise equityretain and debt financingattract experienced and qualified personnel, including our senior management team and other professional personnel.

We depend upon the members of our senior management team who possess extensive knowledge and a deep understanding of our business and our strategy. The unexpected loss of any of our senior management team could have a disruptive effect adversely impacting our ability to manage our business effectively and execute our business strategy. Competition for experienced professional personnel is intense, particularly for technology professionals in the areas in which we operate, and we are constantly working to retain and attract these professionals. If we cannot successfully do so, our business, operating results and financial condition could be adversely affected. We must develop our personnel to provide succession plans capable of maintaining continuity in the midst of the inevitable unpredictability of personnel retention. While we have plans for key management succession and long-term compensation plans designed to retain the senior employees, and continue to review and update those plans, if our succession plans do not operate effectively, particularly in an increasingly competitive job market, our business could be adversely affected.

Our inability to successfully recover should we experience a catastrophic event, disaster or other business continuity problem could cause material financial loss, loss of human capital, regulatory actions, reputational harm or legal liability.

Our operations are dependent upon our ability to protect our personnel, offices and technology infrastructure against damage from business continuity events that could have a significant disruptive effect on our operations. Should we or a key vendor or other third party experience a local or regional disaster or other business continuity problem, such as an earthquake, fire, flood, hurricane, or other weather event, terrorist attack, pandemic (including the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic), security breach, power loss, telecommunications failure, software or hardware malfunctions or other natural or man-made disaster, our continued success will depend, in part, on the availability of our personnel, office facilities and the coronavirus pandemicproper functioning of existing, new or upgraded computer systems, telecommunications and other related systems and operations. In events like these, while our operational size, the multiple locations from which we operate and our existing back-up systems provide us with some degree of flexibility, we still can experience near-term operational challenges with regard to particular areas of our operations. We could potentially lose access to key executives and personnel, client data or experience material adverse interruptions to our operations or delivery of services to our clients in a disaster recovery scenario. For example, during the COVID-19 pandemic, there were concerns for and restrictions on our personnel (including health concerns, quarantines, shelter-in-place orders and restrictions on travel), and increased privacy and cybersecurity risks in light of an increase in “remote work” among our workforce and our third-party service providers and vendors.

We regularly assess and take steps to improve upon our existing business continuity plans and key management succession. However, a disaster on a significant scale or affecting certain of our key operating areas within or across regions, or our inability to successfully recover should we experience a disaster or other business continuity problem, could materially interrupt our business operations and cause material financial loss, loss of human capital, regulatory actions, reputational harm, damaged client relationships or legal liability.

If our clients are not satisfied with our services, we may face additional cost, loss of profit opportunities and damage to our reputation or legal liability.

We depend, to a large extent, on our relationships with our clients and our reputation to understand our clients’ needs and deliver solutions and services that are tailored to satisfy those needs. If a client is not satisfied with our services, it may be damaging to our business and could cause us to incur additional costs and impair profitability. Many of our clients are businesses that band together in industry groups and/or trade associations and actively share information among themselves about the quality of service they receive from their vendors. Accordingly, poor service to one client may negatively impact our relationships with multiple other clients. Moreover, if we fail to meet our contractual obligations, we could be subject to legal liability or loss of client relationships.

Damage to our reputation could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Our reputation is a key asset of our business. Our ability to raise adequate financing.

If we seek stockholder approvalattract and retain clients is highly dependent upon the external perceptions of our initiallevel of service, trustworthiness, business combination,practices, financial condition and other subjective qualities. Negative perceptions or publicity regarding these matters could erode trust and confidence and damage our initial stockholders, directors, executive officers, advisorsreputation among existing and their affiliates may electpotential clients, which could make it difficult for us to purchase sharesattract new clients and maintain existing ones as mentioned above. Negative

15


public opinion could also result from actual or public warrantsalleged conduct by us or those currently or formerly associated with us in any number of activities or circumstances, including operations, regulatory compliance, and the use and protection of data and systems, satisfaction of client expectations, and from public stockholders, which may influence a vote on a proposed business combination and reduceactions taken by regulators or others in response to such conduct. This damage to our reputation could further affect the public “float”confidence of our Class A common stock.clients, rating agencies, regulators, stockholders and the other parties in a wide range of transactions that are important to our business having a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

We depend on licenses of third-party software to provide our services. The inability to maintain these licenses or errors in the software we license could result in increased costs, or reduced service levels, which would adversely affect our business.

IfOur applications incorporate certain third-party software obtained under licenses from other companies. We anticipate that we seek stockholder approvalwill continue to rely on such third-party software and development tools from third parties in the future. Although we believe that there are commercially reasonable alternatives to the third-party software we currently license, this may not always be the case, or it may be difficult or costly to replace. In addition, integration of the software used in our applications with new third-party software may require significant work and require substantial investment of our initialtime and resources. To the extent that our applications depend upon the successful operation of third-party software in conjunction with our software, any undetected errors or defects in this third-party software could prevent the deployment or impair the functionality of our own applications, delay new application introductions, result in a failure of our applications and injure our reputation. Our use of additional or alternative third-party software would require us to enter into license agreements with third parties.

We rely on third parties to perform key functions of our business combinationoperations and to provide services to our clients. These third parties may act in ways that could harm our business.

As we continue to focus on reducing the expense necessary to support our operations, we have increasingly used outsourcing strategies for a significant portion of our information technology and business functions. We rely on third parties, and in some cases subcontractors, to provide services, data and information such as technology, information security, funds transfers, data processing, and administration and support functions that are critical to the operations of our business. We expect to continue to assess and potentially expand such relationships in the future. As we do not conduct redemptionsfully control the actions of these third parties, we are subject to the risk that their decisions may adversely impact us and replacing these service providers could create significant delay and expense. A failure by the third parties to comply with service level agreements or regulatory or legal requirements, in a high quality and timely manner, particularly during periods of our peak demand for their services, could result in economic and reputational harm to us. In addition, these third parties face their own technology, operating, business and economic risks, and any significant failures by them, including the improper use or disclosure of our confidential client, employee, or business information, could cause harm to our reputation. An interruption in or the cessation of service by any service provider as a result of systems failures, capacity constraints, financial difficulties or for any other reason could disrupt our operations, impact our ability to offer certain products and services, and result in contractual or regulatory penalties, liability claims from clients and/or employees, damage to our reputation and harm to our business.

Our business is exposed to risks associated with the handling of client funds.

Our business handles payroll processing, retirement and health plan administration and related services for certain clients. Consequently, at any given time, we may be holding or directing funds of our clients and their employees, while payroll or benefit plan payments are processed. This function creates a risk of loss arising from, among other things, fraud by employees or third parties, execution of unauthorized transactions or errors relating to transaction processing. We are also potentially at risk in the event the financial institution in which these funds are held suffers any kind of insolvency or liquidity event or fails, for any reason, to deliver their services in a timely manner. The occurrence of any of these types of events in connection with this function could cause us financial loss and reputational harm.

We are subject to extensive governmental regulation, which could reduce our initialprofitability, limit our growth, or increase competition.

Our business combination pursuantis subject to extensive legal and regulatory oversight throughout the tender offer rules, our initial stockholders, directors, executive officers, advisors or their affiliates may purchase shares or public warrants in privately negotiated transactions or in the open market either prior to or following the completionworld including a variety of our initial business combination, where otherwise permissible under applicable laws, rules, and regulations although theyaddressing, among other things, licensing, data privacy and protection, wage and hour standards, employment and labor relations, occupational health and safety, environmental matters, anti-competition, anti-corruption, economic sanctions, currency, reserves and government contracting. This legal and regulatory oversight could reduce our profitability or limit our growth by increasing the costs of legal and regulatory compliance; by limiting or restricting the products or services we sell, the markets we enter, the methods by which we sell our services, the prices we can charge for our services, and the form of compensation we can accept from our clients and third parties; or by subjecting our business to the possibility of legal and regulatory actions or proceedings. For example, when federal, local, state or foreign minimum wage rates increase, we may have to increase the wages of both minimum

16


wage employees and employees whose wages are under no obligationabove the minimum wage. We may also face increased operating costs resulting from changes in federal, state or local laws and regulations relating to do so. However, other than as expressly stated herein, they have no current commitments, plans or intentionsemployment matters, including those relating to engage in such transactionsthe classification of employees, employee eligibility for overtime and have not formulated any terms or conditionssecure scheduling requirements, which often incorporate a premium pay mandate for any such transactions. None of the funds in the trust account will be used to purchase shares or public warrants in such transactions.scheduling deviations.

Such a purchase may include a contractual acknowledgment that such stockholder, although still the record holderThe global nature of our shares is no longeroperations increases the beneficial owner thereofcomplexity and therefore agrees notcost of compliance with laws and regulations, including training and employee expenses, adding to exercise its redemption rights. In the event that our initial stockholders, directors, executive officers, advisors or their affiliates purchase shares in privately negotiated transactions from public stockholders who have already elected to exercise their redemption rights, such selling stockholders would be required to revoke their prior elections to redeem their shares. The purposecost of any such purchases of shares could be to vote such shares in favor of the business combination and thereby increase the likelihood of obtaining stockholder approval of the business combination or to satisfy a closing condition in an agreement with a target that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash at the closing of our initial business combination, where it appears that such requirement would otherwise not be met. The purpose of any such purchases of public warrants could be to reduce the number of public warrants outstanding or to vote such warrants on any matters submitted to the warrant holders for approval in connection with our initial business combination. Any such purchases of our securities may result in the completion of our initial business combination that may not otherwise have been possible. Any such purchases will be reported pursuant to Section 13 and Section 16 of the Exchange Act to the extent such purchasers are subject to such reporting requirements.


doing business. In addition, if such purchases are made,many of these laws and regulations may have differing or conflicting legal standards across jurisdictions, increasing further the public “float”complexity and cost of our Class A common stock or public warrantscompliance. In emerging markets and the number of beneficial holders of our securities may be reduced, possibly making it difficult to maintain or obtain the quotation, listing or trading of our securities on a national securities exchange.

If a stockholder fails to receive notice of our offer to redeem our public shares in connectionother jurisdictions with our initial business combination, or fails to comply with the procedures for tendering its shares, such sharesless developed legal systems, local laws and regulations may not be redeemed.established with sufficiently clear and reliable guidance to provide us adequate assurance that we are operating our business in a compliant manner with all required licenses or that our rights are otherwise protected.

We will comply withIn addition, certain laws and regulations, such as the proxy rules or tender offer rules, as applicable, when conducting redemptionsForeign Corrupt Practices Act in connection withthe United States and similar laws in other jurisdictions in which we operate, could impact our initial business combination. Despite our compliance with these rules, if a stockholder fails to receive our proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, such stockholder may not become awareoperations outside of the opportunity to redeem its shares. In addition,legislating country by imposing requirements for the proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, that we will furnish to holdersconduct of our public sharesoverseas operations, and in connection with our initial business combination will describe the various procedures that must be complied with in order to validly redeem or tender public shares. For example, we may require our public stockholders seeking to exercise their redemption rights, whether theya number of cases, requiring compliance by foreign subsidiaries. We are record holders or hold their shares in “street name,” to either tender their certificates to our transfer agent prior to the date set forth in the tender offer documents or proxy materials mailed to such holders, or up to two business days prior to the vote on the proposal to approve the business combination in the event we distribute proxy materials, or to deliver their shares to the transfer agent electronically. In the event that a stockholder fails to comply with these or any other procedures, its shares may not be redeemed.

You will not have any rights or interests in funds from the trust account, except under certain limited circumstances. Therefore, to liquidate your investment, you may be forced to sell your public shares or warrants, potentially at a loss.

Our public stockholders will be entitled to receive funds from the trust account only upon the earlier to occur of: (i) our completion of an initial business combination, and then only in connection with those shares of our Class A common stock that such stockholder properly elected to redeem,also subject to economic and trade sanctions programs, including those administered by the limitations described herein, (ii) the redemptionU.S. Treasury Department’s Office of any public shares properly tendered in connection with a stockholder vote to amend our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation (A) to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to allow redemption in connection with our initial business combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of the IPO or (B) with respect to any other provisions relating to the rights of our Class A common stock, and (iii) the redemption of our public shares if we have not completed an initial business within 24 months from the closing of the IPO, subject to applicable law and as further described herein. Public stockholders who redeem their Class A common stock in connection with a stockholder vote described in clause (ii) in the preceding sentence shall not be entitled to funds from the trust account upon the subsequent completion of an initial business combination or liquidation if we have not completed an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of the IPO, with respect to such Class A common stock so redeemed. In addition, if we do not complete an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of the IPO for any reason, compliance with Delaware law may require that we submit a plan of dissolution to our then-existing stockholders for approval prior to the distribution of the proceeds held in our trust account. In that case, public stockholders may be forced to wait beyond 24 months from the closing of the IPO before they receive funds from our trust account. In no other circumstances will a public stockholder have any right or interest of any kind in the trust account. Holders of warrants will not have any right to the proceeds held in the trust account with respect to the warrants. Accordingly, to liquidate your investment, you may be forced to sell your public shares or warrants, potentially at a loss.

The NYSE may delist our securities from trading on its exchange,Foreign Assets Control ("OFAC"), which could limit investors’ ability to make transactions in our securities and subject us to additional trading restrictions.

Our units, Class A common stock and warrants are listed on the NYSE. We cannot assure you that our securities will be, or will continue to be, listed on the NYSE in the future or prior to our initial business combination. In order to continue listing our securities on the NYSE prior to our initial business combination, we must maintain certain financial, distribution and share price levels. Generally, we must maintain a minimum market capitalization (generally $50,000,000), a minimum number of holders of our securities (generally 400 public holders) and a minimum share price of $1.


Additionally, our units will not be traded after completion of our initial business combination and, in connection with our initial business combination, we will be required to demonstrate compliance with the NYSE’s initial listing requirements, which are more rigorous than the NYSE’s continued listing requirements, in order to continue to maintain the listing of our securities on the NYSE. For instance, our share price would generally be required to be at least $4.00 per share and our stockholders’ equity would generally be required to be at least $4.0 million. We cannot assure you that we will be able to meet those initial listing requirements at that time.

If the NYSE delists our securities from trading on its exchange and we are not able to list our securities on another national securities exchange, we expect our securities could be quoted on an over-the-counter market. If this were to occur, we could face significant material adverse consequences, including:

·a limited availability of market quotations for our securities;

·reduced liquidity for our securities;

·a determination that our Class A common stock are a “penny stock” which will require brokers trading in our Class A common stock to adhere to more stringent rules and possibly result in a reduced level of trading activity in the secondary trading market for our securities;

·a limited amount of news and analyst coverage; and

·a decreased ability to issue additional securities or obtain additional financing in the future.

The National Securities Markets Improvement Act of 1996, which is a federal statute, prevents or preempts the states from regulating the sale of certain securities, which are referred to as “covered securities.” Because our units and our Class A common stock and warrants are listed on the NYSE, our units, Class A common stock and warrants qualify as covered securities under the statute. Although the states are preempted from regulating the sale of our securities, the federal statute does allow the states to investigate companies if there is a suspicion of fraud, and, if there is a finding of fraudulent activity, then the states can regulate or bar the sale of covered securities in a particular case. While we are not aware of a state having used these powers to prohibit or restrict the saletransactions or dealings with specified countries, their governments, and in certain circumstances, their nationals, and with individuals and entities that are specially designated, including narcotics traffickers and terrorists or terrorist organizations, among others.

The Iran Threat Reduction and Syria Human Rights Act of securities issued by blank check companies, other than the State of Idaho, certain state securities regulators view blank check companies unfavorably and might use these powers, or threaten to use these powers, to hinder the sale of securities of blank check companies in their states. Further, if we were no longer listed on the NYSE, our securities would not qualify as covered securities under the statute, and we would be subject to regulation in each state in which we offer our securities.

You will not be entitled to protections normally afforded to investors of many other blank check companies.

Since the net proceeds of the IPO and the sale of the private placement warrants are intended to be used to complete an initial business combination with a target business that has not been selected, we may be deemed to be a “blank check” company under the United States securities laws. However, because we will have net tangible assets in excess of $5,000,000 upon the successful completion of the IPO and the sale of the private placement warrants and will file a Current Report on Form 8-K, including an audited balance sheet demonstrating this fact, we are exempt from rules promulgated by the SEC to protect investors in blank check companies, such as Rule 419. Accordingly, investors will not be afforded the benefits or protections of those rules. Among other things, this means our units will be immediately tradable and we will have a longer period of time to complete our initial business combination than do2012 (“ITRA”) requires companies subject to Rule 419. Moreover, if the IPO were subject to Rule 419, that rule would prohibit the release of any interest earned on funds held in the trust account to us unless and until the funds in the trust account were released to us in connection with our completion of an initial business combination.

If we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules, and if you or a “group” of stockholders are deemed to hold in excess of 15% of our Class A common stock, you will lose the ability to redeem all such shares in excess of 15% of our Class A common stock.

If we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that a public stockholder, together with any affiliate of such stockholder or any other person with whom such stockholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as definedSEC reporting obligations under Section 13 of the Exchange Act), will be restricted from seeking redemption rights with respectAct to the Excess Shares. However, we would not be restricting our stockholders’ ability to vote all ofdisclose in their shares (including Excess Shares) forperiodic reports specified dealings or against our initial business combination. Your inability to redeem the Excess Shares will reduce your influence over our ability to complete our initial business combination and you could suffer a material loss on your investment in us if you sell Excess Shares in open market transactions. Additionally, you will not receive redemption distributions with respect to the Excess Shares if we complete our initial business combination. And as a result, you will continue to hold that number of shares exceeding 15% and, in order to dispose of such shares, would be required to sell your shares in open market transactions potentially at a loss.


Because of our limited resources and the significant competition for business combination opportunities, it may be more difficult for us to complete our initial business combination. If we do not complete our initial business combination, our public stockholders may receive only their pro rata portion of the funds in the trust account that are available for distribution to public stockholders, and our warrants will expire worthless.

We expect to encounter intense competition frominvolving Iran or other entities having a business objective similar to ours, including private investors (which may be individuals or investment partnerships), other blank check companies and other entities, domestic and international, competing for the types of businesses we intend to acquire. Many of these individuals and entities are well-established andtargeted by certain OFAC sanctions. In some cases, ITRA requires companies to disclose these types of transactions even if they were permissible under U.S. law. Companies that currently may be or may have extensive experience in identifying and effecting, directly or indirectly, acquisitions of companies operating in or providing services to various industries. Many of these competitors possess greater technical, human and other resources or more local industry knowledge than we do and our financial resources will be relatively limited when contrasted with those of many of these competitors. While we believe there are numerous target businesses we could potentially acquire with the net proceeds of the IPO and the sale of the private placement warrants, our ability to compete with respect to the acquisition of certain target businesses that are sizable will be limited by our available financial resources. This inherent competitive limitation gives others an advantage in pursuing the acquisition of certain target businesses. Furthermore, we are obligated to offer holders of our public shares the right to redeem their shares for cashbeen at the time ofconsidered our initial business combination in conjunction with a stockholder vote affiliates have from time to time publicly filed and/or via a tender offer. Target companies will be aware that this may reduce the resources availableprovided to us for our initial business combination. Anythe disclosure reproduced on Exhibit 99.1 of this report, which disclosure is hereby incorporated by reference herein. We do not independently verify or participate in the preparation of these obligations may place us atdisclosures. We are required to separately file with the SEC a competitive disadvantagenotice when such activities have been disclosed in successfully negotiating a business combination. If we do not complete our initial business combination our public stockholders may receive only their pro rata portionthis report, and the SEC is required to post such notice of disclosure on its website and send the funds inreport to the trust account that are available for distributionPresident and certain U.S. Congressional committees. The President thereafter is required to public stockholders,initiate an investigation and, our warrants will expire worthless.

If the net proceeds are insufficient to allow us to operate for at least the next 24 months, it could limit the amount available to fund our search for a target business or businesses and complete our initial business combination, and we will depend on loans from our sponsors or management team to fund our search and to complete our initial business combination.

The funds available to us outsidewithin 180 days of the trust account to fund our working capital requirements may notinitiating such an investigation, determine whether sanctions should be sufficient to allow us to operate for at least the next 24 months, assuming that our initial business combinationimposed. Disclosure of such activity, even if such activity is not completed during that time. We believe that the funds availablesubject to sanctions under applicable law, and any sanctions actually imposed on us outside of the trust account, together with funds available from loans fromor our sponsors will be sufficient to allow us to operate for at least the next 24 months; however, we cannot assure you that our estimate is accurate. Of the funds available to us, we expect to use a portion of the funds available to us to pay fees to consultants to assist us with our search for a target business. We could also use a portion of the funds as a down payment or to fund a “no-shop” provision (a provision in letters of intent designed to keep target businesses from “shopping” around for transactions with other companies or investors on terms more favorable to such target businesses) with respect to a particular proposed business combination, although we do not have any current intention to do so. If we entered into a letter of intent where we paid for the right to receive exclusivity from a target business and were subsequently required to forfeit such funds (whetheraffiliates as a result of these activities, could harm our breachreputation and have a negative impact on our business, and any failure to disclose any such activities as required could additionally result in fines or otherwise),penalties.

We have implemented policies and procedures to monitor and address compliance with applicable anti-corruption, economic and trade sanctions and anti-money laundering laws and regulations, and we might not have sufficient funds to continue searching for, or conduct due diligence with respect to, a target business. If we do not complete our initial business combination, our public stockholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per share onare continuously in the liquidationprocess of reviewing, upgrading and enhancing certain of our trust accountpolicies and procedures. However, our warrants will expire worthless. In certain circumstances,employees, consultants or agents may still take actions in violation of our public stockholderspolicies for which we may receive less than $10.00 per share uponbe ultimately responsible, or our liquidation.

If we are required to seek additional capital to fund expenses related to our operations before our initial business combination, we would need to borrow funds from our sponsors, management team or other third parties to operatepolicies and procedures may be inadequate or may be forceddetermined to liquidate. Neither our sponsors, membersbe inadequate by regulators. Any violations of applicable anti-corruption, economic and trade sanctions or anti-money laundering laws or regulations could limit certain of our management team nor anybusiness activities until they are satisfactorily remediated and could result in civil and criminal penalties, including fines that could damage our reputation and have a materially adverse effect on our results of their affiliates is under any obligationoperation or financial condition.

Our global operations and growth strategy expose us to advance funds to us in such circumstances. Any such advances would be repaid only from funds held outside the trust account or from funds released to us upon completionvarious international risks that could adversely affect our business.

Our operations are conducted globally. Additionally, one aspect of our initial business combination. Upgrowth strategy is to $1,500,000expand in key markets around the world. Accordingly, we are subject to legal, economic and market risks associated with operating in, and sourcing from, foreign countries, including:

difficulties in staffing and managing our foreign offices, such as unexpected wage inflation, worker attrition, or job turnover, increased travel and infrastructure costs, as well as legal and compliance costs associated with multiple international locations;
fluctuations or unexpected volatility in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates;
imposition or increase of such loans may be convertible into warrantsinvestment and other restrictions by foreign governments;
longer payment cycles;
greater difficulties in accounts receivable collection;
insufficient demand for our services in foreign jurisdictions;
our ability to execute effective and efficient cross-border sourcing of the post-business combination entity at a price of $1.50 per warrant at the option of the lender. The warrants would be identical to the private placement warrants. Prior to the completionservices on behalf of our initial business combination, we do not expect to seek loans from parties other than our sponsorsclients;

17


restrictions on the import and export of technologies; and
trade barriers, tariffs or an affiliate of our sponsors as we do not believe third parties will be willing to loan such funds and provide a waiver against any and all rights to seek access to funds in our trust account. sanctions laws.

If we are unable to obtain these loans, we may be unable to completemanage the risks of our initial business combination. If we do not complete our initial business combination because we do not have sufficient funds available to us, we will be forced to ceaseglobal operations and liquidate the trust account. Consequently,geographic expansion strategy, our public stockholdersresults of operations and ability to grow could be materially adversely affected.

Our global delivery capability is concentrated in certain key operational centers, which may only receive an estimated $10.00 per share, or possibly less,expose us to operational risks.

Our business model is dependent on our redemptionglobal delivery capability, which includes employees and third-party personnel based at various delivery centers around the world. While these delivery centers are located throughout the world, we have based large portions of our delivery capability in Spain, India and the Philippines. Concentrating our global delivery capability in these locations presents operational risks, many of which are beyond our control. For example, natural disasters (including those as a result of climate change) and public shares,health threats, particularly the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic and our warrants will expire worthless. In certain circumstances, our public stockholders may receive less than $10.00 per share onpotential resurgences of the redemption of their shares.


Subsequent to our completionpandemic, could impair the ability of our initial business combination,people to safely travel to and work in our facilities and disrupt our ability to perform work through those delivery centers. Additionally, other countries may experience political instability, worker strikes, civil unrest and hostilities with neighboring countries. If any of these circumstances occurs, we may be required to take write-downs or write-offs, restructuring and impairment or other charges that could have a significant negativegreater risk that interruptions in communications with our clients and other locations and personnel, and any downtime in important processes we operate for clients, could result in a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and our share price, which could cause you to lose some or all of your investment.reputation in the marketplace.

Even if we conduct due diligence on a target business with which we combine, we cannot assure you that this diligence will surface all material issues with a particular target business, that it would be possible to uncover all material issues through a customary amount of due diligence, or that factors outside of the target business and outsideThe profitability of our control willengagements with clients may not later arise. As a result of these factors, we may be forcedmeet our expectations due to later write-down or write-off assets, restructure our operations, or incur impairment or other charges that could resultunexpected costs, cost overruns, early contract terminations, unrealized assumptions used in our reporting losses. Even ifcontract bidding process or the inability to maintain our due diligence successfully identifies certain risks, unexpected risks may ariseprices in light of any inflationary circumstances.

Our profitability is highly dependent upon our ability to control our costs and previously known risks may materializeimprove our efficiency. As we adapt to change in a manner not consistent with our preliminary risk analysis. Even though these charges may be non-cash items and not have an immediate impact on our liquidity, the fact that we report charges of this nature could contribute to negative market perceptions about us or our securities. In addition, charges of this nature may cause us to violate net worth or other covenants to which we may be subject as a result of assuming pre-existing debt held by a target business, or by virtue of our obtaining post-combination debt financing. Accordingly, any stockholders who choose to remain stockholders following the business combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their securities. Such stockholders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value unless they are able to successfully claim that the reduction was dueadapt to the breach by our officers or directors of a duty of care or other fiduciary duty owed to them, or if they are able to successfully bring a private claim under securities laws that the proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, relating to the business combination contained an actionable material misstatement or material omission.

If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the trust account could be reduced and the per-share redemption amount received by stockholders may be less than $10.00 per share.

Our placing of funds in the trust account may not protect those funds from third-party claims against us. Although we will seek to have all vendors, service providers (other than our independent auditors), prospective targetregulatory environment, enter into new engagements, acquire additional businesses and other entities with which we do business execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kindtake on new employees in or to any monies held in the trust account for the benefit of our public stockholders, such parties may not execute such agreements, or even if they execute such agreements, they may not be prevented from bringing claims against the trust account, including, but not limited to, fraudulent inducement, breach of fiduciary responsibility or other similar claims, as well as claims challenging the enforceability of the waiver, in each case in order to gain advantage with respect to a claim against our assets, including the funds held in the trust account. If any third party refuses to execute an agreement waiving such claims to the monies held in the trust account, our management will perform an analysis of the alternatives available to it and will only enter into an agreement with a third party that has not executed a waiver if management believes that such third party’s engagement would be significantly more beneficial to us than any alternative. Making such a request of potential target businesses may make our acquisition proposal less attractive to them and, to the extent prospective target businesses refuse to execute such a waiver, it may limit the field of potential target businesses that we might pursue.


Examples of possible instances where we may engage a third party that refuses to execute a waiver include the engagement of a third party consultant whose particular expertise or skills are believed by management to be significantly superior to those of other consultants that would agree to execute a waiver or in cases where management is unable to find a service provider willing to execute a waiver. In addition, there is no guarantee that such entities will agree to waive any claims they may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any negotiations, contracts or agreements with us and will not seek recourse against the trust account for any reason. Upon redemption of our public shares, if we have not completed an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of the IPO, or upon the exercise of a redemption right in connection with our initial business combination, we will be required to provide for payment of claims of creditors that were not waived that may be brought against us within the ten years following redemption. Accordingly, the per-share redemption amount received by public stockholders could be less than the $10.00 per public share initially held in the trust account, due to claims of such creditors. Pursuant to the letter agreement, our sponsors have agreed that they will be liable to us if and to the extent any claims by a third party (other than our independent auditors) for services rendered or products sold to us, or a prospective target business with which we have discussed entering into a transaction agreement, reduce the amounts in the trust account to below the lesser of (i) $10.00 per public share and (ii) the actual amount per share held in the trust account as of the date of the liquidation of the trust account if less than $10.00 per share due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, in each case net of the interest that may be withdrawn to pay our taxes, if any, provided that such liability will not apply to any claims by a third party or prospective target business that executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access to the trust account nor will it apply to any claims under our indemnity of the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. Moreover, in the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, our sponsors will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third party claims. However, we have not asked our sponsors to reserve for such indemnification obligations, nor have we independently verified whether our sponsors have sufficient funds to satisfy its indemnity obligations and believe that our sponsors’ only assets are securities of our company. Therefore, we cannot assure you that our sponsors would be able to satisfy those obligations. As a result, if any such claims were successfully made against the trust account, the funds available for our initial business combination and redemptions could be reduced to less than $10.00 per public share. In such event,new locations, we may not be able to completemanage our initiallarge, diverse and changing workforce, control our costs or improve our efficiency. In addition, certain client contracts may include unique or heavily customized requirements that limit our ability to fully recognize economies of scale across our business combination,units.

Most new outsourcing arrangements undergo an implementation process whereby our systems and you would receiveprocesses are customized to match a client’s plans and programs. The cost of this process is estimated by us and often only partially funded (if at all) by our clients. If the actual implementation expense exceeds our estimate or if the ongoing service cost is greater than anticipated, the client contract may be less profitable than expected. Even though outsourcing clients typically sign long-term contracts, many of these contracts may be terminated at any time, with or without cause, by the client upon written notice, typically between 90 to 360 days before expiration.

In such lessercases, our clients are generally required to pay a termination fee; however, this amount per sharemay not be sufficient to offset the costs we incurred in connection with any redemptionthe implementation and system set-up or fully compensate us for the profit we would have received if the contract had not been cancelled. A client may choose to delay or terminate a current or anticipated project as a result of your public shares. Nonefactors unrelated to our work product or progress, such as the business or financial condition of the client or general economic conditions. When any of our officersengagements are terminated, we may not be able to eliminate associated ongoing costs or directors will indemnify usredeploy the affected employees in a timely manner to minimize the impact on profitability. Any increased or unexpected costs or unanticipated delays in connection with the performance of these engagements, including delays caused by factors outside our control could have an adverse effect on our profit margin.

Our profit margin, and therefore our profitability, is largely a function of the rates we are able to charge for claims by third parties including, without limitation, claims by vendorsour services and prospective target businesses.

Our directors may decidethe staffing costs for our personnel. Accordingly, if we are not able to enforcemaintain the indemnification obligationsrates we charge for our services or appropriately manage the staffing costs of our sponsors, resulting inpersonnel, we may not be able to sustain our profit margin and our profitability will suffer. The prices we are able to charge for our services are affected by a reductionnumber of factors, including competitive factors, cost of living adjustment provisions, the extent of ongoing clients’ perception of our ability to add value through our services and general economic conditions such as inflation (including wage inflation). Our profitability is largely based on our ability to drive cost efficiencies during the term of our contracts for our services provided to customers. If we cannot drive suitable cost efficiencies, our profit margins will suffer.

We might not be able to achieve the cost savings required to sustain and increase our profit margins.

We provide our outsourcing services over long-term periods for variable or fixed fees that generally are less than our clients’ historical costs to provide for themselves the services we contract to deliver. Clients’ demand for cost reductions may increase over the term of the agreement. As a result, we bear the risk of increases in the amountcost of fundsdelivering services to our clients, and our margins associated with particular contracts will depend on our ability to control our costs of performance under those contracts and meet our service commitments cost-effectively. Over time, some of our operating expenses will increase as we invest in additional

18


infrastructure and implement new technologies to maintain our competitive position and meet our client service commitments. We must anticipate and respond to the dynamics of our industry and business by using quality systems, process management, improved asset utilization and effective supplier management tools. We must do this while continuing to grow our business so that our fixed costs are spread over an increasing revenue base. If we are not able to achieve this, our ability to sustain and increase profitability may be reduced.

We cannot guarantee that our previously-announced restructuring program will achieve its intended result.

On February 20, 2023, the Company approved a restructuring program that includes, among other things, the elimination of full-time positions, termination of certain contracts, and asset impairments, primarily related to facilities consolidations. We expect to record in the trust account available for distributionaggregate approximately $140.0 million in pre-tax restructuring charges associated with the restructuring program. A significant portion of these charges will result in future cash expenditures, and the program is expected to our public stockholders.

In the eventbe substantially completed over an approximate two-year period. We cannot guarantee that the proceedsrestructuring program will achieve or sustain the targeted benefits, or that the benefits, even if achieved, will be adequate to meet our long-term profitability expectations. Risks associated with the restructuring program also include additional unexpected costs, negative impacts on our cash flows from operations and liquidity, employee attrition and adverse effects on employee morale and our potential failure to meet operational and growth targets due to the loss of employees, any of which may impair our ability to achieve anticipated results from operations or otherwise harm our business.

Changes in accounting principles or in our accounting estimates and assumptions could negatively affect our financial position and results of operations.

Our financial statements are prepared in conformity with GAAP, which requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the trust account are reduced belowreported amounts of assets and liabilities, and the lesserdisclosure of (i) $10.00 per sharecontingent assets and (ii) the actual amount per share held in the trust account as ofliabilities at the date of our financial statements. We are also required to make certain judgments that affect the liquidationreported amounts of revenues and expenses during each reporting period. We periodically evaluate our estimates and assumptions including, but not limited to, those relating to revenue recognition, recoverability of assets including customer receivables, contingencies, income taxes, share-based payments and estimates and assumptions used for our long-term contracts. We base our estimates on historical experience and various assumptions that we believe to be reasonable based on specific circumstances. These assumptions and estimates involve the exercise of judgment and discretion, which may evolve over time in light of operational experience, regulatory direction, developments in accounting principles and other factors. Actual results could differ from these estimates, or changes in assumptions, estimates or policies or the developments in the business or the application of accounting principles related to these areas may change our results from operations.

We have identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting relating to our accounting for income taxes which, if not remediated, could adversely affect our business, reputation and stock price.

In connection with the audit of our consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2022, management identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting (see Part II, Item 9A of this report for further information). A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. The material weakness in our case relates to our internal controls over tax accounting. Although management is implementing remedial measures, if we are unable to remedy this or a similar material weakness that may arise in the future, or if we generally fail to establish and maintain effective internal controls appropriate for a public company, we may be unable to produce timely and accurate financial statements, and we may conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is not effective, which could adversely impact our investors’ confidence and our stock price. Furthermore, future deficiencies could result in non-compliance with Section 404 of the trust account if less than $10.00 per share dueSarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 or expose us to reductions in the valuean increased risk of the trust assets, in each case netfraud or misappropriation of the interest that may be withdrawn to pay our taxes, if any, and our sponsors assert that it is unable to satisfy its obligations or that it has no indemnification obligations relatedassets. Such non-compliance could subject us to a particular claim, our independent directors would determine whether to take legal action against our sponsors to enforce its indemnification obligations. While we currently expect that our independent directors would take legal action on our behalf against our sponsors to enforce their indemnification obligations to us, it is possible that our independent directors in exercising their business judgment and subject to their fiduciary duties may choose not to do so in any particular instance. If our independent directors choose not to enforce these indemnification obligations,variety of administrative sanctions, including review by the amount of funds inSEC or other regulatory authorities, or the trust account available for distribution to our public stockholders may be reduced below $10.00 per share.

We may not have sufficient funds to satisfy indemnification claims of our directors and executive officers.

We have agreed to indemnify our officers and directors to the fullest extent permitted by law. However, our officers and directors have agreed to waive any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies in the trust account and to not seek recourse against the trust account for any reason whatsoever (except to the extent they are entitled to fundspotential delisting from the trust account due to their ownership of public shares). Accordingly, any indemnification provided will be able to be satisfied by us only if (i) we have sufficient funds outside of the trust account or (ii) we complete an initial business combination. Our obligation to indemnify our officers and directors may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our officers or directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions also may have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against our officers and directors, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders. Furthermore, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against our officers and directors pursuant to these indemnification provisions.NYSE.


If, after we distribute the proceeds in the trust account to our public stockholders, we file a bankruptcy or winding-up petition or an involuntary bankruptcy or winding-up petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, a bankruptcy or insolvency court may seek to recover such proceeds, and the members of our board of directors may be viewed as having breached their fiduciary duties to our creditors, thereby exposing the members of our board of directors and us to claims of punitive damages.

If, after we distribute the proceeds in the trust account to our public stockholders, we file a bankruptcy or winding-up petition or an involuntary bankruptcy or winding-up petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, any distributions received by stockholders could be viewed under applicable debtor/creditor and/or bankruptcy or insolvency laws as either a “preferential transfer” or a “fraudulent conveyance.” As a result, a bankruptcy or insolvency court could seek to recover some or all amounts received by our stockholders. In addition, our board of directors may be viewed as having breached its fiduciary duty to our creditors and/or having acted in bad faith, thereby exposing itself and us to claims of punitive damages, by paying public stockholders from the trust account prior to addressing the claims of creditors.

If, before distributing the proceeds in the trust account to our public stockholders, we file a bankruptcy or winding-up petition or an involuntary bankruptcy or winding-up petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, the claims of creditors in such proceeding may have priority over the claims of our stockholders and the per-share amount that would otherwise be received by our stockholders in connection with our liquidation may be reduced.

If, before distributing the proceeds in the trust account to our public stockholders, we file a bankruptcy or winding-up petition or an involuntary bankruptcy or winding-up petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, the proceeds held in the trust account could be subject to applicable bankruptcy or insolvency law, and may be included in our bankruptcy estate and subject to the claims of third parties with priority over the claims of our stockholders. To the extent any bankruptcy claims deplete the trust account, the per-share amount that would otherwise be received by our stockholders in connection with our liquidation may be reduced.

If we are deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act, weWe may be required to institute burdensome compliance requirementsrecord goodwill or other long-lived asset impairment charges, which could result in a significant charge to earnings.

We have a substantial amount of goodwill and purchased intangible assets on our activitiesconsolidated balance sheet as a result of the recent Business Combination and other acquisitions. Under GAAP, we review our long-lived assets, such as goodwill, intangible assets and fixed assets, for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. Goodwill is assessed for impairment at least annually. Factors that may be restricted, whichconsidered in assessing whether goodwill or other long-lived assets may make it difficult fornot be recoverable include reduced estimates of future cash flows and slower growth rates in our industry. We may experience unforeseen circumstances that adversely affect the value of our goodwill or other long-lived assets and trigger an evaluation of the recoverability of the recorded goodwill and other long-lived assets. Future goodwill or other long-lived asset impairment charges could materially impact our financial statements.

19


Our work with government clients exposes us to complete our initial business combination.additional risks inherent in the government contracting environment.

If we are deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act, our activities may be restricted, including:

restrictions on the natureA portion of our investments;revenues is derived from contracts with or on behalf of domestic and

restrictions on the issuance of securities, each of which may make it difficult for us foreign national, state, regional and local governments and their agencies. In some cases, our services to complete our initial business combination.

In addition,public sector clients are provided though or dependent upon relationships with third parties. For instance, we may have imposed upon us burdensome requirements, including:

registration as an investment company;

adoption of a specific form of corporate structure; and

reporting, record keeping, voting, proxy and disclosure requirements and other rules and regulations.

In order not to be regulated as an investment company under the Investment Company Act, unless we can qualify for an exclusion, we must ensure that we are engaged primarily in a business other than investing, reinvesting or trading of securities and that our activities do not include investing, reinvesting, owning, holding or trading “investment securities” constituting more than 40% of our assets (exclusive of U.S. government securities and cash items) on an unconsolidated basis. Our business will be to identify and complete a business combination and thereafter to operate the post-transaction business or assetsprovide services for the long term. We do not planFederal Retirement Thrift Investment Board through our contract with Accenture Federal Services.

Government contracts are subject to buy businessesheightened contractual risks compared to contracts with non-governmental commercial clients. For example, government contracts often contain high or assets with a viewunlimited liability for breaches. Additionally, government contracts are generally subject to resaleroutine audits and investigations by government agencies. If the government discovers improper or profit from their resale. We do not plan to buy unrelated businessesillegal activities or assets or to be a passive investor.


We do not believe that our anticipated principal activities will subject us to the Investment Company Act. To this end, the proceeds held in the trust account may only be invested in United States “government securities” within the meaning of Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act having a maturity of 185 days or less or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 promulgated under the Investment Company Act which invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations. Pursuant to the trust agreement, the trustee is not permitted to invest in other securities or assets. By restricting the investment of the proceeds to these instruments, and by having a business plan targeted at acquiring and growing businesses for the long term (rather than on buying and selling businesses in the manner of a merchant bank or private equity fund)contractual non-compliance (including improper billing), we intend to avoid being deemed an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act. An investment in our securities is not intended for persons who are seeking a return on investments in government securities or investment securities. The trust account is intended as a holding place for funds pending the earliest to occur of either: (a) the completion of our initial business combination; (b) the redemption of any public shares properly tendered in connection with a stockholder vote to amend our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation (i) to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to allow redemption in connection with our initial business combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of the IPO or (ii) with respect to any other provisions relating to the rights of holders of our Class A common stock; or (c) absent our completing an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of the IPO, our return of the funds held in the trust account to our public stockholders as part of our redemption of the public shares. If we do not invest the proceeds as discussed above, we may be deemed to be subject to various civil and criminal penalties and administrative sanctions, which may include termination of contracts, forfeiture of profits, suspension of payments, fines and suspensions or debarment from doing business with the Investment Company Act. If we were deemedgovernment. Also, the qui tam provisions of the federal and various state civil False Claims Acts authorize a private person to be subject tofile civil actions under these statutes on behalf of the Investment Company Act, compliance with these additional regulatory burdens would require additional expenses for which wefederal and state governments. Further, the negative publicity that could arise from any such penalties, sanctions or findings could have not allotted fundsan adverse effect on our reputation and may hinderreduce our ability to complete a business combination. If we do not completecompete for new contracts with both government and commercial clients. Moreover, government entities typically finance projects through appropriated funds. While these projects are often planned and executed as multi-year projects, government entities usually reserve the right to change the scope of or terminate these projects for lack of approved funding or at their convenience. Changes in government or political developments, including budget deficits, shortfalls or uncertainties, government spending reductions or other debt or funding constraints, could result in lower governmental sales and our initial business combination,projects being reduced in price or scope or terminated altogether, which also could limit our public stockholders may only receive their pro rata portionrecovery of incurred costs, reimbursable expenses and profits on work completed prior to the termination. Any of the funds in the trust account that are available for distribution to public stockholders,occurrences and our warrants will expire worthless.

Changes in laws or regulations, or a failure to comply with any laws and regulations, may adversely affect our business, including our ability to negotiate and complete our initial business combination and results of operations.

We are subject to laws and regulations enacted by national, regional and local governments. In particular, we will be required to comply with certain SEC and other legal requirements. Compliance with, and monitoring of, applicable laws and regulations may be difficult, time consuming and costly. Those laws and regulations and their interpretation and application may also change from time to time and those changesconditions described above could have a material adverse effect on our business, investmentsfinancial condition and resultsoperating results.

We could be adversely affected by changes in applicable tax laws, regulations, or administrative interpretations thereof.

We could be adversely affected by changes in applicable tax laws, regulations, or administrative interpretations thereof in each country in which we do business. For example, the U.S. federal tax legislation commonly referred to as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “TCJA”), enacted in December 2017, resulted in fundamental changes to the Code, including, among many other things, a reduction to the federal corporate income tax rate, a partial limitation on the deductibility of business interest expense, a limitation on the deductibility of certain director and officer compensation expense, limitations on net operating loss carrybacks and carryovers and changes relating to the scope and timing of U.S. taxation on earnings from international business operations. Subsequent legislation, the CARES Act enacted on March 27, 2020, relaxed certain of the limitations imposed by the TCJA for certain taxable years, including the limitation on the use and carryback of net operating losses and the limitation on the deductibility of business interest expense. The exact impact of the TCJA and the CARES Act for future years is difficult to quantify, but these changes could materially affect our investors, the companies in which our funds invest, or us. In addition, a failureother changes could be enacted in the future to comply with applicable lawsincrease the corporate tax rate, limit further the deductibility of interest, subject carried interests to more onerous taxation or regulations, as interpreted and applied,effect other changes that could have a material adverse effect on our business, includingresults of operations and financial condition. Such changes could also include increases in state taxes and other changes to state tax laws.

In addition, our effective tax rate and tax liability are based on the application of current income tax laws, regulations, and treaties. These laws, regulations and treaties are complex, and the manner which they apply to us and diverse set of business arrangements is often open to interpretation. Significant management judgment is required in determining our provision for income taxes, our deferred tax assets and liabilities and any valuation allowance recorded against our net deferred tax assets. The tax authorities could challenge our interpretation of laws, regulations and treaties, resulting in additional tax liability or adjustment to our income tax provision that could increase our effective tax rate. Changes to tax laws may also adversely affect our ability to negotiateattract and completeretain key personnel.

A third party attempting to acquire us or a substantial position in our initialClass A Common Stock may be limited by the operation of FINRA Rule 1017.

One of our subsidiaries, Alight Financial Solutions, LLC (“AFS”), is a member in good standing with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”), and is subject to change in ownership or control regulations as a result. FINRA’s Rule 1017 requires that any member of FINRA file an application for approval of any change in ownership that would result in one person or entity directly or indirectly owning or controlling 25% or more of member firm’s equity capital. A “substantially complete” application must be filed at least 30 days prior to effecting a change. The approval process under Rule 1017 can take six months or more to complete. The required FINRA process under Rule 1017, including the required 30-day notice period before effecting a change in ownership, could hinder or delay a third party in any effort to acquire us or a substantial position in our Class A Common Stock following the business combination, andwhere such acquisition would result in the applicable person or persons, directly or indirectly, owning or controlling 25% or more of AFS. A denial of FINRA approval could prevent or delay any transaction resulting

20


from a change of control or AFS withdrawing its broker-dealer registration, either of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations.operations or future prospects. A denial of any other application AFS has made under Rule 1017 could also have a material adverse effect on us.

Risks Related to Ownership of our Securities

If weThe Sponsor Investors and Legacy Investors have not completed an initial business combination within 24 months fromsignificant influence over the closingCompany and their interests may conflict with the Company’s or its stockholders in the future.

Certain legacy investors (comprised of investment funds affiliated with (i) Blackstone Inc. (the “Blackstone Investors”), (ii) New Mountain (the “New Mountain Investors”), (iii) GIC Private Limited and Jasmine Ventures (the “GIC Investors”) and (iv) Platinum Falcon B 2018 RSC Limited (the “PF Investors”) (collectively, our ”Legacy Investors”) beneficially collectively own approximately a 34.2% voting interest in the Company based on their ownership of Class A Common Stock and Class V Common Stock (in respect of Legacy Investors who hold Class A Units) as of December 31, 2022. In addition, the sponsor investors (by virtue of the IPO, our public stockholders may be forced to wait beyond such 24 months before redemption from our trust account.

If we have not completed an initial business combination within 24 months from the closingownership of Trasimene Capital FT, LP, Bilcar FT, LP, Cannae Holdings, LLC and THL FTAC LLC, and their affiliated transferees) (the “Sponsor Investors”) beneficially own approximately 10.7% of the IPO, the proceeds then on depositCompany’s Class A Common Stock as of December 31, 2022. As a result, for so long as they retain a significant ownership interest in the trust account, including interest earnedCompany and/or Alight Holding Company LLC (f/k/a Tempo Holding Company, LLC) ("Alight Holdings"), the Sponsor Investors and Legacy Investors will have significant influence on the funds held inapproval of actions requiring stockholder approval through the trust account and not previously released to us to pay our taxes, if any (less up to $100,000exercise of their voting power.

Moreover, under the interest to pay dissolution expenses), will be used to fund the redemption of our public shares, as further described herein. Any redemption of public stockholders from the trust account will be effected automatically by function of our secondCompany's amended and restated certificate of incorporation prior to any voluntary winding up. If we are required to wind-up, liquidate("Company Charter") and the trust accountInvestor Rights Agreement that the Company entered into with the Sponsor Investors and distribute such amount therein, pro rata, to our public stockholders,the Legacy Investors as part of any liquidation process,the Business Combination, as amended on February 2, 2023, the Company has agreed to nominate to the Company Board certain individuals designated by the Sponsor Investors and the Blackstone Investors, respectively, for so long as such winding up, liquidationinvestors retain a certain ownership interest in the Company and/or Alight Holdings. These designation rights may be disproportionate to the ownership interests of such investors in the Company. As a result, the Sponsor Investors and distribution must complythe Blackstone Investors have significant influence with respect to the applicable provisionsCompany’s management, business plans and policies, including the appointment and removal of the DGCL.Company’s officers. In that case,particular, for so long as such investors continue to own a significant percentage of the Class A Common Stock, such investors may be forcedable to wait beyond 24 months from the closingcause or prevent a change of the IPO before the redemption proceedscontrol of our trust account become available to them, and they receive the return of their pro rata portion of the proceeds from our trust account. We have no obligation to return funds to investors prior to the date of our redemptioncompany or liquidation unless we complete our initial business combination prior thereto and only then in cases where investors have sought to redeem their Class A common stock. Only upon our redemption or any liquidation will public stockholders be entitled to distributions if we do not complete our initial business combination.

Our stockholders may be held liable for claims by third parties against us to the extent of distributions received by them upon redemption of their shares.

Under the DGCL, stockholders may be held liable for claims by third parties against a corporation to the extent of distributions received by them in a dissolution. The pro rata portion of our trust account distributed to our public stockholders upon the redemption of our public shareschange in the event we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of the IPO may be considered a liquidating distribution under Delaware law. If a corporation complies with certain procedures set forth in Section 280 of the DGCL intended to ensure that it makes reasonable provision for all claims against it, including a 60-day notice period during which any third-party claims can be brought against the corporation, a 90-day period during which the corporation may reject any claims brought, and an additional 150-day waiting period before any liquidating distributions are made to stockholders, any liability of stockholders with respect to a liquidating distribution is limited to the lesser of such stockholder’s pro rata share of the claim or the amount distributed to the stockholder, and any liability of the stockholder would be barred after the third anniversary of the dissolution. However, it is our intention to redeem our public shares as soon as reasonably possible following the 24th month from the closing of the IPO in the event we do not complete our initial business combination and, therefore, we do not intend to comply with the foregoing procedures.


Because we will not be complying with Section 280, Section 281(b) of the DGCL requires us to adopt a plan, based on facts known to us at such time that will provide for our payment of all existing and pending claims or claims that may be potentially brought against us within the 10 years following our dissolution. However, because we are a blank check company, rather than an operating company, and our operations will be limited to searching for prospective target businesses to acquire, the only likely claims to arise would be from our vendors (such as lawyers, investment bankers, etc.) or prospective target businesses. If our plan of distribution complies with Section 281(b) of the DGCL, any liability of stockholders with respect to a liquidating distribution is limited to the lesser of such stockholder’s pro rata share of the claim or the amount distributed to the stockholder, and any liability of the stockholder would likely be barred after the third anniversary of the dissolution. We cannot assure you that we will properly assess all claims that may be potentially brought against us. As such, our stockholders could potentially be liable for any claims to the extent of distributions received by them (but no more) and any liabilitycomposition of our stockholders may extend beyond the third anniversary of such date. Furthermore, if the pro rata portion of our trust account distributed to our public stockholders upon the redemption of our public shares in the event we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of the IPO is not considered a liquidating distribution under Delaware law and such redemption distribution is deemed to be unlawful (potentially due to the imposition of legal proceedings that a party may bring or due to other circumstances that are currently unknown), then pursuant to Section 174 of the DGCL, the statute of limitations for claims of creditors could then be six years after the unlawful redemption distribution, instead of three years, as in the case of a liquidating distribution.

We may not hold an annual meeting of stockholders until after the completion of our initial business combination.

In accordance with the NYSE corporate governance requirements, we are not required to hold an annual meeting until no later than one year after our first fiscal year end following our listing on the NYSE. Under Section 211(b) of the DGCL, we are, however, required to hold an annual meeting of stockholders for the purposes of electing directors in accordance with our amended and restated bylaws unless such election is made by written consent in lieu of such a meeting. We may not hold an annual meeting of stockholders to elect new directors prior to the consummation of our initial business combination, and thus we may not be in compliance with Section 211(b) of the DGCL, which requires an annual meeting. Therefore, if our stockholders want us to hold an annual meeting prior to the consummation of our initial business combination, they may attempt to force us to hold one by submitting an application to the Delaware Court of Chancery in accordance with Section 211(c) of the DGCL.

Holders of our Class A common stock will not be entitled to vote on any appointment of directors we hold prior to our initial business combination.

Prior to our initial business combination, only holders of our founder shares will have the right to vote on the appointment of directors. Holders of our public shares will not be entitled to vote on the appointment of directors during such time. In addition, prior to the completion of an initial business combination, holders of a majority of our founder shares may remove a member of the board of directors forand could preclude any reason. Accordingly, you may not have any say in the managementunsolicited acquisition of our company prior to the completioncompany. The concentration of ownership could deprive you of an initial business combination.

We did not register the shares of ouropportunity to receive a premium for your Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants under the Securities Act or any state securities laws, and such registration may not be in place when an investor desires to exercise warrants, thus precluding such investor from being able to exercise its warrants except on a cashless basis and potentially causing such warrants to expire worthless.

We did not register the shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants under the Securities Act or any state securities laws. However, under the terms of the warrant agreement, we have agreed to use our commercially reasonable efforts to file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering such shares and maintain a current prospectus relating to the shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants until the expiration of the warrants in accordance with the provisions of the warrant agreement. We cannot assure you that we will be able to do so if, for example, any facts or events arise which represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement or prospectus, the financial statements contained or incorporated by reference therein are not current or correct or the SEC issues a stop order.

If the shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants are not registered under the Securities Act, we will be required to permit holders to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis, in which case the number of shares of our Class A common stock that you will receive upon cashless exercise will be based on a formula subject to a maximum number of shares equal to 0.361 shares of our Class A common stock per warrant (subject to adjustment).

However, no such warrant will be exercisable for cash or on a cashless basis, and we will not be obligated to issue any shares to holders seeking to exercise their warrants, unless the issuance of the shares upon such exercise is registered or qualified under the securities laws of the state of the exercising holder, unless an exemption from state registration is available.

Notwithstanding the above, if the shares of our Class A common stock are at the time of any exercise of a warrant not listed on a national securities exchange such that it satisfies the definition of a “covered security” under Section 18(b)(1) of the Securities Act, we may, at our option, require holders of public warrants who exercise their warrants to do so on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act and, in the event we so elect, we will not be required to file or maintain in effect a registration statement, but we will be required to use our commercially reasonable efforts to register or qualify the shares under applicable blue sky laws to the extent an exemption is not available.


In no event will we be required to net cash settle any warrant, or issue securities or other compensation in exchange for the warrants in the event that we are unable to register or qualify the shares underlying the warrants under the Securities Act or applicable state securities laws and there is no exemption available. If the issuance of the shares upon exercise of the warrants is not so registered or qualified or exempt from registration or qualification, the holder of such warrant will not be entitled to exercise such warrant and such warrant may have no value and expire worthless. In such event, holders who acquired their warrantsCommon Stock as part of a purchase of units will have paid the full unit purchase price solely for the sharessale of our Class A common stock included in the units. There may be a circumstance where an exemption from registration exists for holders of our Private Placement Warrants to exercise their warrants while a corresponding exemption does not exist for holders of the warrants included as part of units sold in the IPO. In such an instance, our sponsorscompany and their transferees (which may include our directors and executive officers) would be able to sell the common stock underlying their warrants while holders of our public warrants would not be able to exercise their warrants and sell the underlying common stock. If and when the warrants become redeemable by us, we may exercise our redemption right even if we are unable to register or qualify the underlying securities for sale under all applicable state securities laws.

Our ability to require holders of our warrants to exercise such warrants on a cashless basis after we call the warrants for redemption or if there is no effective registration statement covering the shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of these warrants will cause holders to receive fewer shares of our Class A common stock upon their exercise of the warrants than they would have received had they been able to pay the exercise price of their warrants in cash.

If we call the warrants for redemption, we will have the option, in our sole discretion, to require all holders that wish to exercise warrants to do so on a cashless basis in certain circumstances. If we choose to require holders to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis or if holders elect to do so when there is no effective registration statement, the number of shares of our Class A common stock received by a holder upon exercise will be fewer than it would have been had such holder exercised his or her warrant for cash. For example, if the holder is exercising 875 public warrants at $11.50 per share through a cashless exercise when the shares of our Class A common stock have a fair market value of $17.50 per share when there is no effective registration statement, then upon the cashless exercise, the holder will receive 300 shares of our Class A common stock. The holder would have received 875 shares of our Class A common stock if the exercise price was paid in cash. This will have the effect of reducing the potential “upside” of the holder’s investment in our company because the warrant holder will hold a smaller number of shares of our Class A common stock upon a cashless exercise of the warrants they hold.

The warrants may become exercisable and redeemable for a security other than the shares of our Class A common stock, and you will not have any information regarding such other security at this time.

In certain situations, including if we are not the surviving entity in our initial business combination, the warrants may become exercisable for a security other than the shares of our Class A common stock. As a result, if the surviving company redeems your warrants for securities pursuant to the warrant agreement, you may receive a security in a company of which you do not have information at this time. Pursuant to the warrant agreement, the surviving company will be required to use commercially reasonable efforts to register the issuance of the security underlying the warrants within twenty business days of the closing of an initial business combination.


The grant of registration rights to our initial stockholders may make it more difficult to complete our initial business combination, and the future exercise of such rights may adverselyultimately might affect the market price of the shares of our Class A common stock.

Pursuant to an agreement entered into concurrently with the issuance and sale of the securities in the IPO, our initial stockholders and their permitted transferees can demand that we register the shares of our Class A common stock into which founder shares are convertible, the private placement warrants and the shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the private placement warrants, and warrants that may be issued upon conversion of working capital loans and the shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon conversion of such warrants. The registration rights are exercisable with respect to the founder shares and the private placement warrants and the shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of such private placement warrants. Pursuant to the forward purchase agreements, we have agreed to use our reasonable best efforts (i) to file within 30 days after the closing of the initial business combination a resale shelf registration statement with the SEC for a secondary offering of the forward purchase shares and the forward purchase warrants (and underlying Class A ordinary shares), (ii) to cause such registration statement to be declared effective promptly thereafter, (iii) to maintain the effectiveness of such registration statement until the earliest of (A) the date on which Cannae Holdings or THL FTAC, or their respective assignees cease to hold the securities covered thereby, and (B) the date all of the securities covered thereby can be sold publicly without restriction or limitation under Rule 144 under the Securities Act and (iv) after such registration statement is declared effective, cause us to conduct underwritten offerings, subject to certain limitations. In addition, the forward purchase agreements provide for certain ‘‘piggy-back’’ registration rights to the holders of forward purchase securities to include their securities in other registration statements filed by us. The registration and availability of such a significant number of securities for trading in the public market may have an adverse effect on the market price of our Class A common stock. In addition, the existence of the registration rightsCommon Stock.

The Company’s directors may make our initial business combination more costly or difficult to conclude. This is because the stockholders of the target business may increase the equity stake they seek in the combined entity or ask for more cash consideration to offset the negative impact on the market price of our Class A common stock that is expected when the securities owned by our initial stockholders or their permitted transferees are registered.

Because we are not limited to evaluating a target business in a particular industry sector, you will be unable to ascertain the merits or risks of any particular target business’s operations.

We may pursue business combination opportunities in any sector, except that we will not, under our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation, be permitted to effectuate our initial business combination with another blank check company or similar company with nominal operations. To the extent we complete our initial business combination, we may be affected by numerous risks inherent in the business operations with which we combine. For example, if we combine with a financially unstable business or an entity lacking an established record of sales or earnings, we may be affected by the risks inherent in the business and operations of a financially unstable or a development stage entity. Although our officers and directors will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular target business, we cannot assure you that we will properly ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors or that we will have adequate time to complete due diligence. Furthermore,allocate some of these risks may be outside of our control and leave us with no ability to control or reduce the chances that those risks will adversely impact a target business. We also cannot assure you that an investment in our units will ultimately prove to be more favorable to investors than a direct investment, if such opportunity were available, in a business combination target. Accordingly, any stockholders who choose to remain stockholders following our initial business combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their securities. Such stockholders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value unless they are able to successfully claim that the reduction was due to the breach by our officers or directors of a duty of care or other fiduciary duty owed to them, or if they are able to successfully bring a private claim under securities laws that the proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, relating to the business combination contained an actionable material misstatement or material omission.

We may seek acquisition opportunities in industries or sectors which may or may not be outside of our management’s area of expertise.

We will consider a business combination outside of our management’s area of expertise if a business combination candidate is presented to us and we determine that such candidate offers an attractive acquisition opportunity for our company. Although our management will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in any particular business combination candidate, we cannot assure you that we will adequately ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors. We also cannot assure you that an investment in our units will not ultimately prove to be less favorable to investors than a direct investment, if an opportunity were available, in a business combination candidate. In the event we elect to pursue an acquisition outside of the areas of our management’s expertise, our management’s expertise may not be directly applicable to its evaluation or operation, and the information contained in the prospectus regarding the areas of our management’s expertise would not be relevant to an understanding of the business that we elect to acquire. As a result, our management may not be able to adequately ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors. Accordingly, any stockholder who choose to remain stockholders following our business combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their shares. Such stockholders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value.


Although we have identified general criteria and guidelines that we believe are important in evaluating prospective target businesses and our strategy will be to identify, acquire and build a company in our target investment area, we may enter into our initial business combination with a target that does not meet such criteria and guidelines, and as a result, the target business with which we enter into our initial business combination may not have attributes entirely consistent with our general criteria and guidelines.

Although we have identified general criteria and guidelines for evaluating prospective target businesses and our strategy will be to identify, acquire and build a company in our target investment area, it is possible that a target business with which we enter into our initial business combination will not have attributes consistent with our general criteria and guidelines. If we complete our initial business combination with a target that does not meet some or all of these guidelines, such combination may not be as successful as a combination with a business that does meet all of our general criteria and guidelines. In addition, if we announce a prospective business combination with a target that does not meet our general criteria and guidelines, a greater number of stockholders may exercise their redemption rights, which may make it difficult for us to meet any closing condition with a target business that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash. In addition, if stockholder approval of the transaction is required by law, or we decide to obtain stockholder approval for business or other legal reasons, it may be more difficult for us to attain stockholder approval of our initial business combination if the target business does not meet our general criteria and guidelines. If we do not complete our initial business combination, our public stockholders may only receive their pro rata portion of the funds in the trust account that are available for distribution to public stockholders, and our warrants will expire worthless.

We are not required to obtain an opinion from an independent accounting or investment banking firm, and consequently, you may have no assurance from an independent source that the price we are paying for the business is fair to our stockholders from a financial point of view.

Unless we complete our initial business combination with an affiliated entity, we are not required to obtain an opinion from an independent accounting firm or independent investment banking firm which is a member of FINRA that the price we are paying is fair to our stockholders from a financial point of view. If no opinion is obtained, our stockholders will be relying on the judgment of our board of directors, who will determine fair market value based on standards generally accepted by the financial community. Such standards used will be disclosed in our proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, related to our initial business combination.

We may issue additional shares of our Class A common stock or preferred stock to complete our initial business combination or under an employee incentive plan after completion of our initial business combination. We may also issue shares of our Class A common stock upon the conversion of the founder shares at a ratio greater than one-to-one at the time of our initial business combination as a result of the anti-dilution provisions contained in our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation. Any such issuances would dilute the interest of our stockholders and likely present other risks.

Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorizes the issuance of up to 400,000,000 shares of our Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, 40,000,000 shares of our Class B common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share. There are 296,500,000 and 14,125,000 authorized but unissued shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock, respectively, available for issuance which amount does not take into account shares reserved for issuance upon exercise of outstanding warrants and the forward purchase warrants, shares issuable upon conversion of the shares of the Class B common stock or shares issued upon the sale of the forward purchase shares. The Class B common stock is automatically convertible into Class A common stock at the time of our initial business combination as described herein and in our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation. No shares of preferred stock issued and outstanding.

We may issue a substantial number of additional shares of our Class A common stock or shares of preferred stock to complete our initial business combination or under an employee incentive plan after completion of our initial business combination. We may also issue Class A common stock to redeem the warrants or upon conversion of the Class B common stock at a ratio greater than one-to-one at the time of our initial business combination as a result of the anti-dilution provisions contained in our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation. However, our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides, among other things, that prior to or in connection with our initial business combination, we may not issue additional shares that would entitle the holders thereof to (i) receive funds from the trust account or (ii) vote on any initial business combination or on any other proposal presented to stockholders prior to or in connection with the completion of an initial business combination. These provisions of our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation, like all provisions of our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation, may be amended with a stockholder vote. The issuance of additional shares of common stock or shares of preferred stock:

·may significantly dilute the equity interest of investors in the IPO;

·may subordinate the rights of holders of our Class A common stock if share of preferred stock are issued with rights senior to those afforded our Class A common stock;


·could cause a change in control if a substantial number of shares of our Class A common stock is issued, which may affect, among other things, our ability to use our net operating loss carry forwards, if any, and could result in the resignation or removal of our present officers and directors;

·may adversely affect prevailing market prices for our units, Class A common stock and/or warrants; and

·will not result in adjustment to the exercise price of our warrants.

Unlike most other similarly structured blank check companies, our initial stockholders will receive additional shares of our Class A common stock if we issue shares to complete an initial business combination.

The founder shares will automatically convert into shares of our Class A common stock on the first business day following the completion of our initial business combination at a ratio such that the number of shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon conversion of all founder shares will equal, in the aggregate, on an as-converted basis, 20% of the sum of (i) the total number of shares of our common stock issued and outstanding upon completion of the IPO, plus (ii) the sum of (a) the total number of shares of our common stock issued or deemed issued or issuable upon conversion or exercise of any equity-linked securities or deemed issued by the Company in connection with or in relation to the completion of the initial business combination (including the forward purchase shares, but not the forward purchase warrants), excluding (1) any shares of our Class A common stock or equity-linked securities exercisable for or convertible into shares of our Class A common stock issued, or to be issued, to any seller in the initial business combination and (2) any private placement warrants issued to our sponsors or any of their affiliates upon conversion of working capital loans, minus (b) the number of public shares redeemed by public stockholders in connection with our initial business combination. In no event will the shares of our Class B common stock convert into shares of our Class A common stock at a rate of less than one to one. This is different than most other similarly structured blank check companies in which the initial stockholders will only be issued an aggregate of 20% of the total number of shares to be outstanding prior to the initial business combination.

Resources could be wasted in researching acquisitions that are not completed, which could materially adversely affect subsequent attempts to locate and acquire or merge with another business. If we do not complete our initial business combination, our public stockholders may only receive their pro rata portion of the funds in the trust account that are available for distribution to public stockholders, and our warrants will expire worthless.

We anticipate that the investigation of each specific target business and the negotiation, drafting and execution of relevant agreements, disclosure documents and other instruments will require substantial management time and attention and substantial costs for accountants, attorneys and others. If we decide not to complete a specific initial business combination, the costs incurred up to that point for the proposed transaction likely would not be recoverable. Furthermore, if we reach an agreement relating to a specific target business, we may fail to complete our initial business combination for any number of reasons including those beyond our control. Any such event will result in a loss to us of the related costs incurred which could materially adversely affect subsequent attempts to locate and acquire or merge with another business. If we do not complete our initial business combination, our public stockholders may only receive their pro rata portion of the funds in the trust account that are available for distribution to public stockholders, and our warrants will expire worthless.

We are dependent upon our executive officers and directors and their loss could adversely affect our ability to operate.

Our operations are dependent upon a relatively small group of individuals and, in particular, our executive officers and directors. We believe that our success depends on the continued service of our officers and directors, at least until we have completed our initial business combination. In addition, our executive officers and directors are not required to commit any specified amount of time to our affairs and, accordingly, will have conflicts of interest in allocating their time among various business activities, including identifying potential business combinations and monitoring the related due diligence. We do not have an employment agreement with, or key-man insurance on the life of, any of our directors or executive officers. The unexpected loss of the services of one or more of our directors or executive officers could have a detrimental effect on us.


Our ability to successfully effect our initial business combination and to be successful thereafter will be totally dependent upon the efforts of our key personnel, some of whom may join the resulting company following our initial business combination. The loss of key personnel could negatively impact the operations and profitability of our post-combination business.

Our ability to successfully effect our initial business combination is dependent upon the efforts of our key personnel. The role of our key personnel in the target business, however, cannot presently be ascertained. Although some of our key personnel may remain with the target business in senior management, director or advisory positions following our initial business combination, it is likely that some or all of the management of the target business will remain in place. While we intend to closely scrutinize any individuals we engage after our initial business combination, we cannot assure you that our assessment of these individuals will prove to be correct. These individuals may be unfamiliar with the requirements of operating a company regulated by the SEC, which could cause us to have to expend time and resources helping them become familiar with such requirements.

Our key personnel may negotiate employment or consulting agreements with a target business in connection with a particular business combination, and a particular business combination may be conditioned on the retention or resignation of such key personnel. These agreements may provide for them to receive compensation following our initial business combination and as a result, may cause them to have conflicts of interest in determining whether a particular business combination is the most advantageous.

Our key personnel may be able to join the resulting company after the completion of our initial business combination only if they are able to negotiate employment or consulting agreements in connection with the business combination. Such negotiations would take place simultaneously with the negotiation of the business combination and could provide for such individuals to receive compensation in the form of cash payments and/or our securities for services they would render after the completion of the business combination. Such negotiations also could make such key personnel’s retention or resignation a condition to any such agreement. The personal and financial interests of such individuals may influence their motivation in identifying and selecting a target business, subject to his or her fiduciary duties under Delaware law. However, we believe the ability of such individuals to join the resulting company after the completion of our business combination will not be the determining factor in our decision as to whether or not we will proceed with any potential business combination. There is no certainty, however, that any of our key personnel will remain with us after the completion of our business combination. We cannot assure you that any of our key personnel will remain in senior management or advisory positions with us. The determination as to whether any of our key personnel will remain with us will be made at the time of our initial business combination.

We may have a limited ability to assess the management of a prospective target business and, as a result, may affect our initial business combination with a target business whose management may not have the skills, qualifications or abilities to manage a public company.

When evaluating the desirability of effecting our initial business combination with a prospective target business, our ability to assess the target business’s management may be limited due to a lack of time, resources or information. Our assessment of the capabilities of the target business’s management, therefore, may prove to be incorrect and such management may lack the skills, qualifications or abilities we suspected. Should the target business’s management not possess the skills, qualifications or abilities necessary to manage a public company, the operations and profitability of the post-combination business may be negatively impacted. Accordingly, any stockholders who choose to remain stockholders following the business combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their shares. Such stockholders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value unless they are able to successfully claim that the reduction was due to the breach by our officers or directors of a duty of care or other fiduciary duty owed to them, or if they are able to successfully bring a private claim under securities laws that the proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, relating to the business combination contained an actionable material misstatement or material omission.

The officers and directors of an acquisition candidate may resign upon completion of our initial business combination. The loss of a business combination target’s key personnel could negatively impact the operations and profitability of our post-combination business.

The role of an acquisition candidate’s key personnel upon the completion of our initial business combination cannot be ascertained at this time. Although we contemplate that certain members of an acquisition candidate’s management team will remain associated with the acquisition candidate following our initial business combination, it is possible that members of the management of an acquisition candidate will not wish to remain in place.


Our executive officers and directors will allocate their time to other businesses, thereby causingwhich may cause conflicts of interest in their determination as to how much time to devote to our affairs. This conflictthe Company’s affairs and materially adversely affect the Company’s results of interest could have a negative impact on our ability to complete our initialoperations.

The Company’s directors may engage in other business combination.

Ouractivities, including serving as directors or executive officers andof other businesses. The Company’s directors are not requiredwill need to and will not, commitdetermine how to allocate their full time to our affairs, whichthe Company in addition to any such other activities. This may result in a conflict of interest in allocatingthe determination as to how our directors allocate their time between ourtheir oversight of the management and operations of the Company and our search for a business combination andthe operations of (or their engagement in) such other businesses. We doAny such conflicts may not intend toalways be resolved in the Company’s favor and may materially adversely affect the Company’s results of operations.

The Company Charter provides that none of the Sponsor Investors or the Legacy Investors or any director of the Company who is not employed by the Company or any of its affiliates will have any full-time employees priorduty to refrain from engaging, directly or indirectly, in the completionsame business activities or lines of our initial business combination. Eachin which the Company operates or from otherwise competing with the Company, and contains a waiver of our executive officers and directors is engagedany interest or expectancy in several other business endeavors for which he may be entitled to substantial compensation, and our executive officers and directors are not obligated to contribute any specific number of hours per week to our affairs. In particular, certain of our executive officers and directors are employedopportunities by affiliates of Trasimene Capital, which is an external manager of Cannae Holdings. Our independent directors also serve as officers and board members for other entities. If our executive officers’ and directors’ other business affairs require them to devote substantial amounts of time to such affairs in excess of their current commitment levels, it could limit their ability to devote time to our affairsthe Company, which may prevent the Company from receiving the benefit of certain corporate opportunities that would otherwise have a negative impact on our abilitybeen available to complete our initial business combination.it.

Our officers andThe Sponsor Investors, the Legacy Investors, the Company’s non-employee directors presently have, and any of themand/or their respective affiliates are, and/or in the future may have additional, fiduciarybe, engaged in (or affiliated with entities that are engaged in) similar activities or contractual obligationsrelated lines of business to other entities, including another blank check company,the Company or activities that may otherwise overlap or compete with the Company’s business. Under the Company Charter, the Sponsor Investors, the Legacy Investors, the non-employee directors and accordingly, may have conflicts of interest in allocating their time and determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented.

Until we complete our initial business combination, we intendrespective affiliates are permitted to engage in the same or similar business activities or lines of identifyingbusiness to the Company or its affiliates and combiningto otherwise compete with one or more businesses. Each of our officersthe Company. In addition, the Sponsor Investors, the Legacy Investors, the non-employee directors and directors presently has, and any of them in the future may have, additional fiduciary or contractual obligations to other entities pursuant to which such officer or director is or will betheir respective affiliates are not required to presentdisclose or offer to the Company any corporate opportunities that such persons learn of which may be a business combinationcorporate opportunity for both themselves and the Company and the Company will renounce any interest or expectancy in (or right to be offered or to participate in) any such entity, subject to his or her fiduciary duties under Delaware law.

In particular, certain of our officers and directors have fiduciary and contractual duties to other blank check companies, Foley Trasimene Acquisition Corp. II ("Foley Trasimene II"), Trebia Acquisition Corp. ("Trebia"), Austerlitz Acquisition Corporation I ("Austerlitz I") and Austerlitz Acquisition Corporation II ("Austerlitz II"). Foley Trasimene II and Trebia may seek to complete a business combination in any location and are focusing on the financial technology industry for a business combination. Further, Mr. Foley our Chairman serves as a director of Foley Trasimene II, Trebia, Austerlitz I and Austerlitz II. In addition, Mr. Massey, our Chief Executive Officer and director nominee, servesopportunities so long as the Chief Executive Officer and as a director of Foley Trasimene II and a Director Nominee of Austerlitz I and Austerlitz II. Mr. Coy, our Chief Financial Officer, serves as the Chief Financial Officer of Foley Trasimene II, Austerlitz I and Austerlitz II. Mr. Ducommun, our Executive Vice President of Corporate Finance, serves as an Executive Vice President of Corporate Finance of Foley Trasimene II and as President of Austerlitz I and Austerlitz II. Michael L. Gravelle, our General Counsel and Corporate Secretary, serves as General Counsel and Corporate Secretary of Foley Trasimene II, Austerlitz I and Austerlitz II."

Accordingly, they may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented. These conflicts mayis not be resolved in our favor and a potential target business may be presented to another entity prior to its presentation to us, subject toa person in their fiduciary duties under Delaware law. However, we do not believe that any potential conflicts would materially affect our ability to complete our initial business combination.

In addition, our founder and our directors and officers, Trasimene Capital and Bilcar Limited Partnership or their affiliates may in the future become affiliated with other blank check companies that may have acquisition objectives that are similar to ours. Accordingly, they may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented. These conflicts may not be resolved in our favor and a potential target business may be presented to such other blank check companies prior to its presentation to us, subject to our officers’ and directors’ fiduciary duties under Delaware law. Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that we renounce our interest in any business combination opportunity offered to any director or officer unless such opportunity is expressly offered to such person solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the Company and it is an opportunity that we are able to complete on a reasonable basis.

Our executive officers,Company. The Sponsor Investors, the Legacy Investors, the non-employee directors security holders and their respective affiliates maywill not (to the fullest extent

21


permitted by applicable law) have competitive pecuniary interests that conflict with our interests.

We have not adopted a policy that expressly prohibits our directors, executive officers, security holders or affiliates from having a direct or indirect pecuniary or financial interestany liability to the Company for any breach of fiduciary duty for engaging in any investmentsuch activities or from not disclosing any corporate opportunities to the Company or from pursuing or acquiring such opportunities themselves or offering or directing such opportunities to any other person. As a result of these provisions, the Company may be acquirednot be offered certain corporate opportunities which could be beneficial to the Company and its stockholders, or disposed of by us or in any transaction to which we are a party or have an interest. In fact, we may enter into a business combination with a target business that is affiliated with our sponsors, ourthe Legacy Investors, the Sponsor Investors, the non-employee directors or executive officers, although we do not intend to do so. Nor do we have a policy that expressly prohibits any such persons from engaging for their own account in business activities of the types conducted by us, including the formation or participation in one or more other blank check companies. Accordingly, such persons or entities may have a conflict between their interests and ours.

The personal and financial interests of our directors and officers may influence their motivation in timely identifying and selecting a target business and completing a business combination. Consequently, our directors’ and officers’ discretion in identifying and selecting a suitable target business may result in a conflict of interest when determining whether the terms, conditions and timing of a particular business combination are appropriate and in our stockholders’ best interest. If this were the case, it would be a breach of their fiduciary duties to us as a matter of Delaware law and we or our stockholders might have a claim against such individuals for infringing on our stockholders’ rights. However, we might not ultimately be successful in any claim we may make against them for such reason.

We may engage in a business combination with one or more target businesses that have relationships with entities that may be affiliated with our sponsors, executive officers, directors or existing holders which may raise potential conflicts of interest.

In light of the involvement of our sponsors, executive officers and directors with other entities, we may decide to acquire one or more businesses affiliated with our sponsors, executive officers, directors or existing holders. Our directors also serve as officers and board members for other entities. Our founder and our directors and officers, Trasimene Capital and Bilcar Limited Partnership or theirrespective affiliates may sponsor, form or participate indirect such opportunities to certain other blank check companies similar to ours during the periodbusinesses in which wethey are seeking an initial business combination. Such entitiesengaged (or such other businesses may otherwise pursue such opportunities) causing them to compete with us, for business combination opportunities. Our sponsors, officers and directors arewhich may cause such opportunities not currently aware of any specific opportunities for us to complete our initial business combination with any entities with which they are affiliated, and there have been no substantive discussions concerning a business combination with any such entity or entities. Although we will not be specifically focusing on, or targeting, any transaction with any affiliated entities, we would pursue such a transaction if we determined that such affiliated entity met our criteria for a business combination and such transaction was approved by a majority of our independent and disinterested directors. Despite our agreement to obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm which is a member of FINRA, or from an independent accounting firm, regarding the fairness to our company from a financial point of view of a business combination with one or more domestic or international businesses affiliated with our sponsors, executive officers, directors or existing holders, potential conflicts of interest still may exist and, as a result, the terms of the business combination may not be as advantageous to our public stockholders as they would be absent any conflicts of interest.


Since our sponsors, executive officers and directors will lose their entire investment in us if our initial business combination is not completed (other than with respect to public shares they may acquire), a conflict of interest may arise in determining whether a particular business combination target is appropriate for our initial business combination.

On April 7, 2020, the sponsors paid an aggregate of $25,000, or approximately $0.001 per share, to cover certain of our offering costs in consideration of 21,562,500 shares of our Class B common stock, par value $0.0001. On May 26, 2020, we effected a stock dividend with respect to our Class B common stock of 4,312,500 shares thereof, resulting in our initial stockholders holding an aggregate of 25,875,000 founder shares. Prioravailable to the initial investment in the company of $25,000 by the sponsors, the company had no assets, tangibleCompany or intangible. The number of founder shares issued was determined based on the expectation that such founder shares would represent 20% of the outstanding shares after the IPO. On May 19, 2020, our sponsors transferred 25,000 founder shares to each of our independent director nominees at their original purchase price. The founder shares will be worthless if we do not complete an initial business combination. In addition, our sponsors have committed, pursuant to a written agreement, to purchase an aggregate of 15,133,333 private placement warrants, each exercisable to purchase one share of our Class A common stock at $11.50 per share, for a purchase price of approximately $22,700,000, or $1.50 per whole warrant, that will also be worthless if we do not complete a business combination. Holders of founder shares have agreed (A) to vote any shares owned by them in favor of any proposed business combination and (B) not to redeem any founder shares in connection with a stockholder vote to approve a proposed initial business combination. In addition, we may obtain loans from our sponsors, affiliates of our sponsors or an officer or director, and we may pay our sponsors, officers, directors and any of their respective affiliates fees and expenses in connection with identifying, investigating and completing an initial business combination.

The personal and financial interests of our executive officers and directors may influence their motivation in identifying and selecting a target business combination, completing an initial business combination and influencing the operation of the business following the initial business combination. This risk may become more acuteexpensive or difficult for the Company to pursue, which could adversely impact the Company’s business or prospects.

The Company Charter, Bylaws and Delaware law, as well as the 24-month anniversary of the closing of the IPO nears, which is the deadline for our completion of an initial business combination.

We may issue notesInvestor Rights Agreement, contain provisions that could discourage acquisition bids or other debt securities, or otherwise incur substantial debt, to complete a business combination,merger proposals, which may adversely affect our leverage and financial condition and thus negatively impact the value of our stockholders’ investment in us.

Although we currently have no commitments to issue any notes or other debt securities, or to otherwise incur outstanding debt, we may choose to incur substantial debt to complete our initial business combination. We and our officers have agreed that we will not incur any indebtedness unless we have obtained from the lender a waiver of any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to the monies held in the trust account. As such, no issuance of debt will affect the per-share amount available for redemption from the trust account. Nevertheless, the incurrence of debt could have a variety of negative effects, including:

·default and foreclosure on our assets if our operating revenues after an initial business combination are insufficient to repay our debt obligations;

·acceleration of our obligations to repay the indebtedness even if we make all principal and interest payments when due if we breach certain covenants that require the maintenance of certain financial ratios or reserves without a waiver or renegotiation of that covenant;

·our immediate payment of all principal and accrued interest, if any, if the debt security is payable on demand;


·our inability to obtain necessary additional financing if the debt security contains covenants restricting our ability to obtain such financing while the debt security is outstanding;

·our inability to pay dividends on our Class A common stock;

·using a substantial portion of our cash flow to pay principal and interest on our debt, which will reduce the funds available for dividends on our Class A common stock if declared, our ability to pay expenses, make capital expenditures and acquisitions and fund other general corporate purposes;

·limitations on our flexibility in planning for and reacting to changes in our business and in the industry in which we operate;

·increased vulnerability to adverse changes in general economic, industry and competitive conditions and adverse changes in government regulation; and

·limitations on our ability to borrow additional amounts for expenses, capital expenditures, acquisitions, debt service requirements and execution of our strategy and other purposes and other disadvantages compared to our competitors who have less debt.

We may only be able to complete one business combination with the proceeds of the IPO and the sale of the private placement warrants, which will cause us to be solely dependent on a single business which may have a limited number of products or services. This lack of diversification may negatively impact our operations and profitability.

Of the net proceeds from the IPO and the sale of the private placement warrants and the sale of the forward purchase securities, $1,299,624,267 will be available to complete our business combination and pay related fees and expenses (which excludes up to approximately $36,225,000), after taking into account the deferred underwriting commissions being held in the trust account and the estimated expense of the IPO of deferred underwriting costs).

We may effectuate our initial business combination with a single target business or multiple target businesses simultaneously or within a short period of time. However, we may not be able to effectuate our initial business combination with more than one target business because of various factors, including the existence of complex accounting issues and the requirement that we prepare and file pro forma financial statements with the SEC that present operating results and the financial condition of several target businesses as if they had been operated on a combined basis. By completing our initial business combination with only a single entity, our lack of diversification may subject us to numerous economic, competitive and regulatory developments. Further, we would not be able to diversify our operations or benefit from the possible spreading of risks or offsetting of losses, unlike other entities which may have the resources to complete several business combinations in different industries or different areas of a single industry. Accordingly, the prospects for our success may be:

·solely dependent upon the performance of a single business, property or asset; or

·dependent upon the development or market acceptance of a single or limited number of products, processes or services.

This lack of diversification may subject us to numerous economic, competitive and regulatory risks, any or all of which may have a substantial adverse impact upon the particular industry in which we may operate subsequent to our initial business combination.

We may attempt to simultaneously complete business combinations with multiple prospective targets, which may hinder our ability to complete our initial business combination and give rise to increased costs and risks that could negatively impact our operations and profitability.

If we determine to simultaneously acquire several businesses that are owned by different sellers, we will need for each of such sellers to agree that our purchase of its business is contingent on the simultaneous closings of the other business combinations, which may make it more difficult for us, and delay our ability, to complete our initial business combination. With multiple business combinations, we could also face additional risks, including additional burdens and costs with respect to possible multiple negotiations and due diligence (if there are multiple sellers) and the additional risks associated with the subsequent assimilation of the operations and services or products of the acquired companies in a single operating business. If we are unable to adequately address these risks, it could negatively impact our profitability and results of operations.

We may attempt to complete our initial business combination with a private company about which little information is available, which may result in a business combination with a company that is not as profitable as we suspected, if at all.

In pursuing our acquisition strategy, we may seek to effectuate our initial business combination with a privately held company. By definition, very little public information generally exists about private companies, and we could be required to make our decision on whether to pursue a potential initial business combination on the basis of limited information, which may result in a business combination with a company that is not as profitable as we suspected, if at all.


Our management may not be able to maintain control of a target business after our initial business combination. Upon the loss of control of a target business, new management may not possess the skills, qualifications or abilities necessary to profitably operate such business.

We may structure our initial business combination so that the post-transaction company in which our public stockholders own shares will own less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business, but we will only complete such business combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target sufficient for us not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. We will not consider any transaction that does not meet such criteria. Even if the post-transaction company owns 50% or more of the voting securities of the target, our stockholders prior to our initial business combination may collectively own a minority interest in the post business combination company, depending on valuations ascribed to the target and us in the business combination. For example, we could pursue a transaction in which we issue a substantial number of new shares of our Class A common stock in exchange for all of the outstanding capital stock, shares or other equity interests of a target. In this case, we would acquire a 100% interest in the target. However, as a result of the issuance of a substantial number of new shares of our Class A common stock, our stockholders immediately prior to such transaction could own less than a majority of our issued and outstanding Class A common stock subsequent to such transaction. In addition, other minority stockholders may subsequently combine their holdings resulting in a single person or group obtaining a larger share of the company’s shares than we initially acquired. Accordingly, this may make it more likely that our management will not be able to maintain control of the target business.

We may seek business combination opportunities with a high degree of complexity that require significant operational improvements, which could delay or prevent us from achieving our desired results.

We may seek business combination opportunities with large, highly complex companies that we believe would benefit from operational improvements. While we intend to implement such improvements, to the extent that our efforts are delayed or we are unable to achieve the desired improvements, the business combination may not be as successful as we anticipate.

To the extent we complete our initial business combination with a large complex business or entity with a complex operating structure, we may also be affected by numerous risks inherent in the operations of the business with which we combine, which could delay or prevent us from implementing our strategy. Although our management team will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular target business and its operations, we may not be able to properly ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors until we complete our business combination. If we are not able to achieve our desired operational improvements, or the improvements take longer to implement than anticipated, we may not achieve the gains that we anticipate. Furthermore, some of these risks and complexities may be outside of our control and leave us with no ability to control or reduce the chances that those risks and complexities will adversely impact a target business. Such combination may not be as successful as a combination with a smaller, less complex organization.

We do not have a specified maximum redemption threshold. The absence of such a redemption threshold may make it possible for us to complete our initial business combination with which a substantial majority of our stockholders do not agree.

Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation does not provide a specified maximum redemption threshold, except that in no event will we redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 (such that we are not subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules) or any greater net tangible asset or cash requirement which may be contained in the agreement relating to our initial business combination. As a result, we may be able to complete our initial business combination even though a substantial majority of our public stockholders do not agree with the transaction and have redeemed their shares or, if we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination and do not conduct redemptions in connection with our business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, have entered into privately negotiated agreements to sell their shares to our sponsors, officers, directors, advisors or any of their affiliates. In the event the aggregate cash consideration we would be required to pay for all shares of our Class A common stock that are validly submitted for redemption plus any amount required to satisfy cash conditions pursuant to the terms of the proposed business combination exceed the aggregate amount of cash available to us, we will not complete the business combination or redeem any shares, all shares of our Class A common stock submitted for redemption will be returned to the holders thereof, and we instead may search for an alternate business combination.


In order to effectuate an initial business combination, blank check companies have, in the recent past, amended various provisions of their charters and other governing instruments, including their warrant agreements. We cannot assure you that we will not seek to amend our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation or governing instruments in a manner that will make it easier for us to complete our initial business combination that our stockholders may not support.

In order to effectuate a business combination, blank check companies have, in the recent past, amended various provisions of their charters and governing instruments, including their warrant agreements. For example, blank check companies have amended the definition of business combination, increased redemption thresholds, changed industry focus and, with respect to their warrants, amended their warrant agreements to require the warrants to be exchanged for cash and/or other securities. Amending our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation will require the approval of holders of 65% of our common stock, and amending our warrant agreement will require a vote of holders of at least 65% of the public warrants. In addition, our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation requires us to provide our public stockholders with the opportunity to redeem their public shares for cash if we propose an amendment to our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation that would affect the substance or timing of our obligation to allow redemption in connection with our initial business combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of the IPO or with respect to any other provisions relating to stockholders’ rights or pre-initial business combination activity. To the extent any of such amendments would be deemed to fundamentally change the nature of any of the securities offered in our IPO, we would register, or seek an exemption from registration for, the affected securities. We cannot assure you that we will not seek to amend our charter or governing instruments or extend the time to consummate an initial business combination in order to effectuate our initial business combination.

The provisions of our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation that relate to our pre-business combination activity (and corresponding provisions of the agreement governing the release of funds from our trust account) may be amended with the approval of holders of at least 65% of our common stock, which is a lower amendment threshold than that of some other blank check companies. It may be easier for us, therefore, to amend our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation to facilitate the completion of an initial business combination that some of our stockholders may not support.

Some other blank check companies have a provision in their charter which prohibits the amendment of certain of its provisions, including those which relate to a company’s pre-business combination activity, without approval by a certain percentage of the company’s stockholders. In those companies, amendment of these provisions typically requires approval by 90% of the company’s stockholders attending and voting at the meeting. Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that any of its provisions related to pre-business combination activity (including the requirement to deposit proceeds of the IPO and the private placement of warrants into the trust account and not release such amounts except in specified circumstances, and to provide redemption rights to public stockholders as described herein) may be amended if approved by holders of 65% of our common stock entitled to vote thereon and corresponding provisions of the trust agreement governing the release of funds from our trust account may be amended if approved by holders of at least 65% of our common stock entitled to vote thereon. In all other instances, our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation may be amended by holders of a majority of our outstanding shares of common stock entitled to vote thereon, subject to applicable provisions of the DGCL or applicable stock exchange rules. Our initial stockholders and their permitted transferees, if any, who will collectively beneficially own, on an as converted basis, 20% of our Class A common stock upon the closing of the IPO (assuming they do not purchase any units in the IPO), will participate in any vote to amend our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation and/or trust agreement and will have the discretion to vote in any manner they choose. As a result, we may be able to amend the provisions of our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation which govern our pre-business combination behavior more easily than some other blank check companies, and this may increase our ability to complete a business combination with which you do not agree. Our stockholders may pursue remedies against us for any breach of our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

Our sponsors, executive officers and directors have agreed, pursuant to a written agreement with us, that they will not propose any amendment to our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation that would affect the substance or timing of our obligation to allow redemption in connection with our initial business combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of the IPO, unless we provide our public stockholders with the opportunity to redeem their Class A common stock upon approval of any such amendment at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and not previously released to us to pay our taxes, if any (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses) divided by the number of then outstanding public shares. These agreements are contained in letter agreements that we have entered into with our sponsors, directors and each member of our management team. Our stockholders are not parties to, or third-party beneficiaries of, these agreements and, as a result, will not have the ability to pursue remedies against our sponsors, executive officers or directors for any breach of these agreements. As a result, in the event of a breach, our stockholders would need to pursue a stockholder derivative action, subject to applicable law.


We may be unable to obtain additional financing to complete our initial business combination or to fund the operations and growth of a target business, which could compel us to restructure or abandon a particular business combination. If we do not complete our initial business combination, our public stockholders may only receive their pro rata portion of the funds in the trust account that are available for distribution to public stockholders, and our warrants will expire worthless.

Although we believe that our capital resources will be sufficient to allow us to complete our initial business combination, we cannot be certain that we will be able to satisfy the capital requirements for any particular transaction. If our capital resources prove to be insufficient, either because of the size of our initial business combination, the depletion of the available net proceeds in search of a target business, the obligation to redeem for cash a significant number of shares from stockholders who elect redemption in connection with our initial business combination or the terms of negotiated transactions to purchase shares in connection with our initial business combination, we may be required to seek additional financing or to abandon the proposed business combination. We cannot assure you that such financing will be available on acceptable terms, if at all. The current economic environment may make it difficult for companies to obtain acquisition financing. To the extent that additional financing proves to be unavailable when needed to complete our initial business combination, we would be compelled to either restructure the transaction or abandon that particular business combination and seek an alternative target business candidate. If we do not complete our initial business combination, our public stockholders may only receive their pro rata portion of the funds in the trust account that are available for distribution to public stockholders and not previously released to us to pay our taxes on the liquidation of our trust account, and our warrants will expire worthless. In addition, even if we do not need additional financing to complete our initial business combination, we may require such financing to fund the operations or growth of the target business. The failure to secure additional financing could have a material adverse effect on the continued development or growth of the target business. None of our officers, directors or stockholders is required to provide any financing to us in connection with or after our initial business combination. If we do not complete our initial business combination, our public stockholders may only receive approximately $10.00 per share on the liquidation of our trust account, and our warrants will expire worthless.

Our initial stockholders control a substantial interest in us and thus may exert a substantial influence on actions requiring a stockholder vote, potentially in a manner that you do not support.

Upon closing of the IPO, our initial stockholders will own, on an as-converted basis, 20% of our issued and outstanding Class A common stock (assuming they do not purchase any units in the IPO). Accordingly, they may exert a substantial influence on actions requiring a stockholder vote, potentially in a manner that you do not support, including amendments to our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation. If our initial stockholders purchases any units in the IPO or if our initial stockholders purchase any additional shares of our Class A common stock in the aftermarket or in privately negotiated transactions, this would increase their control. Neither our initial stockholders nor, to our knowledge, any of our officers or directors, have any current intention to purchase additional securities. Factors that would be considered in making such additional purchases would include consideration of the current trading price of our Class A common stock. In addition, ourCommon Stock.

The Company Charter, the Company's amended and restated by-laws ("Bylaws") and Investor Rights Agreement contain provisions that may discourage, delay or prevent a merger, consolidation, acquisition, or other change in control transaction that stockholders may consider favorable, including transactions in which the Company’s stockholders might otherwise receive a premium for their Class A Common Stock. These provisions may also prevent or frustrate attempts by stockholders to replace or remove Company management, such as authorization to issue blank check preferred stock without stockholder approval, limitations on actions taken by stockholders, advance notice requirements for stockholder proposals, a classified board of directors, whose members were elected by our sponsors, isprohibitions on certain business combinations, the ability of the Board to fill certain director vacancies and will be divided into three classes, each of which will generally serve for a terms for three years with only one classlimitations on the removal of directors being elected in each year. We may not hold an annual meeting of stockholders to elect new directors prior to the completion of our initial business combination, in which case allby stockholders.

The existence of the current directors will continue in office until at least the completion of the business combination. If there is an annual meeting, as a consequence of our “staggered” board of directors, only a minority of the board of directors will be considered for electionforegoing provisions and our initial stockholders, because of their ownership position, will have considerable influence regarding the outcome. In addition, prior to the completion of an initial business combination, holders of a majority of our founder shares may remove a member of the board of directors for any reason. Accordingly, our initial stockholders will continue to exert control at least until the completion of our initial business combination.


We may amend the terms of the warrants in a manner that may be adverse to holders of public warrants with the approval by the holders of at least 65% of the then outstanding public warrants and forward purchase warrants. As a result, the exercise price of your warrants could be increased, the exercise period could be shortened and the number of shares of our Class A common stock purchasable upon exercise of a warrant could be decreased, all without your approval.

Our warrants have been issued in registered form under a warrant agreement between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as warrant agent, and us. The warrant agreement provides that the terms of the warrants may be amended without the consent of any holder to cure any ambiguity or correct any defective provision, but requires the approval by the holders of at least 65% of the then outstanding public warrants to make any change that adversely affects the interests of the registered holders of public warrants and forward purchase warrants. Accordingly, we may amend the terms of the public warrants in a manner adverse to a holder if holders of at least 65% of the then outstanding public warrants approve of such amendment. Although our ability to amend the terms of the public warrants and forward purchase warrants with the consent of at least 65% of the then outstanding public warrants is unlimited, examples of such amendments could be amendments to, among other things, increase the exercise price of the warrants, convert the warrants into cash, shorten the exercise period or decrease the number of shares of our Class A common stock purchasable upon exercise of a warrant.

We may redeem your unexpired warrants prior to their exercise at a time that is disadvantageous to you, thereby making your warrants worthless.

We have the ability to redeem the outstanding warrants at any time after they become exercisable and prior to their expiration, at a price of $0.01 per warrant, if, among other things, the Reference Value equals or exceeds $18.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock capitalizations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like). If and when the warrants become redeemable by us, we may exercise our redemption right even if we are unable to register or qualify the underlying securities for sale under all applicable state securities laws. Redemption of the outstanding warrants as described above could force you to (i) exercise your warrants and pay the exercise price therefor at a time when it may be disadvantageous for you to do so, (ii) sell your warrants at the then-current market price when you might otherwise wish to hold your warrants or (iii) accept the nominal redemption price which, at the time the outstanding warrants are called for redemption, we expect would be substantially less than the Market Value of your warrants. None of the private placement warrants will be redeemable by us so long as they are held by our sponsors or their permitted transferees.

In addition, we have the ability to redeem the outstanding warrants at any time after they become exercisable and prior to their expiration, at a price of $0.10 per warrant if, among other things, the Reference Value equals or exceeds $10.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, rights issuances, subdivisions, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like). In such a case, the holders will be able to exercise their warrants prior to redemption for a number of shares of our Class A common stock determined based on the redemption date and the fair market value of our Class A common stock. The value received upon exercise of the warrants (1) may be less than the value the holders would have received if they had exercised their warrants at a later time where the underlying share price is higher and (2) may not compensate the holders for the value of the warrants, including because the amount of common stock received is capped at 0.361 shares of our Class A common stock per warrant (subject to adjustment) irrespective of the remaining life of the warrants.

Our warrants and founder shares may have an adverse effect on the market price of the shares of our Class A common stock and make it more difficult to effectuate our initial business combination.

We issued warrants to purchase 34,500,000 of our Class A common stock as part of the units offered in our Initial Public Offering and we issued in a private placement an aggregate of 15,133,333 private placement warrants, each exercisable to purchase one share of our Class A common stock at $11.50 per share. We also expect to issue 10,000,000 forward purchase warrants concurrently with the closing of the Business Combination. Our sponsors and our independent directors currently collectively own an aggregate of 25,875,000 shares of Class B common stock. The founder shares are convertible into Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment. In addition, if our sponsors make any working capital loans, up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be converted into warrants, at the price of $1.50 per warrant at the option of the lender. Such warrants would be identical to the private placement warrants, including as to exercise price, exercisability and exercise period. Our public warrants are also redeemable by us for shares of our Class A common stock.

To the extent we issue Class A common stock for any reason, including to effectuate a business combination, the potential for the issuance of a substantial number of additional shares of our Class A common stock upon exercise of these warrants and conversion rights could make us a less attractive acquisition vehicle to a target business. Such warrants when exercised will increase the number of issued and outstanding shares of our Class A common stock and reduce the value of the shares of our Class A common stock issued to complete the business transaction. Therefore, our warrants and founder shares may make it more difficult to effectuate a business transaction or increase the cost of acquiring the target business.


The private placement warrants are identical to the warrants sold as part of the units in the IPO except that, so long as they are held by our sponsors or their permitted transferees, (i) they will not be redeemable by us, (ii) they (including the shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of these warrants) may not, subject to certain limited exceptions, be transferred, assigned or sold by our sponsors until 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination, (iii) they may be exercised by the holders on a cashless basis and (iv) are subject to registration rights.

Because each unit contains one-third of one warrant and only a whole warrant may be exercised, the units may be worth less than units of other blank check companies.

Each unit contains one-third of one warrant. Pursuant to the warrant agreement, no fractional warrants will be issued upon separation of the units, and only whole units will trade. If, upon exercise of the warrants, a holder would be entitled to receive a fractional interest in a share, we will, upon exercise, round down to the nearest whole number the number of shares of our Class A common stock to be issued to the warrant holder. This is different from other offerings similar to ours whose units include one common share and one warrant to purchase one whole share. We have established the components of the units in this way in order to reduce the dilutive effect of the warrants upon completion of a business combination since the warrants will be exercisable in the aggregate for one third of the number of shares compared to units that each contain a whole warrant to purchase one share, thus making us, we believe, a more attractive merger partner for target businesses. Nevertheless, this unit structure may cause our units to be worth less than if it included a warrant to purchase one whole share.

A provision of our warrant agreement may make it more difficult for us to complete an initial business combination.

Unlike most blank check companies, if (i) we issue additional common stock or equity-linked securities for capital raising purposes in connection with the closing of our initial business combination at an issue price or effective issue price of less than $9.20 per share (with such issue price or effective issue price to be determined in good faith by the Company’s board of directors, and in the case of any such issuance to the Sponsors or their affiliates, without taking into account any Founder Shares held by the Sponsors or such affiliates, as applicable, prior to such issuance) (the “Newly Issued Price”), (ii) the aggregate gross proceeds from such issuances represent more than 60% of the total equity proceeds, and interest thereon, available for the funding of our initial business combination on the date of the completion of our initial business combination (net of redemptions), and (iii) the volume weighted average trading price of the Company’s Class A common stock during the 20 trading day period starting on the trading day prior to the day on which the Company consummates a Business Combination (such price, the “Market Value”) is below $9.20 per share, then the exercise price of the warrants will be adjusted to be equal to 115% of the higher of the Market Value and the Newly Issued Price, and the $10.00 and $18.00 per share redemption trigger prices will be adjusted (to the nearest cent) to be equal to 100% and 180% of the higher of the Market Value and the Newly Issued Price, respectively. This may make it more difficult for us to complete an initial business combination with a target business.

Because we must furnish our stockholders with target business financial statements, we may lose the ability to complete an otherwise advantageous initial business combination with some prospective target businesses.

The federal proxy rules require that a proxy statement with respect to a vote on a business combination meeting certain financial significance tests include historical and/or pro forma financial statement disclosure in the proxy statement. We will include the same financial statement disclosure in connection with our tender offer documents, whether or not they are required under the tender offer rules. These financial statements may be required to be prepared in accordance with, or be reconciled to, accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”), or international financial reporting standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IFRS”), depending on the circumstances and the historical financial statements may be required to be audited in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”). These financial statement requirements may limit the pool of potential target businesses we may acquire because some targets may be unable to provide such statements in time for us to disclose such statements in accordance with federal proxy rules and complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame.

We are an emerging growth company within the meaning of the Securities Act, and if we take advantage of certain exemptions from disclosure requirements available to emerging growth companies, this could make our securities less attractive to investors and may make it more difficult to compare our performance with other public companies.

We are an “emerging growth company” within the meaning of the Securities Act, as modified by the JOBS Act, and we intend to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. As a result, our stockholders may not have access to certain information they may deem important. We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years, although circumstances could cause us to lose that status earlier, including if the Market Value of our Class A common stock held by non-affiliates equals or exceeds $700.0 million as of any June 30th before that time, in which case we would no longer be an emerging growth company as of the following December 31. We cannot predict whether investors will find our securities less attractive because we will rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our securities less attractive as a result of our reliance on these exemptions, the trading prices of our securities may be lower than they otherwise would be, there may be a less active trading market for our securities and the trading prices of our securities may be more volatile.


Further, Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such an election to opt out is irrevocable. We have elected not to opt out of such extended transition period which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, we, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of our financial statements with another public company which is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accountant standards used.

Compliance obligations under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may make it more difficult for us to effectuate a business combination, require substantial financial and management resources, and increase the time and costs of completing an acquisition.

Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that we evaluate and report on our system of internal controls beginning with our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ending December 31, 2021. Only in the event we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer or an accelerated filer, and no longer qualify as an emerging growth company, will we be required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirement on our internal control over financial reporting. Further, for as long as we remain an emerging growth company, we will not be required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirement on our internal control over financial reporting. The fact that we are a blank check company makes compliance with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act particularly burdensome on us as compared to other public companies because a target business with which we seek to complete our initial business combination may not be in compliance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act regarding adequacy of its internal controls. The development of the internal control of any such entity to achieve compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may increase the time and costs necessary to complete any such acquisition.

Provisions in our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation and Delaware law may inhibit a takeover of us, whichanti-takeover measures could limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for the Company’s shares. They could also deter potential acquirers of the Company, thereby reducing the likelihood that stockholders could receive a premium for their shares in an acquisition. See “Description of Securities” included as Exhibit 4.1 to this Annual Report on Form 10-K for a more detailed discussion of these provisions.

The Company Charter provides that, unless the Company consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Delaware Court of Chancery will be the sole and exclusive forum for most legal actions between the Company and our stockholders, which could limit the ability of the Company’s stockholders to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with the Company or our directors, officers, employees or agents.

The Company Charter specifies that, unless the Company consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum and subject to certain limited exceptions, the Delaware Court of Chancery will be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Company, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any current or former director, officer, other employee, agent or stockholder of the Company to the Company or our stockholders, or any claim for aiding and abetting any such alleged breach, (iii) any action asserting a claim against the Company or any current or former director, officer, other employee, agent or stockholder of the Company (a) arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, the Company Charter (as it may be amended or restated) or the Company Bylaws, (b) as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction on the Delaware Court of Chancery or (c) governed by the internal affairs doctrine of the law of the State of Delaware. The Company Charter also specifies that the U.S. federal district courts will, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, be the sole and exclusive forum for any claims arising under federal securities laws, including the Securities Act. In addition, these choice of forum provisions will not apply to suits brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the Exchange Act, or any other claim for which the U.S. federal district courts are the sole and exclusive forum. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of the Company’s capital stock will be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to these provisions of the Company Charter.

The Company believes this provision benefits the Company by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law by chancellors particularly experienced in resolving corporate disputes, efficient administration of cases on a more expedited schedule relative to other forums and protection against the burdens of multi-forum litigation. However, the provision may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against the Company directors, officers, employees and agents as it may limit any stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that such stockholder finds favorable for disputes with us or the Company directors, officers, employees or agents. The enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions in other companies’ bylaws or certificates of incorporation may be challenged, and if these challenges are successful, the Company may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition or results of operations.

The Company incurs increased costs and is subject to additional regulations and requirements as a public company, which could lower our profits or make it more difficult to run our business.

As a public company, we incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that Alight had not previously incurred as a private company, including costs associated with public company reporting requirements. We also incur costs associated with the

22


Sarbanes-Oxley Act and related rules implemented by the SEC and the NYSE. The expenses incurred by public companies generally for reporting and corporate governance purposes (including due to increased focus on environmental, social and governance (commonly referred to as "ESG") and cybersecurity matters by certain investors and regulators) have been increasing. We expect these rules and regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more time-consuming and costly, although we are currently unable to estimate these costs with any degree of certainty. These laws and regulations also could make it more difficult or costly for us to obtain certain types of insurance, including director and officer liability insurance, and we may be forced to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. These laws and regulations could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, our board committees or as our executive officers. Furthermore, if we are unable to satisfy our obligations as a public company, we could be subject to delisting of our Class A Common Stock, fines, sanctions and other regulatory action and potentially civil litigation.

Compliance with any of the foregoing or future laws and regulations may result in enhanced disclosure obligations, which could negatively affect us or materially increase our regulatory burden. Increased regulations generally increase our costs, and we could continue to experience higher costs if new laws require us to spend more time, hire additional personnel or purchase new technology to comply effectively. For example, developing and acting on ESG initiatives, and collecting, measuring, and reporting ESG information and metrics can be costly, difficult and time consuming and is subject to evolving reporting standards, including the SEC’s proposed climate-related reporting requirements. We may also communicate certain initiatives and goals regarding environmental matters, diversity, responsible sourcing, social investments and other ESG matters in our SEC filings or in other public disclosures. These initiatives and goals could be difficult and expensive to implement, the technologies needed to implement them may not be cost effective and may not advance at a sufficient pace, and ensuring the accuracy, adequacy or completeness of the disclosure of our ESG initiatives can be costly, difficult and time-consuming. Further, statements about our ESG initiatives and goals, and progress against those goals, may be based on standards for measuring progress that are still developing, internal controls and processes that continue to evolve, and assumptions that are subject to change. In addition, we could face scrutiny from certain stakeholders for the scope or nature of such initiatives or goals, or for any revisions to these goals. If our ESG-related data, processes and reporting are incomplete or inaccurate, or if we fail to achieve progress with respect to our ESG goals on a timely basis, or at all, our business, financial performance and growth could be adversely affected.

If securities or industry analysts cease to publish research or reports about our business, or if they downgrade their recommendations regarding our Class A Common Stock, the price of our Class A Common Stock and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our Class A Common Stock is influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us or our business. If analysts who cover us downgrade our Class A Common Stock or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, the price of our Class A Common Stock may decline. If analysts cease coverage of us or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause the price of our Class A Common Stock or trading volume to decline and our Class A Common Stock to be less liquid.

Future issuances of shares of Class A Common Stock by us, and the availability for resale of shares held by our Legacy Investors and other significant stockholders (including any shares of Class A Common Stock issued upon exchange of such investors’ Class A Units) may cause the market price of our Class A Common Stock to decline.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our Class A common stockCommon Stock in the public market, or the perception that these sales could occur, could substantially decrease the market price of our Class A Common Stock. Under the Business Combination Agreement, the Legacy Investors received, among other things, a significant amount of Class A Common Stock and could entrench management.Class A Units (which are exchangeable for shares of Class A Common Stock). In addition, the Legacy Investors received shares of our Class B Common Stock or Class B Units which will automatically convert into Class A Common Stock or Class A Units upon the occurrence of certain events (including events tied to the trading price of our Class A Common Stock).

Our second amendedThe Legacy Investors, the Sponsor Investors and restated certificate of incorporation contains provisions that may discourage unsolicited takeover proposals thatcertain other significant stockholders may consider to be in their best interests. These provisions include a staggered board of directors and the abilitysell large amounts of the boardClass A Common Stock in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions, which could have the effect of directorsincreasing the volatility in our stock price or putting significant downward pressure on the price of our Class A Common Stock. Some of our Legacy Investors have pledged shares to designatesecure their indebtedness to certain banking institutions. If the price of our Class A Common Stock declines, those shares could be sold by one or more of the banking institutions in order to remain within the margin limitations imposed under the applicable terms of and issue new series of preferred stock, andsuch loans. Such sales could cause the fact that prior to the completiontrading price of our initial business combination only holdersClass A Common Stock to fall and make it more difficult for you to sell shares of Class A Common Stock.

In the future, we may also issue our securities in connection with corporate activity, such as investments or acquisitions. The amount of shares of our Class B common stock, which have beenA Common Stock issued to our sponsors, are entitled to vote on the appointment of directors, which may make more difficult the removal of management and may discourage transactions that otherwisein connection with an investment or acquisition could involve payment ofconstitute a premium over prevailing market prices for our securities.

We are also subject to anti-takeover provisions under Delaware law, which could delay or prevent a change of control. Together these provisions may make the removal of management more difficult and may discourage transactions that otherwise could involve payment of a premium over prevailing market prices for our securities.

Cyber incidents or attacks directed at us could result in information theft, data corruption, operational disruption and/or financial loss.

We depend on digital technologies, including information systems, infrastructure and cloud applications and services, including those of third parties with which we may deal. Sophisticated and deliberate attacks on, or security breaches in, our systems or infrastructure, or the systems or infrastructure of third parties or the cloud, could lead to corruption or misappropriation of our assets, proprietary information and sensitive or confidential data. As an early stage company without significant investments in data security protection, we may not be sufficiently protected against such occurrences. We may not have sufficient resources to adequately protect against, or to investigate and remediate any vulnerability to, cyber incidents. It is possible that any of these occurrences, or a combination of them, could have adverse consequences on our business and lead to financial loss.


Since only holders of our founder shares will have the right to vote on the appointment of directors, the NYSE considers us to be a ‘controlled company’ within the meaning of the NYSE rules and, as a result, we qualify for exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements.

Only holders of our Founder Shares have the right to vote on the appointment of directors. As a result, we qualify as a ‘controlled company’ within the meaning of the NYSE corporate governance standards. Under the NYSE corporate governance standards, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, group or another company is a ‘controlled company’ and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including the requirements that:

·we have a board that includes a majority of ‘independent directors,’ as defined under the rules of the NYSE;

·we have a compensation committee of our board that is comprised entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities; and

·we have a nominating and corporate governance committee of our board that is comprised entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities.

We do not intend to utilize these exemptions and intend to comply with the corporate governance requirements of the NYSE, subject to applicable phase-in rules. However, if we determine in the future to utilize some or all of these exemptions, you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the NYSE corporate governance requirements.

We would be subject to a second level of U.S. federal income tax on amaterial portion of our incomethen outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock. The market price of our Class A Common Stock could drop

23


significantly if we or our Legacy Investors and other significant stockholders sell shares or are determinedperceived by the market as intending to besell them.

Because we have no current plans to pay cash dividends on our Class A Common Stock, you may not receive any return on your investment unless you sell your Class A Common Stock for a personal holding company (a “PHC”),price greater than that which you paid for U.S. federal income tax purposes.it.

We have no current plans to pay cash dividends. The declaration, amount and payment of any future dividends on our Class A U.S. corporation generallyCommon Stock will be classified as a PHC for U.S. federal income tax purposes in a given taxable year if (i) at any time during the last half of such taxable year, five or fewer individuals (without regard to their citizenship or residency and including as individuals for this purpose certain entities such as certain tax exempt organizations, pension funds and charitable trusts) own or are deemed to own (pursuant to certain constructive ownership rules) more than 50% of the stock of the corporation by value and (ii) at least 60% of the corporation’s adjusted ordinary gross income, as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes, for such taxable year consists of PHC income (which includes, among other things, dividends, interest, certain royalties, annuities and, under certain circumstances, rents).

Depending on the date and sizesole discretion of our initial business combination, it is possible that at least 60%board of our adjusted ordinary gross incomedirectors. Our board of directors may consist of PHC income as discussed above. In addition, depending on the concentration oftake into account general and economic conditions, our stock in the hands of individuals, including the members of our sponsor and certain tax exempt organizations, pension funds and charitable trusts, it is possible that more than 50% of our stock may be owned or deemed owned (pursuant to the constructive ownership rules) by such persons during the last half of a taxable year. Thus, no assurance can be given that we will not become a PHC following the IPO or in the future. If we are or were to become a PHC in a given taxable year, we would be subject to an additional PHC tax, currently 20%, on our undistributed PHC income, which generally includes our taxable income, subject to certain adjustments.

If we pursue a target company with operations or opportunities outside of the United States for our initial business combination, we may face additional burdens in connection with investigating, agreeing to and completing such initial business combination, and if we effect such initial business combination, we would be subject to a variety of additional risks that may negatively impact our operations.

If we pursue a target a company with operations or opportunities outside of the United States for our initial business combination, we would be subject to risks associated with cross-border business combinations, including in connection with investigating, agreeing to and completing our initial business combination, conducting due diligence in a foreign jurisdiction, having such transaction approved by any local governments, regulators or agencies and changes in the purchase price based on fluctuations in foreign exchange rates.

If we effect our initial business combination with such a company, we would be subject to any special considerations or risks associated with companies operating in an international setting, including any of the following:

·costs and difficulties inherent in managing cross-border business operations and complying with different commercial and legal requirements of overseas markets;
·rules and regulations regarding currency redemption;


·complex corporate withholding taxes on individuals;
·laws governing the manner in which future business combinations may be effected;
·exchange listing and/or delisting requirements;
·tariffs and trade barriers;
·regulations related to customs and import/export matters;
·local or regional economic policies and market conditions;
·unexpected changes in regulatory requirements;
·longer payment cycles;
·tax issues, such as tax law changes and variations in tax laws as compared to the United States;
·currency fluctuations and exchange controls;
·rates of inflation;
·challenges in collecting accounts receivable;
·cultural and language differences;
·employment regulations;
·underdeveloped or unpredictable legal or regulatory systems;
·corruption;
·protection of intellectual property;
·social unrest, crime, strikes, riots and civil disturbances;
·regime changes and political upheaval;
·terrorist attacks, natural disasters and wars;
·deterioration of political relations with the United States; and
·government appropriation of assets.

We may not be able to adequately address these additional risks. If we were unable to do so, we may be unable to complete such initial business combination, or, if we complete such combination, our operations might suffer, either of which may adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations. operations, our available cash and current and anticipated cash needs, capital requirements, contractual, legal, tax and regulatory restrictions and implications on the payment of dividends by us to our shareholders or by our subsidiaries to us and such other factors as our board of directors may deem relevant. In addition, our ability to pay dividends is limited by our credit facilities and may be limited by covenants of other indebtedness we or our subsidiaries incur in the future. As a result, you may not receive any return on an investment in our Class A Common Stock unless you sell your Class A Common Stock for a price greater than that which you paid for such stock.

Item 1B.Unresolved Staff Comments

The market price of shares of our Class A Common Stock has been, and may continue to be volatile and may decline regardless of our operating performance, which could cause the value of your investment to decline.

None.The market price of our Class A Common Stock has fluctuated significantly in response to numerous factors and may continue to be subject to wide fluctuations. Securities markets worldwide experience significant price and volume fluctuations. During the year ended December 31, 2022, the per share trading price of our Class A Common Stock fluctuated from a low of $6.31 to a high of $11.10. This market volatility, as well as general economic, market or political conditions, could reduce the market price of shares of our Class A Common Stock regardless of our operating performance. In addition, our operating results may fail to match our past performance and could be below the expectations of public market analysts and investors due to a number of potential factors, including variations in our quarterly operating results or dividends, if any, to shareholders, additions or departures of key management personnel, failure to meet analysts’ earnings estimates, publication of research reports about our industry, the performance of direct and indirect competitors, litigation and government investigations, changes or proposed changes in laws or regulations or differing interpretations or enforcement thereof affecting our business, adverse market reaction to any indebtedness we may incur or securities we may issue in the future, changes in market valuations of similar companies, announcements by our competitors of significant contracts, acquisitions, dispositions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments, adverse publicity about the industries we participate in or individual scandals. In addition, the market price of shares of our Class A Common Stock could be subject to additional volatility or decrease significantly, as a result of speculation in the press or the investment community about our industry or our company, including, as a result of short sellers who publish, or arrange for the publication of, opinions or characterizations of our business prospects or similar matters calculated to create negative market momentum in order to profit from a decline in the market price of our Class A Common Stock. Stock markets and the price of our Class A Common Stock have, and may in the future, experience extreme price and volume fluctuations. In the past, following periods of volatility in the overall market and the market price of a company’s securities, including as a result of reports published by short sellers, securities class action litigation has often been instituted against these companies. This litigation, if instituted against us, as well as responding to reports published by short sellers or other speculation in the press or investment community, could result in substantial costs and a diversion of our management’s attention and resources.

Item 2.Properties

The Company is a holding company, and our only material asset is our direct and indirect interests in Alight Holdings, and we are accordingly dependent upon distributions from Alight Holdings to pay dividends, taxes and other expenses, including payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement.

The Company is a holding company with no material assets other than its direct and indirect ownership of equity interests in Alight Holdings, of which the Company serves as the managing member. As a result, the Company has no independent means of generating revenue or cash flow and the Company is dependent on the financial results and cash flows of Alight Holdings and its subsidiaries and the distributions that we receive from Alight Holdings in order to pay taxes, make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement, pay dividends (including any dividends or amounts payable in connection with the conversion or exchange of Class B Common Stock and Class B Units) and pay other costs and expenses of the Company. While we intend to cause Alight Holdings to make distributions to its members, including us, in an amount at least sufficient to allow us to pay all applicable taxes, to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement, and to pay our corporate and other overhead expenses, deterioration in the financial condition, earnings or cash flow of Alight Holdings for any reason could limit or impair Alight Holdings’ ability to pay such distributions. Additionally, to the extent that the Company needs funds and Alight Holdings is restricted from making such distributions under applicable laws or regulations or under the terms of any financing arrangements, or Alight Holdings is otherwise unable to provide such funds, it could materially adversely affect the Company’s liquidity and financial condition. Such restrictions include Alight Holdings’ financing facilities to which Alight Holdings’ subsidiaries are borrowers or guarantors. Alight Holdings’ distributions, as a result of such financing facilities, are limited based on the achievement of certain financial ratios and fixed dollar

24


baskets, availability under which will vary depending on the Company’s financial performance. We currently anticipate that Alight Holdings will have sufficient capacity to make the dividends and other distributions described above. Distributions may also be restricted pursuant to the Alight Holdings Operating Agreement and applicable Delaware law. Under the Alight Holdings Operating Agreement, the Company (as managing member) is prohibited from making distributions if they would violate Section 18-607 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act ("DLLCA") or another applicable law. Under the DLLCA, limited liability companies are generally restricted from making distributions to their members to the extent that, after giving effect to any such distribution, the company’s liabilities (subject to certain limited exclusions) exceed the fair value of the company’s assets.

Under the terms of the Alight Holdings Operating Agreement, Alight Holdings is obligated to make tax distributions to holders of Alight Holdings Units (including us) at an assumed tax rate, subject to there being available cash. The amount of these tax distributions may in certain periods exceed our tax liabilities and obligations to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement, which may result in an excess of cash accumulation at the Company. The Company's Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, will determine from time to time how to use any cash that accumulates at the Company as a result, which may include, among other potential uses, repurchases of our Class A Common Stock or the payment of dividends thereon. However, we will have no obligation to distribute such cash (or other available cash other than as a result of any declared dividend) to our stockholders. To the extent that the Company does not use any such accumulated cash, following the exchange or redemption of Class A Units for Class A Common Stock, Continuing Tempo Unitholders may benefit from value attributable to such cash balances as a result of their ownership of Class A Common Stock, notwithstanding that such Continuing Tempo Unitholders may previously have participated or received distributions as holders of Alight Holdings Units that resulted in the excess cash balances at the Company.

The Company is required to pay certain parties for most of the benefits relating to any additional tax depreciation or amortization deductions that we may claim as a result of the Company’s direct and indirect allocable share of existing tax basis acquired in the Business Combination, the Company’s increase in its allocable share of existing tax basis and anticipated tax basis adjustments we receive in connection with sales or exchanges of Alight Holdings Units after the Business Combination and our utilization of certain tax attributes of the Tempo Blockers.

In connection with the Business Combination, we entered into a tax receivable agreement (the "Tax Receivable Agreement" or the "TRA") with certain of our pre-Business Combination owners (the "TRA Parties") that provides for the payment by the Company to such TRA Parties of 85% of the benefits, if any, that the Company is deemed to realize (calculated using certain assumptions) as a result of (i) the Company’s direct and indirect allocable share of existing tax basis acquired in the Business Combination, (ii) increases in the Company’s allocable share of existing tax basis and tax basis adjustments that will increase the tax basis of the tangible and intangible assets of Alight Holdings as a result of the Business Combination and as a result of sales or exchanges of Alight Holdings Units for shares of Class A Common Stock after the Business Combination and (iii) the Company’s utilization of certain tax attributes of the Tempo Blockers (including the Tempo Blockers allocable share of existing tax basis), and of certain other tax benefits related to entering into the Tax Receivable Agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement. These increases in existing tax basis and tax basis adjustments generated over time may increase (for tax purposes) depreciation and amortization deductions and, therefore, may reduce the amount of tax that the Company would otherwise be required to pay in the future, although the Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS") may challenge all or part of the validity of that tax basis, and a court could sustain such a challenge. Actual tax benefits realized by the Company may differ from tax benefits calculated under the Tax Receivable Agreement as a result of the use of certain assumptions in the Tax Receivable Agreement, including the use of an assumed weighted-average state and local income tax rate to calculate tax benefits. The payment obligation under the Tax Receivable Agreement is an obligation of the Company and not of Alight Holdings. While the amount of existing tax basis, the anticipated tax basis adjustments and the actual amount and utilization of tax attributes, as well as the amount and timing of any payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement, will vary depending upon a number of factors, including the timing of exchanges of Alight Holdings Units for shares of our Class A Common Stock, the applicable tax rate, the price of shares of our Class A Common Stock at the time of exchanges, the extent to which such exchanges are taxable and the amount and timing of our income, we expect that as a result of the size of the transfers and increases in the tax basis of the tangible and intangible assets of Alight Holdings and our possible utilization of tax attributes, including existing tax basis acquired at the time of the Business Combination, the payments that the Company may make under the Tax Receivable Agreement will be substantial. The payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement are not conditioned on the exchanging holders of Alight Holdings Units or other TRA Parties continuing to hold ownership interests in us. To the extent payments are due to the TRA Parties under the Tax Receivable Agreement, the payments are generally required to be made within ten business days after the tax benefit schedule (which sets forth the Company’s realized tax benefits covered by the Tax Receivable Agreement for the relevant taxable year) is finalized. The Company is required to deliver such a tax benefit schedule to the TRA Parties’ representative, for its review, within ninety calendar days after the due date (including extensions) of the Company’s federal corporate income tax return for the relevant taxable year.

25


In certain cases, payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement may be accelerated and/or significantly exceed the actual benefits the Company realizes in respect of the tax attributes subject to the Tax Receivable Agreement.

The Company’s payment obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement will be accelerated in the event of certain changes of control or its election to terminate the Tax Receivable Agreement early. The accelerated payments will relate to all relevant tax attributes then allocable to the Company in the case of an acceleration upon a change of control and to all relevant tax attributes allocable or that would be allocable to the Company (in the case of an election by the Company to terminate the Tax Receivable Agreement early, assuming all Alight Holdings Units were then exchanged). The accelerated payments required in such circumstances will be calculated by reference to the present value (at a specified discount rate determined by reference to LIBOR) of all future payments that holders of Alight Holdings Units or other recipients would have been entitled to receive under the Tax Receivable Agreement, and such accelerated payments and any other future payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement will utilize certain valuation assumptions, including that the Company will have sufficient taxable income to fully utilize the deductions arising from the increased tax deductions and tax basis and other benefits related to entering into the Tax Receivable Agreement and sufficient taxable income to fully utilize any remaining net operating losses subject to the Tax Receivable Agreement on a straight line basis over the shorter of the statutory expiration period for such net operating losses or the five-year period after the early termination or change of control. In addition, recipients of payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement will not reimburse us for any payments previously made under the Tax Receivable Agreement if such tax basis and the Company’s utilization of certain tax attributes is successfully challenged by the IRS (although any such detriment would be taken into account in future payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement). The Company’s ability to achieve benefits from any existing tax basis, tax basis adjustments or other tax attributes, and the payments to be made under the Tax Receivable Agreement, will depend upon a number of factors, including the timing and amount of our future income. As a result, even in the absence of a change of control or an election to terminate the Tax Receivable Agreement, payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement could be in excess of 85% of the Company’s actual cash tax benefits.

Accordingly, it is possible that the actual cash tax benefits realized by the Company may be significantly less than the corresponding Tax Receivable Agreement payments or that payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement may be made years in advance of the actual realization, if any, of the anticipated future tax benefits. There may be a material negative effect on our liquidity if the payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement exceed the actual cash tax benefits that the Company realizes in respect of the tax attributes subject to the Tax Receivable Agreement and/or distributions to the Company by Alight Holdings are not sufficient to permit the Company to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement after it has paid taxes and other expenses. Based upon certain assumptions, we estimate that if Alight, Inc. were to exercise its termination right as of December 31, 2022, the aggregate amount of these termination payments would be significantly in excess of the Tax Receivable Agreement liability recorded in the Consolidated Financial Statements within this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We may need to incur additional indebtedness to finance payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement to the extent our cash resources are insufficient to meet our obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement as a result of timing discrepancies or otherwise, and these obligations could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing certain mergers, asset sales, other forms of business combinations or other changes of control. For more information regarding our liability under the Tax Receivable Agreement, refer to the Consolidated Financial Statements within Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, Note 15 "Tax Receivable Agreement".

The acceleration of payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement in the case of certain changes of control may impair our ability to consummate change of control transactions or negatively impact the value of our Class A Common Stock.

In the case of a “Change of Control” under the Tax Receivable Agreement (which is defined to include, among other things, a 50% change in control of the Company, the approval of a complete plan of liquidation or dissolution of the Company, or the disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s direct or indirect assets), payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement will be accelerated and may significantly exceed the actual benefits the Company realizes in respect of the tax attributes subject to the Tax Receivable Agreement. We expect that the payments that we may make under the Tax Receivable Agreement (the calculation of which is described in the immediately preceding risk factor) in the event of a change of control will be substantial. As a result, our accelerated payment obligations and/or the assumptions adopted under the Tax Receivable Agreement in the case of a change of control may impair our ability to consummate change of control transactions or negatively impact the value received by owners of our Class A Common Stock in a change of control transaction.

26


Risks Related to Our Indebtedness

Our variable rate indebtedness subjects us to interest rate risk, which could cause our indebtedness service obligations to increase significantly.

Interest rates may increase in the future. As a result, interest rates on our term loan facility, secured senior notes and revolving credit facility, or any other variable rate debt offerings that we may engage in, could be higher or lower than current levels. Although we use derivative financial instruments to some extent to manage a portion of our exposure to interest rate risks, we do not own any real estateattempt to manage our entire expected exposure. As of December 31, 2022, we had approximately $2.5 billion of outstanding debt at variable interest rates. If interest rates increase, our debt service obligations on our variable rate indebtedness would increase even though the amount borrowed remained the same, and our net income and cash flows, including cash available for servicing our indebtedness, would correspondingly decrease.

Changes in our credit ratings could adversely impact our operations and lower our profitability.

Credit rating agencies continually revise their ratings for the companies that they follow, including us. Credit rating agencies also evaluate our industry as a whole and may change their credit ratings for us based on their overall view of our industry. Failure to maintain our credit ratings on long-term and short-term debt, or other physical properties materially importanta lowered outlook for us or for our industry, could increase our cost of borrowing, reduce our ability to obtain intra-day borrowing, which we may need to operate our operation.business, and adversely impact our results of operations.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments.

Not applicable.

Item 2. Properties.

Our corporate headquarters is located in leased office space in Lincolnshire, Illinois. We currently maintainuse approximately 290,000 square feet of office space in our executiveheadquarters. The lease expires on December 31, 2024. We have offices at 1701 Village Center Circle, Las Vegas, NV 89134. The costin locations throughout the world, including Texas, Florida, Georgia, Puerto Rico, Canada, Spain, India and Poland. All of our offices are located in leased premises.

We believe that the facilities we currently occupy are adequate for our usethe purposes for which they are being used and are well maintained. In general, no difficulty is anticipated in negotiating renewals as leases expire or in finding other satisfactory space if the premises become unavailable. See Note 19 “Lease Obligations” within the Consolidated Financial Statements within Item 8 of this space is includedAnnual Report on Form 10-K for further information.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings.

We are a party to a variety of legal proceedings that arise in the $5,000 per month fee we will pay to Cannae Holdings for office space, and administrative support services. We consider our current office space adequate for our current operations.

Item 3.Legal Proceedings

There is no material litigation, arbitration or governmental proceeding currently pending against us or any membersnormal course of our management teambusiness. While the results of these legal proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty, we believe that the final outcome of these proceedings will not have a material adverse effect, individually or in their capacity.the aggregate, on our results of operations or financial condition.

Item 4.Mine Safety Disclosures

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures.

Not applicableapplicable.

27



PART II

Item 5.Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.

Market Information

Our Units began tradingClass A Common Stock is listed on the NYSE under the symbol "WPF.U"ALIT. Trading began on May 27, 2020. Commencingour Class A Common Stock on July 17, 2020,2, 2021. Prior to that time, there was no public market for our Class A Common Stock.

Market price information regarding our Class B-1 Common Stock, Class B-2 Common Stock, Class V Common Stock, Class Z-A Common Stock, Class Z-B-1 Common Stock and Class Z-B-2 Common Stock is not provided because there is no public market for such classes.

Holders of Record

Set forth below are the numbers of holders of record for each of our classes of Common Stock as of February 24, 2023.

Class

 Number of Holders of Record

Class A common stock

76

Class B-1 common stock

98

Class B-2 common stock

98

Class V common stock

5

Class Z-A common stock

58

Class Z-B-1 common stock

58

Class Z-B-2 common stock

58

Dividends

We do not intend to declare or pay cash dividends in the Units could electforeseeable future. Our management anticipates that earnings and other cash resources, if any, will primarily be retained for investment in our business.

Sales of Unregistered Securities

None.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

On August 1, 2022, we announced a share repurchase program, under which we may repurchase up to separately trade the$100 million of issued and outstanding shares of Class A common stockCommon Stock, from time to time, depending on market conditions and Warrants includedalternate uses of capital. The program may be effected through open market purchases or privately negotiated transactions in compliance with Rule 10b-18 under the Exchange Act, including through Rule 10b5-1 trading plans. The Program has no expiration date and may be suspended or discontinued at any time.

We did not repurchase any shares in the Units. The sharesfourth quarter of the Class A common stock and Warrants that are separated, trade on the NYSE2022. As of December 31, 2022, there remained approximately $88 million of authorized availability under the symbols "WPF" and "WPF.WS," respectively. Those Units not separated continue to traderepurchase program.

28


Performance

The following graph compares the total shareholder return from July 2, 2021, the date on the NYSE under the symbol "WPF."

Holders

At February 19, 2021, there was one holder of record of our Units, one holder of record ofwhich our Class A common shares commenced trading on the NYSE, through December 31, 2022 of (i) our Class A Common Stock, (ii) the Standard and Poor's 500 Stock Index (“S&P 500”) and (iii) the Russell 2000 Index (the "Russell 2000"). The S&P 500 was selected because it serves as a broad market index. The Russell 2000 was selected because we do not believe we can reasonably identify an industry index or specific peer group that would offer a meaningful comparison. The Russell 2000 measures the performance of the small market capitalization segment of U.S. equity instruments.

The stock performance graph and six holderstable assume an initial investment of record$100 on July 2, 2021, and that all dividends of the S&P 500 and the Russell 2000, were reinvested. Companies in the Russell 2000 are weighted by market capitalization. The performance graph and table are not intended to be indicative of future performance. The performance graph and table shall not be deemed “soliciting material” or to be “filed” with the SEC for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act or otherwise subject to the liabilities under that Section and shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any of our Class B common stock.

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

None.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities; Use of Proceeds from Registered Offerings

Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities

None.

Use of Proceeds

On May 29, 2020, we consummated our Initial Public Offering of 103,500,000 Units, inclusive of the underwriters’ election to fully exercise their overallotment option to purchase an additional 13,500,000 Units. The Units were sold at an offering price of $10.00 per Unit, generating total gross proceeds of $1,035,000,000. Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and BofA Securities, Inc. acted as the joint book-running managers. The securities sold in the offering were registeredfilings under the Securities Act on registration statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-238135). The SEC declaredor the registration statement effective on May 26, 2020.Exchange Act.

img251862932_0.jpg 

Of the gross proceeds received from the Initial Public Offering, $1,035,000,000 was placed in the Trust Account.

We incurred $57,949,954 in transaction costs, including $20,700,000 in underwriting fees, $36,225,000 of deferred underwriting fees and $1,024,954 for other offering costs and expenses related to the Initial Public Offering.

There has been no material change in the planned use of proceeds from the Initial Public Offering as described in our final prospectus dated May 26, 2020, which was filed with the SEC.

Item 6.Selected Financial Data

Pursuant to Release No. 33-10890 (including the transition guidance therein), which was adopted by the SEC on November 19, 2020, the Company has elected to exclude the disclosures formerly required by this Item 6. Reserved.


Item 7.  Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following29


Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

This discussion and analysis of the Company’s financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our audited financialincludes forward-looking statements. See ‘Disclaimer Regarding Forward-Looking Statements’ for certain cautionary information regarding forward-looking statements and the notes related thereto which are included‘Risk Factors’ in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data”Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Certain information contained in the discussion and analysis set forth below includes forward-looking statements. Our10-K for a list of factors that could cause actual results mayto differ materially from those anticipatedpredicted in those statements.

This discussion includes references to non-GAAP financial measures as defined in the rules of the SEC. We present such non-GAAP financial measures as we believe such information is of interest to the investment community because it provides additional meaningful methods of evaluating certain aspects of the Company’s operating performance from period to period on a basis that may not be otherwise apparent under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”), and these forward-lookingprovide a measure against which our businesses may be assessed in the future.

Our methods of calculating these measures may differ from those used by other companies and therefore comparability may be limited. These financial measures should be viewed in addition to, not in lieu of, the consolidated financial statements as a result of many factors, including those set forth under “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements,” “Item 1A. Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Overview

We are a blank check company incorporated on March 26, 2020 as a Delaware corporation and formed for the purposeyear ended December 31, 2022. See ‘Non-GAAP Financial Measures’ below for further discussion.

BUSINESS

Overview

Alight is defining the future of effecting a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization or similar Business Combination with one or more businesses. We intend to effectuate our initial Business Combination using cash fromemployee wellbeing through the proceedspower of our Initial Public Offeringintegrated health, wealth, wellbeing and payroll solutions powered by Alight Worklife®. Alight Worklife® is a high-tech employee engagement platform with a human touch – that brings together our mission-critical wellbeing solutions to our clients to drive better outcomes for organizations and individuals.

On July 2, 2021 (the “Closing Date”), Alight Holding Company, LLC (the "Predecessor") completed a business combination (the "Business Combination") with a special purpose acquisition company. On the private placement of the Private Placement Warrants, the proceeds of the sale of our shares in connection with our initial Business Combination, shares issuedClosing Date, pursuant to the owners of the target, debt issued to bank or other lenders or the owners of the target, or a combination of the foregoing.

The registration statement for our Initial Public Offering was declared effective on May 26, 2020. On May 29, 2020, we completed our Initial Public Offering of 103,500,000 Units, which includes the full exercise by the underwriters of the over-allotment option to purchase an additional 13,500,000 units, sold to the public at the price of $10.00 per Unit, generating gross proceeds of $1,035,000,000. Each Unit consists of one share of our Class A common stock and one-third of one redeemable warrant. Each whole Public Warrant entitles the holder to purchase one share of our Class A common stock at an exercise price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment. Simultaneously with the closing of our Initial Public Offering, we completed the sale to the sponsors of an aggregate of 15,133,333 Private Placement Warrants at a price of $1.50 per Private Placement Warrant, generating gross proceeds of approximately $22,700,000. Each Private Placement Warrant is exercisable for one share of our Class A common stock at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment. The proceeds from the Private Placement Warrants were added to the net proceeds from the Initial Public Offering held in the Trust Account.

Following our Initial Public Offering, the full exercise of the over-allotment option and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants, a total of $1,035,000,000 was placed in the Trust Account. We incurred $57,949,954 in transaction costs, including $20,700,000 of underwriting fees, $36,225,000 of deferred underwriting fees and $1,024,954 of other offering costs.

We expect to continue to incur significant costs in the pursuit of our initial Business Combination. We cannot assure you that our plans to complete our initial Business Combination will be successful.

Recent Developments

On January 25, 2021, we entered into the Business Combination Agreement, by and among the Company, Alight, Alight Pubco, FTAC Merger Sub, Tempo Merger Sub, the Blocker Merger Subs and the Tempo Blockers. The Business Combination Agreement contemplates the consummation of the Pending Business Combination: (i) FTAC Merger Sub will merge with and into the Company, with the Company being the surviving corporation in the merger and becomingspecial purpose acquisition company became a wholly owned subsidiary of Alight, Pubco (the “Pubco Merger”Inc. (“Alight”, “the Company”, “we” “us” “our” or the “Successor”). As a result of the Business Combination, and (ii) Alight Pubco will, through aby virtue of such series of mergers and related transactions, acquire equity interests in Alight and the Tempo Blockers. Following the consummation of the Business Combination, the combined company will beis now organized in an “Up-C” structure, in which substantially all of the assets and business of Alight Pubco will beare held by Alight. The combined company’s business will continue to operate through the subsidiariesPredecessor, of Alight.


The consideration to be paid towhich Alight is the pre-Closing equityholders of Alightmanaging member. Immediately following and the pre-Closing equityholders of the Tempo Blockers (in connection with the merger of the Tempo Merger Sub with and into Alight (the “Tempo Merger”) and the merger of the Tempo Blocker Merger Subs with and into the Tempo Blockers, respectively, and certain other transactions at the closing of the Busines Combination (the “Closing”) will be a combination of cash and equity consideration.

The Business Combination will be consummated subject to the deliverables and provisions as further described in the Business Combination Agreement.

Results of Operations

We have neither engaged in any operations nor generated any revenues to date. Our only activities since inception have been organizational activities, those necessary to prepare for our Initial Public Offering and identifying a target company for our initial Business Combination. We do not expect to generate any operating revenues until after completion of our initial Business Combination. We generate non-operating income in the form of interest income on marketable securities held in the Trust Account. We incur expenses as a result of being a public company (for legal, financial reporting, accounting and auditing compliance), as well as expenses as we conduct due diligence on prospectivethe Business Combination, candidates.

ForAlight owned approximately 85% of the period from March 26, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020, we had a net loss of $2,556,540, which consists of formation and operating costs of $3,258,112 and a provision for income taxes of $147,695, offset byeconomic interest income on marketable securities held in the Trust Account of $849,267.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Until the consummationPredecessor, had 100% of the Initial Public Offering,voting power and controlled the Company’s only sourcemanagement of liquiditythe Predecessor. The non-voting ownership percentage held by noncontrolling interest was an initial purchase of Class B ordinary shares by our sponsor and loans from our sponsor.

For the period from March 26, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020, cash used in operating activities was $503,575. Net loss of $2,556,540 was affected by interest earned on marketable securities held in the Trust Account of $849,267 and changes in operating assets and liabilities, which provided $2,902,232 of cash from operating activities.

approximately 15%. As of December 31, 2020, we had cash and marketable securities2022, Alight owned 88% of $1,035,849,267 heldthe economic interest in the Trust Account. We intend to use substantially allPredecessor, had 100% of the fundsvoting power and controlled the management of the Predecessor and the non-voting ownership percentage held by noncontrolling interest was approximately 12%.

FACTORS AFFECTING THE COMPARABILITY OF OUR RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

As a result of a number of factors, our historical results of operations are not comparable from period to period and may not be comparable to our financial results of operations in future periods. Set forth below is a brief discussion of the key factors that may impact the comparability of our results of operations in future operations.

Impact of the Business Combination

Alight is subject to corporate level tax rates at the federal, state and local levels. The Predecessor was and is treated as a flow-through entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and as such, has generally not been subject to U.S. federal income tax at the entity level. Accordingly, other than for certain consolidated subsidiaries of the Predecessor that are structured as corporations and unless otherwise specified, the historical results of operations and other financial information presented does not include any provision for U.S. federal income tax.

Alight (together with certain corporate subsidiaries through which it owns its interest in the Trust Account,Predecessor) pays U.S. federal and state income taxes as a corporation on its share of our taxable income. The Business Combination was accounted for as a business combination using the acquisition method of accounting. Accordingly, the assets and liabilities, including any amounts representing interest earned onidentified intangible assets, were recorded at their preliminary fair values at the Trust Account (less taxes paiddate of completion of the Business Combination, with any excess of the purchase price over the preliminary fair value recorded as goodwill. The application of business combination accounting required the use of significant estimates and deferred underwriting commissions) to complete our initial Business Combination. We may withdraw interest to pay taxes. Duringassumptions.

As a result of the period ended December 31, 2020, we did not withdraw any interest earned onapplication of accounting for the Trust Account. To the extent that our capital stock or debt is used, in whole or in part, as consideration to complete our initial Business Combination, the remaining proceeds held in the Trust Account will be used as working capital to finance the operationshistorical consolidated financial statements of the target business or businesses, make other acquisitions and pursue our growth strategies.

As of December 31, 2020, we had cash of $496,471 outsidePredecessor are not necessarily indicative of the Trust Account. We intend to use the funds held outside the Trust Account primarily to identify and evaluate target businesses, perform business due diligence on prospective target businesses, review corporate documents and material agreements of prospective target businesses, and structure, negotiate and complete our initial Business Combination.

In order to fund working capital deficiencies or finance transaction costs in connection with our initial Business Combination, our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor or certain of our officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds as may be required. If we complete our initial Business Combination, we would repay such loaned amounts. In the event that our initial Business Combination does not close, we may use a portion of the working capital held outside the Trust Account to repay such loaned amounts but no proceeds from our Trust Account would be used for such repayment. Up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be convertible into warrants identical to the Private Placement Warrants, at a price of $1.50 per warrant at the option of the lender.

In May 2020, the Company entered into forward purchase agreements with each of Cannae Holdings, Inc. and THL FTAC LLC. Pursuant to each agreement, Cannae Holdings, Inc. and THL FTAC LLC have each agreed to purchase shares of the Company’s Class A common stock in an aggregate share amount equal to 15,000,000 shares of the Company’s Class A Common stock (or a total of 30,000,000 shares of the Company’s Class A common stock), plus an aggregate of 5,000,000 redeemable warrants (or a total of 10,000,000 redeemable warrants) to purchase one share of the Company’s Class A common stock at $11.50 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $150,000,000 (or a total of $300,000,000), or $10.00 for one share of the Company’s Class A common stock and onethird of one warrant, in a private placement to occur concurrently with the closing of a Business Combination. The warrants to be sold as part of the forward purchase agreements will be identical to the warrants underlying the Units sold in the Initial Public Offering.

We do not currently believe we will need to raise additional funds in order to meet the expenditures required for operating our business. However, if our estimate of the costs of identifying a target business, undertaking in-depth due diligence and negotiating our initial Business Combination is less than the actual amount necessary to do so, we may have insufficient funds available to operate our business prior to our initial Business Combination. Moreover, we may need to obtain additional financing either to complete our initial Business Combination or because we become obligated to redeem a significant number of our Public Shares upon consummation of our initial Business Combination, in which case we may issue additional securities or incur debt in connection with such Business Combination. Subject to compliance with applicable securities laws, we would only complete such financing simultaneously with the completion of our initial Business Combination. If we are unable to complete our initial Business Combination because we do not have sufficient funds available to us, we will be forced to cease operations and liquidate the Trust Account. In addition, following our initial Business Combination, if cash on hand is insufficient, we may need to obtain additional financing in order to meet our obligations.


In March 2020, the World Health Organization classified the COVID-19 outbreak as a pandemic, based on the rapid increase in exposure globally. The full impact of the COVID-19 outbreak continues to evolve. The impact of the COVID-19 outbreak on ourSuccessor’s future results of operations, financial position and cash flowsflows. For example, increased tangible and intangible assets resulting from adjusting the basis of tangible and intangible assets to their fair value would result in increased depreciation and amortization expense in the periods following the consummation of the Business Combination.

30


In connection with the Business Combination, we entered into a Tax Receivable Agreement (the “TRA”) with certain of our pre-Business Combination owners that provides for the payment by Alight to such owners of 85% of the benefits that Alight is deemed to realize as a result of the Company’s share of existing tax basis acquired in the Business Combination and other tax benefits related to entering into the TRA.

Additionally, in connection with the Business Combination, we accounted for the issuance of warrants and Seller Earnout contingent consideration, which were a result of the issuance of non-voting shares of Class B-1 and Class B-2 Common Stock, as liabilities which require remeasurement to fair value at the end of each reporting period, as applicable and adopted the Alight 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan which will dependresult in higher share-based compensation expenses. As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, all warrants were exercised or redeemed. Lastly, the redemption of our Unsecured Senior Notes and partial paydown of the Term Loan in conjunction with the Business Combination, has resulted in lower interest expense.

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY OF FINANCIAL RESULTS

While the Closing Date was July 2, 2021, we determined the impact of one day was immaterial to the results of operations. As such, we utilized July 1, 2021 as the date of the Business Combination for accounting purposes. As a result of the Business Combination, the following tables present selected financial data for the Successor year ended December 31, 2022 and six months ended December 31, 2021, and the Predecessor six months ended June 30, 2021 and year ended December 31, 2020.

We prepared our discussion of the results of operations by comparing the results of the Successor year ended December 31, 2022 to the combined Successor six months ended December 31, 2021 and Predecessor six months ended June 30, 2021. The core business operations of the Predecessor and Successor were not significantly impacted by the consummation of the Business Combination. Therefore, we believe the combined results for the Successor six months ended December 31, 2021 and the Predecessor six months ended June 30, 2021 are comparable to the Successor year ended December 31, 2022, and provide enhanced comparability to the reader about the current year's results. We believe this approach provides the most meaningful basis of comparison and is useful in identifying current business trends for the periods presented. The combined results of operations included in our discussion below are not considered to be prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP and have not been prepared as pro forma results under applicable regulations, may not reflect the actual results we would have achieved had the Business Combination occurred at the beginning of 2021, and should not be viewed as a substitute for the results of operations of the Predecessor and Successor periods presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

Year-to-year comparisons between 2021 and 2020 have been omitted from this Form 10-K, but may be found in "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" in Part II, Item 7 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2021.

Subsequent event

On February 20, 2023, the Company approved a two-year strategic transformation restructuring program (the “Program”) intended to accelerate the Company’s back-office infrastructure into the cloud and transform its operating model leveraging technology in order to reduce its overall future developments,costs. The Program includes process and system optimization, third party costs associated with technology infrastructure transformation, and elimination of full-time positions. The Company currently expects to record in the aggregate approximately $140 million in pre-tax restructuring charges over the next two years. The restructuring charges are expected to include severance charges with an estimated range from $20 million to $30 million over the two-year period and other restructuring charges related to items such as data center exit costs, third party fees associated with the restructuring, and costs associated with transitioning existing technology and processes, which are estimated to account for between $100 million and $120 million over the two-year period. The Company estimates an annual savings of over $100 million after the Program is completed. The Program is expected to commence in the first quarter of 2023 and to be substantially completed over an estimated two-year period.

31


The following table sets forth our historical results of operations for the periods indicated below:

 

 

Successor

 

 

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

June 30,

 

(in millions)

 

2022

 

2021

 

 

 

2021

 

Revenue

 

$

 

3,132

 

$

 

1,554

 

 

 

$

 

1,361

 

Cost of services, exclusive of depreciation and amortization

 

 

 

2,080

 

 

 

1,001

 

 

 

 

 

888

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

 

56

 

 

 

21

 

 

 

 

 

38

 

Gross Profit

 

 

 

996

 

 

 

532

 

 

 

 

 

435

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating Expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative

 

 

 

671

 

 

 

304

 

 

 

 

 

222

 

Depreciation and intangible amortization

 

 

 

339

 

 

 

163

 

 

 

 

 

111

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

 

1,010

 

 

 

467

 

 

 

 

 

333

 

Operating (Loss) Income

 

 

 

(14

)

 

 

65

 

 

 

 

 

102

 

Other (Income) Expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Gain) Loss from change in fair value of financial instruments

 

 

 

(38

)

 

 

65

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Gain) Loss from change in fair value of tax receivable agreement

 

 

 

(41

)

 

 

(37

)

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

 

122

 

 

 

57

 

 

 

 

 

123

 

Other (income) expense, net

 

 

 

(16

)

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

9

 

Total other (income) expense, net

 

 

 

27

 

 

 

88

 

 

 

 

 

132

 

Loss Before Income Tax Expense (Benefit)

 

 

 

(41

)

 

 

(23

)

 

 

 

 

(30

)

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

 

 

31

 

 

 

25

 

 

 

 

 

(5

)

Net Loss

 

 

 

(72

)

 

 

(48

)

 

 

 

 

(25

)

Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

 

 

 

(10

)

 

 

(13

)

 

 

 

 

 

Net (Loss) Income Attributable to Alight, Inc.

 

$

 

(62

)

$

 

(35

)

 

 

$

 

(25

)

REVIEW OF RESULTS

Key Components of Our Operations

Revenue

Our clients’ demand for our services ultimately drives our revenues. We generate primarily all of our revenue, which is highly recurring, from fees for services provided from contracts across all solutions, which is primarily based on a contracted fee charged per participant per period (e.g., monthly or annually, as applicable). Our contracts typically have three to five-year terms for ongoing services with mutual renewal options. The majority of the Company’s revenue is recognized over time when control of the promised services is transferred, and the customers simultaneously receive and consume the benefits of our services. Payment terms are consistent with industry practice. We calculate growth rates for each of our solutions in relation to recurring revenues and revenues from project work. One of the components of our growth in recurring revenues is the increase in net commercial activity which reflects items such as client wins and losses (“Net Commercial Activity”). We define client wins as sales to new clients and sales of new solutions to existing clients. We define client losses as instances where clients do not renew or terminate their arrangements in relation to individual solutions or all of the solutions that we provide. We measure revenue growth as it relates to the cloud-based products and solutions that are central to our Alight Worklife® platform and next generation product suite, BPaaS Solutions. These products capitalize on our robust data combined with AI & analytics to deliver greater employee engagement and employer outcomes. BPaaS products and services span across both the Employer Solutions and Professional Services segments. In addition, we also consider BPaaS bookings, defined as total contract value for BPaaS customer agreements executed in the period, to be a key indicator of future revenue growth and used as a metric of commercial activity by management and investors.

Cost of Services, exclusive of Depreciation and Amortization

Cost of services, exclusive of depreciation and amortization includes compensation-related and vendor costs directly attributable to client-related services and costs related to application development and client-related infrastructure.

Depreciation and Amortization

Depreciation and amortization expenses include the depreciation and amortization related to our hardware, software and application development. Depreciation and amortization may increase or decrease in absolute dollars in future periods depending on the future level of capital investments in hardware, software and application development.

32


Selling, General and Administrative

Selling, general and administrative expenses include compensation-related costs for administrative and management employees, system and facilities expenses, and costs for external professional and consulting services.

Depreciation and Intangible Amortization

Depreciation and intangible amortization expenses consist of charges relating to the depreciation of the property and equipment used in our business and the amortization of acquired customer-related and contract based intangible assets and technology related intangible assets. Depreciation and intangible amortization may increase or decrease in absolute dollars in future periods depending on the future level of capital investments in hardware and other equipment as well as amortization expense associated with future acquisitions.

(Gain) Loss from Change in Fair Value of Financial Instruments

(Gain) loss from change in fair value of financial instruments includes the impact of the revaluation to fair value at the end of each reporting period for our previously issued warrants and the Seller Earnouts contingent consideration.

(Gain) Loss from Change in Fair Value of Tax Receivable Agreement

(Gain) loss from change in fair value of Tax Receivable Agreement includes the impact of the revaluation to fair value at the end of each reporting period.

Interest Expense

Interest expense primarily includes interest expense related to our outstanding debt.

Other (Income) Expense, net

Other (income) expense, net includes non-operating expenses and income, including realized (gains) and losses from remeasurement of foreign currency transactions.

Results of Operations for the Year Ended December 31, 2022 (Successor) Compared to the Combined Year Ended December 31, 2021 (Successor and Predecessor)

Revenue

Revenues were $3,132 million for the Successor year ended December 31, 2022, and $1,554 million and $1,361 million for the Successor six months ended December 31, 2021 and the Predecessor six months ended June 30, 2021, respectively. The increase in revenue of $217 million, or 7.4%, over the combined Successor and Predecessor prior year was primarily driven by increased revenues from our Employer Solutions segment. We recorded BPaaS revenue of $564 million for the Successor year ended December 31, 2022 and $203 million and $187 million for the Successor six months ended December 31, 2021 and the Predecessor six months ended June 30, 2021, respectively. BPaaS revenue increased $174 million, or 44.6%, over the combined Successor and Predecessor prior year.

In addition, we also consider BPaaS bookings, defined as total contract value for BPaaS customer agreements executed in the period, to be a key indicator of future revenue growth and used as a metric of commercial activity by management and investors. BPaaS bookings were $871 million for the Successor year ended December 31, 2022 and $322 million and $280 million for the Successor six months ended December 31, 2021 and the Predecessor six months ended June 30, 2021, respectively. This represents an increase in BPaaS bookings of $269 million, or 44.7%, over the combined Successor and Predecessor prior year.

Recurring revenues were $2,638 million for the Successor year ended December 31, 2022. Recurring revenues were $1,299 million and $1,130 million for the Successor six months ended December 31, 2021 and the Predecessor six months ended June 30, 2021, respectively. The increase in recurring revenue of $209 million, or 8.6%, over the combined Successor and Predecessor prior year was primarily related to growth in Employer Solutions, which is a result of higher revenues related to acquisition activity, increased volumes and increases in Net Commercial Activity.

Project revenues increased $8 million, or 1.6%, when comparing the Successor year ended December 31, 2022 to the combined Successor six months ended December 31, 2021 and the Predecessor six months ended June 30, 2021, respectively, which was attributable to the Employer Solutions segment partially offset by a decrease in the Professional Services segment.

33


In addition, a majority of our revenue is generated in the U.S., which reflected 88% of the total revenue increase for the Successor year ended December 31, 2022 compared to the combined Successor and Predecessor prior year period.

Cost of Services, exclusive of Depreciation and Amortization

Cost of services, exclusive of depreciation and amortization were $2,080 million for the Successor year ended December 31, 2022. Cost of services, exclusive of depreciation and amortization were $1,001 million and $888 million, respectively, for the Successor six months ended December 31, 2021 and the Predecessor year ended June 30, 2021. The increase in Cost of services, exclusive of depreciation and amortization of $191 million, or 10.1%, over the combined Successor and Predecessor prior year was primarily driven by acquisitions in the fourth quarter of 2021, higher costs related to growth in current revenues, including investments in key resources, and increased compensation expenses related to share-based awards.

Selling, General and Administrative

Selling, general and administrative expense increased $145 million, or 27.6%, when comparing the Successor year ended December 31, 2022 to the combined Successor six months ended December 31, 2021 and the Predecessor six months ended June 30, 2021, respectively, which was primarily driven by an increase in share-based compensation expense.

Depreciation and Intangible Amortization

Depreciation and intangible amortization expense increased $62 million, or 18.6%, when comparing the Successor year ended December 31, 2022 to the combined Successor six months ended December 31, 2021 and the Predecessor six months ended June 30, 2021, which was primarily driven by amortization related to the identifiable intangible assets acquired in conjunction with the Business Combination and recent acquisitions.

Change in Fair Value of Financial Instruments

A gain from a change in the fair value of financial instruments of $38 million was recorded for the Successor year ended December 31, 2022 versus a $65 million loss for the Successor six months ended December 31, 2021. There was no gain or loss for the Predecessor six months ended June 30, 2021. We are required to remeasure the financial instruments at the end of each reporting period and reflect a gain or loss for the change in fair value of the financial instruments in the period the change occurred. The change in the fair value was due to changes in the underlying assumptions, including the durationincrease in the risk free interest rate and spreaddecrease in the closing stock price for the period ended December 31, 2022.

Change in Tax Receivable Agreement

A gain from the change in the fair value of the outbreak, related advisories and restrictions,tax receivable agreement of $41 million was recorded for the Successor year ended December 31, 2022 as compared to a gain of $37 million for the combined Successor six months ended December 31, 2021. The remeasurement gain is due to an increase in the discount rate and the availabilityCompany's assumptions related to the timing of the utilization of the tax attributes during the term of the TRA, which we are required to remeasure at the end of each reporting period. We did not have a vaccine.tax receivable agreement in the Predecessor period prior to the Business Combination.

Interest Expense

Interest expense was $122 million for the Successor year ended December 31, 2022, a decrease of $58 million, or 32.2%, as compared to the combined Successor six months ended December 31, 2021 and the Predecessor six months ended June 30, 2021, respectively. The decrease was primarily due to the redemption of our Unsecured Senior Notes and the partial paydown of the Term Loan in conjunction with the Business Combination completed during the third quarter of 2021. See Note 8 “Debt” for further information.

Loss before Income Tax Expense (Benefit)

Loss before income tax expense was $41 million for the Successor year ended December 31, 2022. Loss before income tax expense was $23 million and $30 million for the Successor six months ended December 31, 2021 and the Predecessor six months ended June 30, 2021, respectively. The decrease in Loss before income tax expense of $12 million over the combined Successor and Predecessor prior year was due to the drivers identified above and the fair value remeasurement associated with certain liabilities.

34


Income Tax Expense (Benefit)

Income tax expense was $31 million for the Successor year ended December 31, 2022. Income tax expense was $25 million for the Successor six months ended December 31, 2021 and an income tax benefit of $5 million for the Predecessor six months ended June 30, 2021, respectively. The effective tax rate of (76%) for the Successor year ended December 31, 2022 was primarily due to foreign rate differences, valuation allowances, separate entity corporate taxes, changes in statutory reserves, and the noncontrolling interest associated with the portion of Alight Holdings income not allocable to the Company. The effective tax rate of (109%) for the Successor six months ended December 31, 2021 is lower than the 21% U.S. statutory corporate income tax rate primarily due to the Company's organizational structure and the noncontrolling interest associated with the portion of the Predecessor's income not allocable to the Company. The effective tax rate of 17% for the Predecessor six months ended June 30, 2021 was primarily driven by foreign and state income taxes payable in jurisdictions where the Company had operations that generated operating income. See Note 7 “Income Taxes” for further information.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

The presentation of non-GAAP financial measures is used to enhance our management and stakeholders understanding of certain aspects of our financial performance. This discussion is not meant to be considered in isolation, superior to, or as a substitute for the directly comparable financial measures prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Management also uses supplemental non-GAAP financial measures to manage and evaluate the business, make planning decisions, allocate resources and as performance measures for Company-wide bonus plans. These developmentskey financial measures provide an additional view of our operational performance over the long-term and provide useful information that we use in order to maintain and grow our business.

The measures referred to as “adjusted”, have limitations as analytical tools, and such measures should not be considered either in isolation or as a substitute for net income or other methods of analyzing our results as reported under U.S. GAAP. Some of the limitations are:

Measure does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs or contractual commitments;
Measure does not reflect our interest expense or the cash requirements to service interest or principal payments on our indebtedness;
Measure does not reflect our tax expense or the cash requirements to pay our taxes, including payments related to the Tax Receivable Agreement;
Measure does not reflect the impact on earnings or changes resulting from matters that we consider not to be indicative of our future operations;
Although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated or amortized will often need to be replaced in the future, and the adjusted measure does not reflect any cash requirements for such replacements; and
Other companies may calculate adjusted measures differently, limiting its usefulness as a comparative measure.

35


Adjusted Net Income and Adjusted Diluted Earnings Per Share

Adjusted Net Income, which is defined as net income (loss) attributable to Alight, Inc. adjusted for intangible amortization and the impact of certain non-cash items that we do not consider in the COVID-19 outbreakevaluation of ongoing operational performance, is a non-GAAP financial measure used solely for the purpose of calculating Adjusted Diluted Earnings Per Share.

Adjusted Diluted Earnings Per Share is defined as Adjusted Net Income divided by the adjusted weighted-average number of shares of common stock, diluted. The adjusted weighted shares calculation assumes the full exchange of the noncontrolling interest units, the total amount of warrants that were exercised, and non-vested time-based restricted units that were determined to be antidilutive and therefore excluded from the U.S. GAAP diluted earnings per share. Adjusted Diluted Earnings Per Share, including the adjusted weighted-average number of shares, is used by us and our investors to evaluate our core operating performance and to benchmark our operating performance against our competitors.

A reconciliation of Adjusted Net Income to Net Loss Attributable to Alight, Inc. and the computation of Adjusted Diluted Earnings Per Share is as follows:

 

 

Successor

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

(in millions, except share and per share amounts)

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

Numerator:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net (Loss) Income Attributable to Alight, Inc.

 

$

 

(62

)

 

$

 

(35

)

Conversion of noncontrolling interest

 

 

 

(10

)

 

 

 

(13

)

Intangible amortization

 

 

 

316

 

 

 

 

153

 

Share-based compensation

 

 

 

181

 

 

 

 

67

 

Transaction and integration expenses

 

 

 

19

 

 

 

 

13

 

Restructuring

 

 

 

63

 

 

 

 

5

 

(Gain) Loss from change in fair value of financial instruments

 

 

 

(38

)

 

 

 

65

 

(Gain) Loss from change in fair value of tax receivable agreement

 

 

 

(41

)

 

 

 

(37

)

Other

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

12

 

Tax effect of adjustments (1)

 

 

 

(121

)

 

 

 

(62

)

Adjusted Net Income

 

$

 

306

 

 

$

 

168

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Denominator:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding - basic

 

 

 

458,558,192

 

 

 

 

439,800,624

 

Dilutive effect of the exchange of noncontrolling interest units

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dilutive effect of RSUs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding - diluted

 

 

 

458,558,192

 

 

 

 

439,800,624

 

Exchange of noncontrolling interest units(2)

 

 

 

74,665,373

 

 

 

 

77,459,687

 

Impact of warrants exercised(3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

14,490,641

 

Impact of unvested RSUs(4)

 

 

 

7,624,817

 

 

 

 

7,007,072

 

Adjusted shares of Class A Common Stock outstanding - diluted(5)

 

 

 

540,848,382

 

 

 

 

538,758,024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic (Net Loss) Earnings Per Share

 

$

 

(0.14

)

 

$

 

(0.08

)

Adjusted Diluted Earnings Per Share(5) (6)

 

$

 

0.57

 

 

$

 

0.31

 

(1)
Income tax effects have been calculated based on the statutory tax rates for both U.S. and foreign jurisdictions based on the Company's mix of income and adjusted for significant changes in fair value measurement.
(2)
Assumes the full exchange of the units held by noncontrolling interests for shares of Class A Common Stock of Alight, Inc. pursuant to the exchange agreement.
(3)
Represents the number of shares of Class A Common Stock issued in relation to the warrant exercises completed in December 2021, not fully included in the weighted average shares outstanding.
(4)
Includes non-vested time-based restricted stock units that were determined to be antidilutive for U.S. GAAP diluted earnings per share purposes.
(5)
Excludes two tranches of contingently issuable seller earnout shares: (i) 7.5 million shares will be issued if the Company's Class A Common Stock's volume-weighted average price ("VWAP") is >$12.50 for 20 consecutive trading days; (ii) 7.5 million share will be issued if the Company's Class A Common Stock VWAP is >$15.00 for 20 consecutive trading days. Both tranches have a seven-year duration.
(6)
Excludes 32,852,974 and 16,036,220 performance-based units, which represents maximum achievement of the respective performance conditions for units granted during the year and six months ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

36


Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA less Capital Expenditures

Adjusted EBITDA, which is defined as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and intangible amortization adjusted for the impact of certain non-cash and other items that we do not consider in the evaluation of ongoing operational performance, is a non-GAAP financial marketsmeasure used by management and our stakeholders to provide useful supplemental information that enables a better comparison of our performance across periods. Both Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA less Capital Expenditures are non-GAAP measures that are used by management and stakeholders to evaluate our core operating performance.

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA less Capital Expenditures should not be considered as discretionary cash available to us to reinvest in the growth of our business or to distribute to stockholders or as a measure of cash that will be available to us to meet our obligations.

A reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA less Capital Expenditures to Net Loss is as follows:

 

 

Successor

 

 

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

June 30,

 

December 31,

 

(in millions)

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

 

2021

 

2020

 

Net Loss

 

$

 

(72

)

 

$

 

(48

)

 

 

$

 

(25

)

$

 

(103

)

Interest expense

 

 

 

122

 

 

 

 

57

 

 

 

 

 

123

 

 

 

234

 

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

 

 

31

 

 

 

 

25

 

 

 

 

 

(5

)

 

 

9

 

Depreciation

 

 

 

79

 

 

 

 

31

 

 

 

 

 

49

 

 

 

91

 

Intangible amortization

 

 

 

316

 

 

 

 

153

 

 

 

 

 

100

 

 

 

200

 

EBITDA

 

 

 

476

 

 

 

 

218

 

 

 

 

 

242

 

 

 

431

 

Share-based compensation

 

 

 

181

 

 

 

 

67

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

5

 

Transaction and integration expenses (1)

 

 

 

19

 

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-recurring professional expenses(2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

19

 

 

 

 

 

18

 

 

 

 

Transformation initiatives(3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

 

Restructuring

 

 

 

63

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

77

 

(Gain) Loss from change in fair value of financial instruments

 

 

 

(38

)

 

 

 

65

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Gain) Loss from change in fair value of tax receivable agreement

 

 

 

(41

)

 

 

 

(37

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other(4)

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

(7

)

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

43

 

Adjusted EBITDA

 

$

 

659

 

 

$

 

343

 

 

 

$

 

278

 

 

 

564

 

Capital expenditures

 

 

 

(148

)

 

 

 

(59

)

 

 

 

 

(55

)

 

 

(90

)

Adjusted EBITDA less Capital Expenditures

 

$

 

511

 

 

$

 

284

 

 

 

$

 

223

 

$

 

474

 

(1)
Transaction and integration expenses includes activity related to the 2022, 2021 and 2020 acquisitions.
(2)
Non-recurring professional expenses includes external advisor and legal costs related to the Company's Business Combination completed in 2021.
(3)
Transformation initiatives in fiscal year 2020 includes expenses related to enhancing our data center.
(4)
For the year ended December 31, 2022, other primarily includes expenses related to debt refinancing completed in the first quarter of 2022 and other non-operational activities. For the Successor six months ended December 31, 2021 and the overall economyPredecessor six months ended June 30, 2021, other primarily includes activities related to long-term incentives. For the Predecessor year ended December 31, 2020, other primarily includes expenses related to long-term incentives and acquisitions.

37


Segment Revenue and Adjusted EBITDA

Employer Solutions Segment Results

 

 

Successor

 

 

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

June 30,

 

December 31,

 

($ in millions)

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

 

2021

 

2020

 

Employer Solutions Revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recurring revenue

 

$

 

2,467

 

 

$

 

1,213

 

 

 

$

 

1,049

 

$

 

2,051

 

Project revenue

 

 

 

251

 

 

 

 

134

 

 

 

 

 

107

 

 

 

237

 

Total Employer Solutions Revenue

 

$

 

2,718

 

 

$

 

1,347

 

 

 

$

 

1,156

 

$

 

2,288

 

Employer Solutions Gross Profit

 

$

 

911

 

 

$

 

489

 

 

 

$

 

392

 

$

 

725

 

Employer Solutions Gross Profit Margin

 

 

 

34

%

 

 

 

36

%

 

 

 

 

34

%

 

 

32

%

Employer Solutions Adjusted EBITDA(1)

 

$

 

659

 

 

$

 

344

 

 

 

$

 

274

 

$

 

533

 

Employer Solutions Adjusted EBITDA Margin

 

 

 

24

%

 

 

 

26

%

 

 

 

 

24

%

 

 

23

%

(1)
A reconciliation of the Company's Net Loss to Adjusted EBITDA on a consolidated basis is presented above under "Non-GAAP Financial Measures."

Employer Solutions Revenue

Employer Solutions total revenues were $2,718 million for the Successor year ended December 31, 2022. Employer Solutions total revenues were $1,347 million and $1,156 million for the Successor six months ended December 31, 2021 and the Predecessor six months ended June 30, 2021, respectively, or $2,503 million for the combined year ended December 31, 2021. The increase of $215 million, or 9%, over the combined Successor and Predecessor prior year was primarily attributable to an increase of recurring revenues of $205 million, or 9%, as a result of acquisitions, increased volumes and increases in Net Commercial Activity. We experienced annual revenue retention rates of 98% and 97% in 2022 and 2021, respectively.

Employer Solutions Gross Profit

Employer Solutions Gross Profit was $911 million for the Successor year ended December 31, 2022. Employer Solutions Gross Profit was $489 million and $392 million for the Successor six months ended December 31, 2021 and the Predecessor six months ended June 30, 2021, respectively, or $881 million for the combined year ended December 31, 2021. The increase of $30 million, or 3%, over the combined Successor and Predecessor prior year was primarily due to revenue growth as discussed above and lower expenses related to productivity initiatives.

Employer Solutions Adjusted EBITDA

Employer Solutions Adjusted EBITDA was $659 million for the Successor year ended December 31, 2022. Employer Solutions Adjusted EBITDA was $344 million and $274 million for the Predecessor six months ended December 31, 2021 and Predecessor six months ended June 30, 2021, respectively, or $618 million for the combined year ended December 31, 2021. The increase of $41 million, or 7%, over the combined Successor and Predecessor prior periods was primarily due to revenue growth as discussed above, partially offset by increases in costs associated with growth of current revenues, including investments in our commercial functions and technology.

38


Professional Services Segment Results

 

 

Successor

 

 

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

June 30,

 

December 31,

 

($ in millions)

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

 

2021

 

2020

 

Professional Services Revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recurring revenue

 

$

 

128

 

 

$

 

65

 

 

 

$

 

60

 

$

 

108

 

Project revenue

 

 

 

243

 

 

 

 

121

 

 

 

 

 

124

 

 

 

260

 

Total Professional Services Revenue

 

$

 

371

 

 

$

 

186

 

 

 

$

 

184

 

$

 

368

 

Professional Services Gross Profit

 

$

 

86

 

 

$

 

44

 

 

 

$

 

46

 

$

 

106

 

Professional Services Gross Profit Margin

 

 

 

23

%

 

 

 

24

%

 

 

 

 

25

%

 

 

29

%

Professional Services Adjusted EBITDA(1)

 

$

 

1

 

 

$

 

1

 

 

 

$

 

7

 

$

 

31

 

Professional Services Adjusted EBITDA Margin

 

 

 

0

%

 

 

 

1

%

 

 

 

 

4

%

 

 

8

%

(1)
A reconciliation of the Company’s Net Loss to Adjusted EBITDA on a consolidated basis is presented above under “Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

Professional Services Segment Results of Operations for the Year Ended December 31, 2022 (Successor) Compared to the Combined Year Ended December 31, 2021 (Successor and Predecessor)

Professional Services Revenue

Professional Services total revenues were $371 million for the Successor year ended December 31, 2022. Professional Services total revenues were $186 million and $184 million for the Successor six months ended December 31, 2021 and Predecessor six months ended June 30, 2021, respectively, or $370 million for the combined year ended December 31, 2021. The increase of $1 million over the combined Successor and Predecessor prior periods was driven by an increase in recurring revenue, partially offset by a decrease in project revenue.

Professional Services Gross Profit

Professional Services Gross Profit was $86 million for the Successor year ended December 31, 2022. Professional Services Gross Profit was $44 million and $46 million for the Successor six months ended December 31, 2021 and Predecessor six months ended June 30, 2021, respectively, or $90 million for the combined year ended December 31, 2021. The decrease of $4 million over the combined Successor and Predecessor prior periods was primarily due to increases in costs associated with growth of current revenues, including investments in key resources, partially offset by revenue growth as discussed above.

Professional Services Adjusted EBITDA

Professional Services Adjusted EBITDA was $1 million for the Successor year ended December 31, 2022. Professional Services Adjusted EBITDA was $1 million and $7 million for the Successor six months ended December 31, 2021 and Predecessor six months ended June 30, 2021, respectively, or $8 million for the combined year ended December 31, 2021. The $7 million decrease over the combined Successor and Predecessor prior periods was primarily due to increases in costs associated with growth of current revenues, including investments in our commercial functions, partially offset by revenue growth as discussed above.

39


Hosted Business Segment Results

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Successor

 

 

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

June 30,

 

December 31,

 

($ in millions)

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

 

2021

 

2020

 

Hosted Business Revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recurring revenue

 

$

 

43

 

 

$

 

21

 

 

 

$

 

21

 

$

 

72

 

Total Hosted Business Revenue

 

$

 

43

 

 

$

 

21

 

 

 

$

 

21

 

$

 

72

 

Hosted Business Gross Profit

 

$

 

(1

)

 

$

 

(1

)

 

 

$

 

(3

)

$

 

3

 

Hosted Business Gross Profit Margin

 

 

 

-2

%

 

 

 

-5

%

 

 

 

 

-14

%

 

 

4

%

Hosted Business Adjusted EBITDA(1)

 

$

 

(1

)

 

$

 

(2

)

 

 

$

 

(3

)

$

 

 

Hosted Business Adjusted EBITDA Margin

 

 

 

-2

%

 

 

 

-10

%

 

 

 

 

-14

%

 

 

0

%

(1)
A reconciliation of the Company’s Net Loss to Adjusted EBITDA on a consolidated basis is presented above under “Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

Hosted Business Segment Results of Operations for the Year Ended December 31, 2022 (Successor) Compared to the Combined Year Ended December 31, 2021 (Successor and Predecessor)

Hosted Business Revenue

Hosted Business revenues were $43 million for the Successor year ended December 31, 2022. Hosted Business total revenues were $21 million and $21 million for the Successor six months ended December 31, 2021 and Predecessor six months ended June 30, 2021, respectively, or $42 million for the combined year ended December 31, 2021. The increase of $1 million over the combined Successor and Predecessor prior period was due to increased contract volumes.

Hosted Business Gross Profit

Hosted Business Gross Profit was ($1) million for the Successor year ended December 31, 2022. Hosted Business Gross Profit was ($1) million and ($3) million for the Successor six months ended December 31, 2021 and Predecessor six months ended June 30, 2021, respectively, or ($4) million for the combined year ended December 31, 2021.

Hosted Business Adjusted EBITDA

Hosted Business Adjusted EBITDA was ($1) million for the Successor year ended December 31, 2022. Hosted Adjusted EBITDA was ($2) and ($3) million for the Successor six months ended December 31, 2021 and Predecessor six months ended June 30, 2021, respectively, or ($5) million for the combined year ended December 31, 2021. The decreased loss is due primarily to reduced costs associated with serving the remaining clients.

LIQUIDITY, FINANCIAL CONDITION, AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Executive Summary

Our primary sources of liquidity include our existing cash and cash equivalents, cash flows from operations and availability of funds under our revolving credit facility. Our primary uses of liquidity are highly uncertainoperating expenses, funding of our debt requirements and cannotcapital expenditures.

We believe that our available cash and cash equivalents, cash flows from operations and availability under our revolving credit facility will be predicted. Ifsufficient to meet our liquidity needs, including principal and interest payments on debt obligations, capital expenditures, payments on our Tax Receivable Agreement and anticipated working capital requirements for the financial markets and/or the overall economyforeseeable future. We believe our liquidity position at December 31, 2022 remains strong. We will continue to be impacted for an extended period,closely monitor and proactively manage our ability to complete our initial Business Combination may be materially adversely affected due to significant governmental measures being implemented to contain the COVID-19 outbreak or treat its impact, including travel restrictions,liquidity position in light of changing economic conditions and the shutdown of businesses and quarantines, among others, which may limit our ability to have meetings with potential investors or affect the abilityimpact of a potential target company's personnel, vendors and service providersrising interest rate environment.

In August 2022, we established a repurchase program allowing for up to negotiate and consummate$100 million in authorized share repurchases. As of December 31, 2022, approximately $88 million remains available for share repurchases under our initial Business Combinationshare repurchase program.

Cash on our balance sheet includes funds available for general corporate purposes. Funds held on behalf of clients in a timely manner.

Off-Balance Sheet Financing Arrangements

We have no obligations,fiduciary capacity are segregated and shown in Fiduciary assets or liabilities, which would be considered off-balance sheet arrangements withinon the meaning of the applicable SEC rulesConsolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2020. We do2022 and December 31,

40


2021, with a corresponding amount in Fiduciary liabilities. Fiduciary funds are not participate in transactions that create relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, often referred to as variable interest entities, which would have been establishedused for general corporate purposes and are not a source of liquidity for us.

The following table provides a summary of cash flows from operating, investing, and financing activities for the purposeperiods presented.

 

 

Successor

 

 

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

June 30, 2021

 

December 31,

 

(in millions)

 

2022

 

2021

 

 

 

2021

 

2020

 

Cash provided by (used for) operating activities

 

$

 

286

 

$

 

57

 

 

 

$

 

58

 

$

 

233

 

Cash used for investing activities

 

 

 

(235

)

 

 

(1,852

)

 

 

 

 

(55

)

 

 

(142

)

Cash provided by (used for) financing activities

 

 

 

54

 

 

 

2,400

 

 

 

 

 

(64

)

 

 

463

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3

)

Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

 

 

 

107

 

 

 

616

 

 

 

 

 

(61

)

 

 

551

 

Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at end of period

 

$

 

1,759

 

$

 

1,652

 

 

 

$

 

1,475

 

$

 

1,536

 

Operating Activities

Net cash provided from operating activities was $286 million for the Successor year ended December 31, 2022. The increase of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements. We have$171 million from $115 million for the combined Successor and Predecessor year ended December 31, 2021 was primarily due to a decrease in our net working capital requirements as compared to the prior year where we incurred significant on-going costs related to the Business Combination.

Investing Activities

Cash used for investing activities for the Successor year ended December 31, 2022 was $235 million. The primary drivers of cash used for investing activities were $148 million used for capital expenditures and $87 million for an acquisition during the fourth quarter of 2022.

Cash used for investing activities for the Successor six months ended December 31, 2021 and the Predecessor six months ended June 30, 2021 was $1,852 million and $55 million, respectively. The primary drivers of the cash used for investing activities for the Successor six months ended December 31, 2021 was $1,793 million related to the Business Combination and $59 million of capital expenditures. For the Predecessor six months ended June 30, 2021, $55 million was used for capital expenditures.

Financing Activities

Cash provided by financing activities for the Successor year ended December 31, 2022 was $54 million. The primary drivers of cash provided by financing activities were due to a net increase of $229 million in fiduciary liabilities, $85 million of deferred and contingent consideration payments and $37 million of repayments to banks net of borrowings. The increase in fiduciary cash is primarily due to timing of client funding and subsequent disbursement of payments.

Cash provided by financing activities for the Successor six months ended December 31, 2021 was $2,400 million. The primary drivers of the cash provided by financing activities for the Successor six months ended December 31, 2021 were proceeds related to FTAC investors in connection with the Business Combination of $1,813 million and bank borrowings of $627 million, partially offset by FTAC share redemptions of $142 million, loan repayments of $120 million, finance lease payments of $14 million and financing fees related to new debt of $8 million. Net cash flows from financing activities also changed due to a net increase in the cash flow from client funds obligations of $266 million, primarily due to timing of client funding and subsequent disbursement of payments.

Cash used for financing activities for the Predecessor six months ended June 30, 2021 was $64 million. The primary drivers of the cash used for financing activities were loan repayments of $124 million, finance lease payments of $17 million, partially offset by bank borrowings of $110 million. Net cash flows from financing activities also changed due to a net decrease in the cash flow from client funds obligations of $15 million, primarily due to timing of client funding and subsequent disbursement of payments.

Cash, Cash Equivalents and Fiduciary Assets

At December 31, 2022, our cash and cash equivalents were $250 million, a decrease of $122 million from December 31, 2021. Of the total balances of cash and cash equivalents as of December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, none of the balances were restricted as to its use.

41


Some of our client agreements require us to hold funds on behalf of clients to pay obligations on their behalf. The levels of Fiduciary assets and liabilities can fluctuate significantly, depending on when we collect the amounts from clients and make payments on their behalf. Such funds are not entered into any off-balance sheet financing arrangements, established any special purpose entities, guaranteed anyavailable to service our debt or commitmentsfor other corporate purposes. There is typically a short period of other entities, or purchased any non-financial assets.time between when the Company receives funds and when it pays obligations on behalf of clients. We are entitled to retain investment income earned on fiduciary funds, when investment strategies are deployed, in accordance with industry custom and practice, which has historically been immaterial. In our Consolidated Balance Sheets, the amount we report for Fiduciary assets and Fiduciary liabilities are equal. Our Fiduciary assets included cash of $1,509 million and $1,280 million at December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively.

Other Liquidity Matters

Contractual ObligationsOur cash flows from operations, borrowing availability and overall liquidity are subject to risks and uncertainties. For further information, see the “Risk Factors” section within Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

We do not have any long-term debt, capital lease obligations, operating lease obligationsmaterial business, operations or long-term liabilities, other than an agreement to pay an affiliateassets in Russia, Belarus or Ukraine and we have not been materially impacted by the actions of the Russian government. Our total revenues from these three countries are de minimis for all periods presented.

Tax Receivable Agreement

In connection with the Business Combination, we entered into the TRA with certain of our sponsors a monthly fee uppre-Business Combination owners that provides for the payment by Alight to $5,000 for office space and administrative support services. We began incurring these fees on May 26, 2020 and will continue to incur these fees monthly until the earliersuch owners of 85% of the completionbenefits that Alight is deemed to realize as a result of the Company’s share of existing tax basis acquired in the Business Combination and our liquidation.other tax benefits related to entering into the Tax Receivable Agreement.

The underwriters are entitled toActual tax benefits realized by Alight may differ from tax benefits calculated under the TRA as a deferred feeresult of $0.35 per Unit, or $36,225,000the use of certain assumptions in the aggregate. TRA, including the use of an assumed weighted-average state and local income tax rate to calculate tax benefits. While the amount of existing tax basis, the anticipated tax basis adjustments and the actual amount and utilization of tax attributes, as well as the amount and timing of any payments under the TRA, will vary depending upon a number of factors, we expect that the payments that Alight may make under the TRA will be substantial. As of December 31, 2022, we expect to make payments of $7 million and $50 million in 2023 and 2024, respectively.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

The deferred fee will become payableCompany has various obligations and commitments outstanding as of December 31, 2022 including debt of $2,820 million, operating leases of $151 million, finance leases of $44 million and purchase obligations of $69 million. Over the twelve months ended December 31, 2023, we expect to pay $31 million, $37 million, $21 million and $26 million for our debt, operating leases, finance leases and purchase obligations, respectively. For further information of each these obligations, refer to the underwriters fromConsolidated Financial Statements within Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, Note 8 “Debt”, Note 19 “Lease Obligations” and Note 20 “Contractual Obligations”.

During 2018, the amounts held inCompany executed an agreement to form a strategic partnership with Wipro, a leading global information technology, consulting and business process services company, through 2028. As of December 31, 2022, the Trust Account solely innon-cancellable services obligation totaled $965 million, with $147 million expected to be paid over the eventtwelve months ended December 31, 2023. We may terminate our arrangement with Wipro with cause or for our convenience. In the case of a termination for convenience, we would be required to pay a termination fee. If we had terminated the Wipro arrangement on December 31, 2022, we estimate that the Company completes a Business Combination,termination charges would have been approximately $316 million.

Other Liquidity Matters

Our cash flows from operations, borrowing availability and overall liquidity are subject to risks and uncertainties. For further information, see the terms“Risk Factors” section within Item 1A of the underwriting agreement.this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

We entered into forward purchase agreements with each of Cannae Holdings, Inc. and THL FTAC LLC. Pursuant to each agreement, Cannae Holdings, Inc. and THL FTAC LLC have each agreed to purchase shares of our Class A common stock in an aggregate share amount equal to 15,000,000 shares of our Class A Common stock (or a total of 30,000,000 shares of the our Class A common stock), plus an aggregate of 5,000,000 redeemable warrants (or a total of 10,000,000 redeemable warrants) to purchase one share of the Company’s Class A common stock at $11.50 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $150,000,000 (or a total of $300,000,000), or $10.00 for one share of our Class A common stock and one-third of one warrant, in a private placement to occur concurrently with the closing of a Business Combination. The warrants to be sold as part of the forward purchase agreements will be identical to the warrants underlying the Units sold in the Initial Public Offering.

Critical Accounting PoliciesEstimates

The preparation ofThese consolidated financial statements and related disclosures in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of Americaconform to U.S. GAAP, which requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosuredisclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and incomethe reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the periods reported. Actualreporting period. Our estimates, judgments and assumptions are continually evaluated based on available information and experience. Because of the use of estimates inherent in the financial reporting process, actual results could materially differ from those estimates. We have identified the followingThe areas that we believe include critical accounting policies:

Class A Common Stock Subject to Possible Redemption

We account for our Class A common stock subject to possible redemption in accordance with the guidance in Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 480 “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity.” Shares of Class A common stock subject to mandatory redemption is classified as a liability instrumentpolicies are revenue recognition, goodwill and is measured at fair value. Conditionally redeemable common stock (including common stock that feature redemption rights that is either within the control of the holder or subject to redemption upon the occurrence of uncertain events not solely within our control) is classified as temporary equity. At all other times, common stock is classified as stockholders’ equity. Our Class A common stock features certain redemption rights that are considered to be outside of our control and subject to occurrence of uncertain future events. Accordingly, shares of Class A common stock subject to possible redemption are presented as temporary equity, outside of the stockholders’ equity section of our balance sheet.


Net Income (Loss) per Common Share

We apply the two-class method in calculating earnings per share. Net income per common share, basic and diluted for Class A redeemable common stock is calculated by dividing the interest income earned on the Trust Account, net of applicable taxes, by the weighted average number of shares of Class A redeemable common stock outstandingaccounting for the period. Net loss per common share, basic and diluted for and Class B non-redeemable common stock is calculated by dividing net income less income attributable to Class A redeemable common stock, by the weighted average number of shares of Class B non-redeemable common stock outstanding for the period presented.

Recent Accounting Standards

Management does not believeTax Receivable Agreement. The critical accounting policies discussed below involve making difficult, subjective or complex accounting estimates that any other recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting standards, if currently adopted, wouldcould have a material effect on our

42


financial statements.condition and results of operations. Different estimates that we could have used, or changes in estimates that are reasonably likely to occur, may have a material effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

Item 7A.Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Revenue Recognition

Revenues are recognized when control of the promised services is transferred to the customer in the amount that best reflects the consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled in exchange for those services. Substantially all of the Company’s revenue is recognized over time as the customer simultaneously receives and consumes the benefits of our services. On occasion, we may be entitled to a fee based on achieving certain performance criteria or contract milestones. Any taxes assessed on revenues relating to services provided to our clients are recorded on a net basis.

The Company capitalizes incremental costs to obtain and fulfill contracts with a customer that are expected to be recovered. Assets recognized for the costs to fulfill a contract are amortized on a systematic basis over the expected life of the underlying customer relationships.

For further discussion, see Note 3 “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” within the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Tax Receivable Agreement

The Company accounts for the TRA as a liability at fair value and is subject to remeasurement at each balance sheet date. Any change in fair value is recognized within the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss).

Actual tax benefits realized by Alight may differ from tax benefits calculated under the TRA as a result of the use of certain assumptions in the TRA, including the use of an assumed weighted-average state and local income tax rate to calculate tax benefits. While the amount of existing tax basis, the anticipated tax basis adjustments and the actual amount and utilization of tax attributes, as well as the amount and timing of any payments under the TRA, will vary depending upon a number of factors, we expect that the payments that Alight may make under the TRA will be substantial.

The Company’s TRA liability is measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs. The $575 million TRA liability balance at December 31, 2022 assumes: (i) a constant blended U.S. federal, state and local income tax rate of 26.4%, (ii) no material changes in tax law, (iii) the ability to utilize tax attributes based on current alternative tax forecasts, and (iv) future payments under the TRA are made when due under the TRA. The amount of the expected future payments under the TRA has been discounted to its present value using a discount rate of 9.18%, which was determined based on benchmark rates of a similar duration. A hypothetical increase or decrease of 75 bps in the discount rate assumptions used for fiscal year 2022, would result in a change of approximately $22 million.

Goodwill

Goodwill for each reporting unit is tested for impairment annually during the fourth quarter, or more frequently if there are indicators that a reporting unit may be impaired. Accounting Standard Codification 350, Intangibles and Other ("ASC 350") states that an optional qualitative impairment assessment can be performed to determine whether an impairment is more likely than not by considering various factors such as macroeconomic and industry trends, reporting unit performance and overall business changes. If inconclusive evidence results from the qualitative impairment test, a quantitative assessment is performed where the Company determines the fair value of the reporting units by using a combination of the present value of expected future cash flows and a market approach based on earnings multiple data from peer companies. If an impairment is identified, an impairment is recorded by the amount that the carrying value exceeds the fair value for each reporting unit. While the future cash flows are consistent with those that are used in our internal planning process inclusive of long-term growth assumptions, estimating cash flows requires significant judgment. Future changes to our projected cash flows can vary from the cash flows eventually realized, which may have a material impact on the outcomes of future goodwill impairment tests. The Company uses a weighted average cost of capital that represents the blended average required rate of return for equity and debt capital based on observed market return data and company specific risk factors.

During the fourth quarter of 2022, the Company performed a quantitative assessment in accordance with ASC 350. We evaluated the potential for goodwill impairment by considering macroeconomic conditions, industry and market conditions, cost factors, both current and future expected financial performance, and relevant entity-specific events for each of the reporting units. We also considered our overall market performance discretely as well as in relation to our peers. We utilized a discount rate of 11.0% and a long-term growth rate of 3.5% consistently across all reporting units in the determination of the reporting unit fair value. Other significant assumptions utilized included the Company’s projections of expected future revenues and EBITDA margin. The Company determined the fair value for each reporting unit exceeded the carrying value as of October 1, 2022, and therefore, goodwill was not impaired. Based on the results of the Company’s quantitative assessment, the fair value of the Health Solutions, Wealth Solutions, Cloud Services and Professional Services reporting units exceeded their carrying values by less than 1%, 6%, 1%, and 29%, respectively. A hypothetical 25-basis point increase in the discount rate or a hypothetical 50-basis point decrease in the long-term growth rate could have resulted in goodwill impairment in the Company’s Health Solutions reporting unit of $174 million and the

43


Cloud Services reporting unit of $36 million. The Company’s Wealth Solutions and Professional services reporting units fair value continued to exceed carrying value.

Subsequent to our annual impairment test and until the end of the reporting period, we evaluated changes in macroeconomic conditions, industry and market conditions and determined that these factors were broadly consistent with those that existed as of our annual impairment test date. As such, we determined that no additional goodwill impairment testing was warranted, and goodwill remained recoverable as of December 31, 2020,2022. At December 31, 2022, our reporting units has the following amounts of goodwill: Health Solutions, Wealth Solutions, Cloud Services and Professional Services had $3,075 million, $127 million, $404 million and $73 million, respectively.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.

We are exposed to potential fluctuations in earnings, cash flows, and the fair values of certain of our assets and liabilities due to changes in interest rates. To manage the risk from this exposure, we wereenter into a variety of hedging arrangements. We do not enter into derivatives or financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes. We are not subject to any market orsignificant foreign exchange rate risk.

A discussion of our accounting policies for hedging activities is outlined in Note 2 “Accounting Policies and Practices” within the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Interest Rate Risk

Our operating results are subject to risk from interest rate risk. Following the consummationfluctuations on our borrowings, which carry variable interest rates. Our term loans and revolving credit facility borrowings bear interest at a variable rate, so we are exposed to market risks relating to changes in interest rates. Although we use derivative financial instruments to some extent to manage a portion of our Initial Public Offering, the net proceeds received into the Trust Account, have been invested in U.S. government treasury bills, notes or bonds with a maturity of 185 days or less or in certain money market funds that invest solely in US treasuries. Due to the short-term nature of these investments, we believe there will be no associated material exposure to interest rate risk.risks, we do not attempt to manage our entire expected exposure. These instruments expose us to credit risk in the event that our counterparties default on their obligations. More information regarding the terms and market value of our derivative instruments can be found in Note 13 "Derivative Financial Instruments" and in Note 16 "Fair Value Measurement" within the Consolidated Financial Statements.


Item 8.Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Our term loan agreements include an interest rate floor of 50 basis points (“bps”) plus a margin based on defined ratios. During the year ended December 31, 2022, applicable interest rates on these loans moved from below the floor in the early part of the year, to above the floor during the second quarter due to the rising interest rate environment. We also utilized interest rate swap agreements (designated as cash flow hedges) to fix portions of the floating interest rates through December 2026. A hypothetical increase of 25 bps in our term loans, net of hedging activity, would have resulted in a change to annual interest expense of $2 million in fiscal year 2022. For more information regarding our term loans and their applicable variable rates, see Note 8 "Debt" within the Consolidated Financial Statements.

This information appears following 44


Item 15 of this Report8. Financial Statements and is included herein by reference.Supplementary Data.

Alight, Inc.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

50

Item 9.Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A.Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Disclosure controls and procedures are controls and other procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in company reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

As required by Rules 13a-15 and 15d-15 under the Exchange Act, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer carried out an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2020. Based upon this evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) were effective.

Internal Control over Financial Reporting

This Annual Report on Form 10-K does not include a report of management’s assessment regarding internal control over financial reporting or an attestation report of the Company’s registered public accounting firm due to a transition period established by rules of the SEC for newly public companies.

During the most recently completed fiscal quarter, there has been no change in our internal control over financial reporting that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. 

Item 9B.Other Information

None.


PART III

Item 10.Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

 Our directors and executive officers are as follows:

NameAgePosition
William P. Foley, II76Founder and Chairman
Douglas K. Ammerman69Director
Thomas M. Hagerty57Director
Hugh R. Harris69Director
Frank R. Martire, Jr.73Director
Richard N. Massey 64Chief Executive Officer and Director
Bryan D. Coy51Chief Financial Officer
David W. Ducommun44Senior Vice President of Corporate Finance
Michael L. Gravelle59General Counsel and Corporate Secretary

William P. Foley, II is a founder and the Chairman of the Company since May 2020, and he previously served as the Executive Chairman of the Company from March 2020 until May 2020. In addition, he has served as the Chairman of Cannae Holdings since July 2017. Mr. Foley is a founder of Fidelity National Financial, Inc. ("FNF"), and has served as the Chairman of the board of directors of FNF since 1984. Mr. Foley serves as a Senior Managing Director of Trasimene Capital. He served as Chief Executive Officer of FNF until May 2007 and as President of FNF until December 1994. Mr. Foley also serves as the Chairman of Foley Trasimene II from July 2020 and as a director of Austerlitz I and Austerlitz II since January 2021. Mr. Foley also serves as Chairman of Black Knight since December 2019, and served as the Executive Chairman of Black Knight from January 2014 to December 2019 and as the co-Executive Chairman of FGL Holdings since April 2016. Mr. Foley also previously served as a director of Ceridian from September 2013 to August 2019. Mr. Foley also serves as the Chairman of Dun & Bradstreet, which is a Cannae Holdings portfolio company. Mr. Foley also serves as the Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President of Foley Family Wines Holdings, Inc., a private holding company for numerous vineyards and wineries, and the Executive Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Black Knight Sports and Entertainment LLC, which is the private company that owns the Vegas Golden Knights, a National Hockey League team. Within the past five-years, Mr. Foley served as the Vice Chairman of Fidelity National Information Services ("FIS") and as the Chairman of Remy. After receiving his B.S. degree in engineering from the United States Military Academy at West Point, Mr. Foley served in the U.S. Air Force, where he attained the rank of captain. Mr. Foley’s qualifications to serve on our board include more than 30 years as a director and executive officer of FNF, his strategic vision, his experience as a board member and executive officer of public and private companies in a wide variety of industries, and his strong track record of building and maintaining stockholder value and successfully negotiating and implementing mergers and acquisitions. Mr. Foley provides high-value added services to our board of directors and has sufficient time to focus on the Company.

Douglas K. Ammerman serves as a member of our board of directors. In addition, he has served as a director of FNF since 2005 and as a director of Dun & Bradstreet since February 2019. Mr. Ammerman is a retired partner of KPMG LLP (“KPMG”), where he became a partner in 1984. Mr. Ammerman formally retired from KPMG in 2002. He also serves as a director of Dun and Bradstreet, Stantec Inc. and J. Alexander’s. Mr. Ammerman formerly served on the boards of William Lyon Homes, Remy and El Pollo Loco, Inc. Mr. Ammerman’s qualifications to serve as a member of our board of directors include his financial and accounting background and expertise, including his 18 years as a partner with KPMG, and his experience as a director on the boards of other companies.

Thomas M. Hagerty serves as a member of our board of directors. Mr. Hagerty is a Managing Director of THL, which he joined in 1988. Mr. Hagerty currently serves as a director of Black Knight, Ceridian, Dun & Bradstreet, FleetCor Technologies and FNF. Mr. Hagerty formerly served on the boards of First Bancorp, MoneyGram International and FIS. Mr. Hagerty’s significant financial expertise and experience on the boards of a number of private and public companies make him well qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors.

Hugh R. Harris serves as a member of our board of directors. Mr. Harris is a director nominee of Austerlitz I since January 2021, a director nominee of Austerlitz II since January 2021, a director of Cannae Holdings since November 2017. Mr. Harris is retired, and formerly served as President, Chief Executive Officer and a director of Lender Processing Services, Inc. ("LPS") from October 2011 until January 2014, when it was acquired by FNF. Prior to joining LPS, Mr. Harris had been retired since July 2007. Before his retirement, Mr. Harris served as President of the Financial Services Technology division at FNF from April 2003 until July 2007. Prior to joining FNF, Mr. Harris served in various roles with HomeSide Lending Inc. from 1983 until 2001, including President and Chief Operating Officer and later as Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Harris’s significant financial expertise and experience on the boards of a number of public companies make him well qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors.


Frank R. Martire, Jr. serves as a member of our board of directors. In addition, he has served as a director of Cannae Holdings since November 2017. Mr. Martire has served as the Executive Chairman of NCR Corporation since May 2018. He has served as Lead Independent Director of J. Alexander’s since May 2019 and as Chairman of J. Alexander’s from September 2015 until May 2019. Mr. Martire served as Chairman of FIS from January 2017 until May 2018, and as Executive Chairman of FIS from January 2015 through December 2016. Mr. Martire served as Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of FIS from April 2012 until January 2015. Mr. Martire joined FIS as President and Chief Executive Officer after its acquisition of Metavante in October 2009, where he had served as Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer since January 2003. Mr. Martire served as President and Chief Operating Officer of Call Solutions, Inc. from 2001 to 2003 and President and Chief Operating Officer, Financial Institution Systems and Services Group of Fiserv from 1991 to 2001. Mr. Martire’s qualifications to serve on our board of directors include his years of experience in providing technology solutions to the banking industry, particularly his experience with FIS and Metavante, his knowledge of and contacts in the financial services industry, his strong leadership abilities and experience in driving growth and results in large complex business organizations. Mr. Martire’s significant financial expertise and experience on the boards of a number of public companies make him well qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors.

Richard N. Massey serves as Chief Executive Officer of the Company since March 2020 and serves as a member of our board of directors. In addition, he serves as a Senior Managing Director of Trasimene Capital and Chief Executive Officer of Cannae Holdings. Mr. Massey served as the Chairman of Bear State Financial, Inc., a publicly traded financial institution from 2011 until April 2018. Mr. Massey has served as Chief Executive Officer of Foley Trasimene II since July 2020, as a director of Trasimene II since July 2020, as Chief Executive Officer of Austerlitz I since January 2021 and as Chief Executive Officer of Austerlitz II since January 2021. Mr. Massey has served on Cannae Holdings’ board of directors since June 2018. In addition, Mr. Massey served on Black Knight’s board of directors from December 2014 until July 2020 and as a director of FNF from February 2006 to January 2021. Mr. Massey has been a partner in Westrock Capital, LLC, a private investment partnership, since January 2009. Prior to that, Mr. Massey was Chief Strategy Officer and General Counsel of Alltel Corporation and served as a Managing Director of Stephens Inc., a private investment bank, during which time his financial advisory practice focused on software and information technology companies, and he formerly served as a director of FIS. Mr. Massey also serves as a director of FGL Holdings. Mr. Massey is also a director of the Oxford American Literary Project and the Chairman of the board of directors of the Arkansas Razorback Foundation. Mr. Massey’s significant financial expertise and experience on the boards of a number of public companies make him well qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors. We believe that Mr. Massey is able to fulfill his roles and devote sufficient time and attention to his duties as Chief Executive Officer, as a member of our board of directors upon completion of the IPO and as a director of the other public company on which he serves.

David W. Ducommun serves as a Senior Vice President of Corporate Finance of the Company since March 2020. In addition, he has served as a Managing Director of Trasimene Capital since November 2019, President of Austerlitz I since January 2021, President of Austerlitz II since January 2021, Executive Vice President of Corporate Finance of Foley Trasimene II from August 2020 and previously as Senior Vice President of Corporate Finance since July 2020, and as President of Cannae Holdings since January 2021, as Executive Vice President of Corporate Finance since August 2020, and as a Senior Vice President of Corporate Finance since November 2017. Mr. Ducommun has over 10 years of experience in the financial industry. Mr. Ducommun served as a Senior Vice President of Mergers and Acquisitions of FNF from 2011 to November 2019. He also served as Secretary of FGL Holdings from April 2016 until December 2017.

Bryan D. Coy serves as Chief Financial Officer of the Company since July 2020. Mr. Coy also serves as a Managing Director of Trasimene Capital and as Chief Financial Officer of Foley Trasimene II since July 2020, Chief Financial Officer of Austerlitz I since January 2021, Chief Financial Officer of Austerlitz II since January 2021, Chief Financial Officer of Cannae Holdings. Mr. Coy also serves as Chief Financial Officer of Foley Trasimene II. He also serves as Chief Financial Officer of Black Knight Sports and Entertainment, LLC, which is the private company that owns the Vegas Golden Knights, a position he has held since October 2017. He served as Chief Financial Officer of Foley Family Wines from 2017 until 2019. Prior to that, Mr. Coy served as Chief Accounting Officer of Interblock Gaming, an international supplier of electronic gaming tables, from September 2015 to October 2017. He served as Chief Financial Officer—Americas and Global Chief Accounting Officer of Aruze Gaming America from July 2010 through September 2015.

Michael L. Gravelle serves as General Counsel and Corporate Secretary of the Company since March 2020. In addition, he has served as General Counsel and Corporate Secretary of Austerlitz I since January 2021, as General Counsel and Corporate Secretary of Austerlitz II since January 2021, as General Counsel and Corporate Secretary of Foley Trasimene II from July 2020, as an Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary of Cannae Holdings since April 2017. Mr. Gravelle has served as the Chief Compliance Officer for Trasimene Capital since January 2020. Mr. Gravelle has over 25 years of business and legal experience in the financial industry. Mr. Gravelle has served as an Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary of FNF since January 2010, and also served in the capacity of an Executive Vice President, Legal since May 2006 and Corporate Secretary since April 2008. Mr. Gravelle joined FNF in 2003, serving as a Senior Vice President. Mr. Gravelle joined a subsidiary of FNF in 1993, where he served as a Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary beginning in 1996 and as a Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary beginning in 2000. Mr. Gravelle has also served as an Executive Vice President and General Counsel of Black Knight and its predecessors since January 2014 and as Corporate Secretary of Black Knight from January 2014 until May 2018.


Number and Terms of Office of Officers and Directors

Our board of directors is divided into three classes, with only one class of directors being elected in each year, and with each class (except for those directors appointed prior to our first annual meeting of stockholders) serving a three-year term. In accordance with the NYSE corporate governance requirements, we are not required to hold an annual meeting until one year after our first fiscal year end following our listing on the NYSE. The term of office of the first class of directors, consisting of Douglas K. Ammerman and Hugh R. Harris, will expire at our first annual meeting of stockholders. The term of office of the second class of directors, consisting of Richard N. Massey and Frank R. Martire, Jr., will expire at our second annual meeting of the stockholders. The term of office of the third class of directors, consisting of William P. Foley, II and Thomas M. Hagerty, will expire at our third annual meeting of stockholders. We may not hold an annual meeting of stockholders until after we complete our initial business combination.

Prior to the completion of an initial business combination, any vacancy on the board of directors may be filled by a nominee chosen by holders of a majority of the the Founder's Shares. In addition, prior to the completion of an initial business combination, holders of a majority of our Founder Shares may remove a member of the board of directors for any reason.

Pursuant to an agreement to be entered into concurrently with the issuance and sale of the securities in the IPO, either of our sponsors, upon completion of an initial business combination, are entitled to nominate individuals for election to our board of directors, as long as each of the sponsors hold any securities covered by the registration rights agreement.

Our officers are appointed by the board of directors and serve at the discretion of the board of directors, rather than for specific terms of office. Our board of directors is authorized to nominate persons to the offices set forth in our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation as it deems appropriate. Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that our officers may consist of one or more chairman of the board of directors, chief executive officer, president, chief financial officer, vice presidents, secretary, treasurer and such other offices as may be determined by the board of directors.

Director Independence

Our board of directors has determined that Douglas K. Ammerman, Hugh R. Harris, Thomas M. Hagerty and Frank R. Martire, Jr. are “independent directors” as defined in the NYSE listing standards.

Committees of the Board of Directors

Our board of directors has three standing committees: an audit committee, a compensation committee and a corporate governance and nominating committee.

Audit Committee

Douglas K. Ammerman, Hugh R. Harris and Frank R. Martire, Jr. serve as members of our audit committee. Our board of directors has determined that each of Douglas K. Ammerman, Hugh R. Harris and Frank Martire, Jr. are independent under the NYSE listing standards and applicable SEC rules for service on the audit committee. Douglas K. Ammerman serves as the chairman of the audit committee. Each member of the audit committee is financially literate and our board of directors has determined that Douglas K. Ammerman, Hugh R. Harris and Frank R. Martire, Jr. qualify as an “audit committee financial expert” as defined in applicable SEC rules.

The primary functions of the audit committee include:

·appointing, determining compensation and overseeing our independent registered public accounting firm;

·reviewing and approving the annual audit plan for the Company;
·overseeing the integrity of our financial statements and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements;
·discussing the annual audited financial statements and unaudited quarterly financial statements with management and the independent registered public accounting firm;


·pre-approving all audit services and permitted non-audit services to be performed by our independent registered public accounting firm, including the fees and terms of the services to be performed;
·establishing procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints (including anonymous complaints) we receive concerning accounting, internal accounting controls, auditing matters or potential violations of law;
·monitoring our environmental sustainability and governance practices;
·discussing earnings press releases and financial information provided to analysts and rating agencies;
·discussing with management our policies and practices with respect to risk assessment and risk management;
·reviewing any material transaction with our Chief Financial Officer that has been approved in accordance with our Code of Ethics for our officers, and providing prior written approval of any material transaction between us and our President; and
·producing an annual report for inclusion in our proxy statement, in accordance with applicable rules and regulations.

The audit committee is a separately designated standing committee established in accordance with Section 3(a)(58)(A) of the Exchange Act.

CompensationCommittee
The members of our compensation committee are Frank R. Martire, Jr. and Thomas M. Hagerty, and Frank R. Martire, Jr. serves as chairman of the compensation committee.
Our board of directors has determined that each of Frank R. Martire, Jr. and Thomas M. Hagerty are independent in accordance with the NYSE listing standards and for the purposes of serving on the compensation committee.
The principal functions of the compensation committee include:
·reviewing and approving corporate goals and objectives relevant to our President’s compensation, evaluating our President’s performance in light of those goals and objectives, and setting our President’s compensation level based on this evaluation;
·setting salaries and approving incentive compensation and equity awards, as well as compensation policies, for all other officers who file reports of their ownership, and changes in ownership, of the Company’s common stock under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act (the “Section 16 Officers”), as designated by our board of directors;
·making recommendations to the board with respect to incentive compensation programs and equity-based plans that are subject to board approval;
·approving any employment or severance agreements with our Section 16 Officers;
·granting any awards under equity compensation plans and annual bonus plans to our President and the Section 16 Officers;
·approving the compensation of our directors; and
·producing an annual report on executive compensation for inclusion in our proxy statement, if required in accordance with applicable rules and regulations.
The charter of the compensation committee provides that the compensation committee may, in its sole discretion, retain or obtain the advice of a compensation consultant, legal counsel or other adviser and will be directly responsible for the appointment, compensation and oversight of the work of any such adviser. However, before engaging or receiving advice from a compensation consultant, external legal counsel or any other adviser, the compensation committee will consider the independence of each such adviser, including the factors required by the NYSE and the SEC.
CompensationCommittee Interlocks and Insider Participation
None of our executive officers currently serves, and in the past year has not served, as a member of the compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors.


CorporateGovernance and Nominating Committee
The members of our corporate governance and nominating committee are Hugh R. Harris and Thomas M. Hagerty, and Hugh R. Harris serves as chairman of the corporate governance and nominating committee. Our board of directors has determined that each of Hugh R. Harris and Thomas M. Hagerty are independent in accordance with NYSE listing standards.
The primary functions of the corporate governance and nominating committee include:
·identifying individuals qualified to become members of the board of directors and making recommendations to the board of directors regarding nominees for election;
·reviewing the independence of each director and making a recommendation to the board of directors with respect to each director’s independence;
·developing and recommending to the board of directors the corporate governance principles applicable to us and reviewing our corporate governance guidelines at least annually;
·making recommendations to the board of directors with respect to the membership of the audit, compensation and corporate governance and nominating committees
·overseeing the evaluation of the performance of the board of directors and its committees on a continuing basis, including an annual self-evaluation of the performance of the corporate governance and nominating committee;
·considering the adequacy of our governance structures and policies, including as they relate to our environmental sustainability and governance practices;
·considering director nominees recommended by stockholders; and
·reviewing our overall corporate governance and reporting to the board of directors on its findings and any recommendations.
Guidelinesfor Selecting Director Nominees
The guidelines for selecting nominees, generally provide that persons to be nominated:
·should possess personal qualities and characteristics, accomplishments and reputation in the business community;
·should have current knowledge and contacts in the communities in which we do business and in our industry or other industries relevant to our business;
·should have the ability and willingness to commit adequate time to the board of directors and committee matters;
·should possess the fit of the individual’s skills and personality with those of other directors and potential directors in building a board of directors that is effective, collegial and responsive to our needs; and
·should demonstrate diversity of viewpoints, background, experience, and other demographics, and all aspects of diversity in order to enable the board to perform its duties and responsibilities effectively, including candidates with a diversity of age, gender, nationality, race, ethnicity, and sexual orientation.
Each year in connection with the nomination of candidates for election to the board of directors, the corporate governance and nominating committee will evaluate the background of each candidate, including candidates that may be submitted by our stockholders.

Code of Ethics

We have adopted a Code of Ethics applicable to our directors, officers and employees. You can review these documents by accessing our public filings at the SEC’s web site at www.sec.gov. In addition, a copy of the Code of Ethics will be provided without charge upon request from us. We intend to disclose any amendments to or waivers of certain provisions of our Code of Ethics applicable to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions in a Current Report on Form 8-K or posting such information on our website.


Conflicts of Interest

In general, officers and directors of a corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware are required to present business opportunities to a corporation if:

 ·the corporation could financially undertake the opportunity;

 ·the opportunity is within the corporation’s line of business; and

 ·it would not be fair to our company and its stockholders for the opportunity not to be brought to the attention of the corporation.

Certain of our officers and directors presently have, and any of them in the future may have additional, fiduciary or contractual obligations to other entities, including entities that are affiliates of our sponsors, pursuant to which such officer or director is or will be required to present a business combination opportunity to such entity. Accordingly, if any of our officers or directors becomes aware of a business combination opportunity which is suitable for an entity to which he or she has then-current fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she will honor his or her fiduciary or contractual obligations to present such business combination opportunity to such entity, subject to their fiduciary duties under Delaware law. We do not believe, however, that the fiduciary duties or contractual obligations of our officers or directors will materially affect our ability to complete our initial business combination.

Item 11.Executive Compensation

None of our executive officers or directors have received any compensation for services rendered to us. Commencing on the date that our securities were first listed on the NYSE through the earlier of completion of our initial business combination and our liquidation, we will reimburse Cannae Holdings for office space and administrative support services provided to us in the amount of $5,000 per month. In addition, our sponsors, executive officers and directors, or any of their respective affiliates will be reimbursed for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with activities on our behalf such as identifying potential target businesses and performing due diligence on suitable business combinations. Our audit committee will review on a quarterly basis all payments that were made to our sponsors, executive officers or directors, or our or their affiliates. Any such payments prior to an initial business combination will be made using funds held outside the trust account. Other than quarterly audit committee review of such reimbursements, we do not expect to have any additional controls in place governing our reimbursement payments to our directors and executive officers for their out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with our activities on our behalf in connection with identifying and completing an initial business combination. Other than these payments and reimbursements, no compensation of any kind, including finder’s and consulting fees, will be paid by the company to our sponsors, executive officers and directors, or any of their respective affiliates, prior to completion of our initial business combination.

After the completion of our initial business combination, directors or members of our management team who remain with the combined company may be paid consulting or management fees from the combined company. All of these fees will be fully disclosed to stockholders, to the extent then known, in the proxy solicitation materials or tender offer materials furnished to our stockholders in connection with a proposed business combination. We have not established any limit on the amount of such fees that may be paid by the combined company to our directors or members of management. It is unlikely the amount of such compensation will be known at the time of the proposed business combination, because the directors of the post-combination business will be responsible for determining executive officer and director compensation. Any compensation to be paid to our executive officers will be determined, or recommended to the board of directors for determination, either by a compensation committee constituted solely by independent directors or by a majority of the independent directors on our board of directors.

We do not intend to take any action to ensure that members of our management team maintain their positions with the combined company after the completion of our initial business combination, although it is possible that some or all of our executive officers and directors may negotiate employment or consulting arrangements to remain with the combined company after our initial business combination. The existence or terms of any such employment or consulting arrangements to retain their positions with us may influence our management’s motivation in identifying or selecting a target business but we do not believe that the ability of our management to remain with us after the completion of our initial business combination will be a determining factor in our decision to proceed with any potential business combination. We are not party to any agreements with our executive officers and directors that provide for benefits upon termination of employment.


Item 12.Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

We have no compensation plans under which equity securities are authorized for issuance.

The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of January 31, 2021, by:

 ·each person known by us to be a beneficial owner of more than 5% of our outstanding common stock of, on an as-converted basis;

 ·each of our officers and directors; and all of our officers and directors as a group.

The following table is based on 129,375,000 shares of class A common stock outstanding at January 31, 2021, of which 103,500,000 were shares of Class A common stock and 25,875,000 were shares of Class B common stock. Unless otherwise indicated, it is believed that all persons named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock beneficially owned by them.

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner (1) Number of Shares
Beneficially Owned (2)
  Percentage of Outstanding
Common Stock
 
Trasimene Capital FT, LP (3)  18,042,500   13.9%
Bilcar FT, LP (3)  7,732,500   6.0%
William P. Foley, II (3)  25,775,000   19.9%
MFN Partners, LP  14,000,000   13.5%
Douglas K. Ammerman  25,000   * 
Thomas M. Hagerty  25,000   * 
Hugh R. Harris  25,000   * 
Frank R. Martire, Jr.  25,000   * 
Richard N. Massey       
David W. Ducommun      
Bryan D. Coy      
Michael L. Gravelle      
All officers and directors as a group (9 individuals)  25,875,000   20.0%

* Less than one percent

(1) Unless otherwise noted, the business address of each of our stockholders is 1701 Village Center Circle, Las Vegas, NV, 89134.

(2) Interests shown consist solely of founder shares, classified as Class B common stock. Such shares will automatically convert into Class A common stock on the first business day following the completion of our initial business combination. Excludes Class A common stock issuable pursuant to the forward purchase agreements, as such shares will only be issued concurrently with the closing of our initial business combination.

(3) Trasimene Capital FT, LLC is the sole general partner of Trasimene Capital FT, LP. Trasimene Capital FT, LLC has sole voting and dispositive power over the founder shares owned by Trasimene Capital FT, LP. Bilcar FT, LLC is the sole general partner of Bilcar FT, LP. Bilcar FT, LLC has sole voting and dispositive power over the founder shares owned by Bilcar FT, LP. William P. Foley, II is the sole member of Trasimene Capital FT, LLC and Bilcar FT, LLC. and therefore may be deemed to beneficially own 25,775,000 founder shares and ultimately exercises voting and dispositive power over the founder shares held by Trasimene Capital FT, LP and Bilcar FT, LP, respectively. Mr. Foley disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares except to the extent of any pecuniary interest therein.

58

Item 13.Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

Founder Shares

During the period from March 26, 2020 (inception) through April 7, 2020, the sponsors purchased 21,562,500 Founder Shares for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000. On May 18, 2020, Bilcar FT, LP transferred 4,312,500 of its Founder Shares to Trasimene Capital FT, LP at their original purchase price. On May 19, 2020, the sponsors transferred 25,000 of the Founder Shares to each of the independent director nominees at their original purchase price. On May 26, 2020, the Company effected a stock dividend with respect to its Class B common stock of 4,312,500 shares thereof, resulting in an aggregate of 25,875,000 outstanding shares of Class B common stock. All share and per-share amounts have been retroactively restated to reflect the stock dividend.

The sponsors have agreed, subject to limited exceptions, not to transfer, assign or sell any of their Founder Shares until the earlier to occur of: (A) one year after the completion of a Business Combination; and (B) subsequent to a Business Combination, (x) if the last reported sale price of the Class A common stock equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock capitalizations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after a Business Combination, or (y) the date on which the Company completes a liquidation, merger, amalgamation, stock exchange, reorganization or other similar transaction that results in all of the Company’s stockholders having the right to exchange their shares of Class A common stock for cash, securities or other property.

Private Placement Warrants

Simultaneously with the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the sponsors purchased an aggregate of 15,133,333 Private Placement Warrants at a price of $1.50 per Private Placement Warrant, for an aggregate purchase price of $22,700,000. Each Private Placement Warrant is exercisable for one share of Class A common stock at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment. The proceeds from the sale of the Private Placement Warrants were added to the net proceeds from the Initial Public Offering held in the Trust Account. If the Company does not complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period, the proceeds from the sale of the Private Placement Warrants held in the Trust Account will be used to fund the redemption of the Public Shares (subject to the requirements of applicable law) and the Private Placement Warrants will expire worthless.

Administrative Services

Commencing on May 26, 2020, we have agreed to pay an affiliate of the sponsors up to $5,000 per month for office space and administrative support services. Upon completion of our initial business combination or our liquidation, we will cease paying these monthly fees. The Audit Committee is responsible for reviewing and approving any related party transactions.

Promissory Note

On April 7, 2020, the Company issued a promissory note (the "Promissory Note") to affiliates of the sponsors, pursuant to which the Company could borrowup to an aggregate principal amount of $150,000. On May 20, 2020, the Promissory Note was amended and restated to increase the aggregate principal amount available for borrowing to $300,000. The Promissory Note was non-interest bearing and payable on the earlier of (i) January 31, 2021 and (ii) the completion of the Initial Public Offering. The outstanding balance under the Promissory Note of $250,000 was repaid upon the consummation of the Initial Public Offering on May 29, 2020.


Item 14.Principal Accounting Fees and Services

Fees for professional services provided by our independent registered public accounting firm since inception include:

  For the period from March 26,
2020 (inception) through
December 31, 2020
 
Audit Fees (1) $76,220 
Audit-Related Fees (2)   
Tax Fees (3)   
All Other Fees (4)   
Total Fees $76,220 

(1) Audit Fees. Audit fees consist of fees billed for professional services rendered for the audit of our financial statements and services that are normally provided by our independent registered public accounting firm in connection with statutory and regulatory filings.

(2) Audit-Related Fees. Audit-related fees consist of fees billed for assurance and related services that are reasonably related to performance of the audit or review of our financial statements and are not reported under “Audit Fees.” These services include attest services that are not required by statute or regulation and consultation concerning financial accounting and reporting standards.

(3) Tax Fees. Tax fees consist of fees billed for professional services relating to tax compliance, tax planning and tax advice.

(4) All Other Fees. All other fees consist of fees billed for all other services.

Policy on Board Pre-Approval of Audit and Permissible Non-Audit Services of the Independent Auditors

Our audit committee was formed upon the consummation of our IPO. As a result, the audit committee did not pre-approve all of the foregoing services, although any services rendered prior to the formation of our audit committee were approved by our board of directors. Since the formation of our audit committee, and on a going-forward basis, the audit committee has and will pre-approve all audit services and permitted non-audit services to be performed for us by WithumSmith+Brown, PC, including the fees and terms thereof (subject to the de minimis exceptions for non-audit services described in the Exchange Act which are approved by the audit committee prior to the completion of the audit).


PART IV

Item 15.Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 8-K

(a) (1) Financial Statements.  Reference is made to the Index to the Financial Statements of Foley Trasimene Acquisition Corp. included in Item 8 of Part II above.

(a) (2) All other schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or not required, or because the required information is included in the Financial Statements or notes thereto.

(a) (3) We hereby file as part of this Report the exhibits listed in the attached Exhibit Index. Exhibits which are incorporated herein by reference can be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. Copies of such material can also be obtained from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates or on the SEC website at www.sec.gov.


FOLEY TRASIMENE ACQUISITION CORP.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID: 42)

F-2

Financial Statements:

Consolidated Balance SheetSheets as of December 31, 2022 (Successor) and December 31, 2021 (Successor)

F-3

F-4

Statement of Operations

F-4

StatementConsolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ EquityComprehensive Income (Loss) for the Year ended December 31, 2022 and Six Months ended December 31, 2021 (Successor), Six Months ended June 30, 2021 (Predecessor), and Year ended December 31, 2020 (Predecessor)

F-5

StatementConsolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the Year ended December 31, 2022 and Six Months ended December 31, 2021 (Successor) and Member's Equity for the Six Months ended June 30, 2021 and Year ended December 31, 2020 (Predecessor)

F-6

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Year ended December 31, 2022 and Six Months ended December 31, 2021 (Successor) and Six Months Ended June 30, 2021 and Year ended December 31, 2020 (Predecessor)

F-6

F-7

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

F-7 to F-20

F-8

F-1


F-1

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRMReport of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of Alight, Inc.

Foley Trasimene Acquisition Corp.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheetsheets of Foley Trasimene Acquisition Corp.Alight, Inc. (the “Company”)Company) as of December 31, 20202022 and 2021, the related consolidated statements of operations, changes incomprehensive income (loss), stockholders' equity and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2022, the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss), stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the period from July 1, 2021 through December 31, 2021 (Successor), the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss), members’ equity and cash flows for the period from March 26, 2020 (inception)January 1, 2021 through June 30, 2021 (Predecessor) and the year ended December 31, 2020, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial“consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as ofat December 31, 2020,2022 and 2021, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2022, the period from March 26, 2020 (inception)July 1, 2021 through December 31, 2021 (Successor), the period from January 1, 2021 through June 30, 2021 (Predecessor) and the year ended December 31, 2020, in conformity with accounting principlesU.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the United Statesstandards of America.the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2022, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) and our report dated March 1, 2023 expressed an adverse opinion thereon.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’sCompany's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company'sCompany’s financial statements based on our audit.audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”)(PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our auditaudits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the auditsaudit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audit we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our auditaudits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our auditaudits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audit providesaudits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit Matters

The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of the critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.

Goodwill Impairment Assessment

/s/ WithumSmith+Brown, PC

Description of the Matter

At December 31, 2022, the Company’s goodwill for their Health Solutions, Wealth Solutions, and Cloud Services reporting units was $3,075 million, $127 million, and $404 million, respectively, as disclosed in Note 6 to the consolidated financial statements. Goodwill is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level at least annually or when impairment indicators are present. The Company determined the fair value of each reporting unit exceeded its carrying value.

Auditing management’s goodwill impairment assessment was complex and highly judgmental due to the significant estimation required in determining the fair value of the Company’s Health Solutions, Wealth Solutions, and Cloud Services reporting units. The more subjective assumptions used in the analysis were projections of future revenue growth and earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and intangible amortization margin, the long term growth rate, and the discount rate, which are all affected by expectations about future market or economic conditions.

F-2


How We Addressed the Matter in Our Audit

We obtained an understanding, evaluated the design, and tested the operating effectiveness of controls over the Company’s goodwill impairment review process, including controls over management's review of the significant assumptions discussed above. We also tested management's controls over the completeness and accuracy of the underlying data used in the valuation.

To test the estimated fair value of the Company’s reporting units, we performed audit procedures that included, among others, assessing methodologies and testing the significant assumptions discussed above and the underlying data used by the Company in its analysis. We involved our valuation specialists to review the Company’s model, methods, and the more sensitive assumptions utilized such as the discount rate. We compared the significant assumptions used by management to current industry, market and economic trends. In addition, we assessed the historical accuracy of management’s estimates, performed sensitivity analyses of significant assumptions to evaluate the changes in the fair value of the reporting units that would result from changes in the assumptions, and reviewed the reconciliation of the fair value of the reporting units to the market capitalization of the Company. We also tested the completeness and accuracy of the underlying data used by management in its analysis.

Measurement of the Tax Receivable Agreement Liability

Description of the Matter

As discussed in Note 15 of the consolidated financial statements, the Company has a Tax Receivable Agreement (“TRA”) with certain current and historical holders of LLC interests, which is a contractual commitment to distribute 85% of any tax benefits (“TRA Payment”), realized or deemed to be realized by the Company to the parties to the TRA. The TRA payments are contingent upon, among other things, the generation of future taxable income over the term of the TRA and future changes in tax laws. At December 31, 2022, the Company’s liability due to the holders of LLC interests under the TRA (“TRA liability”), was $575 million.

Auditing management’s accounting for the TRA liability is especially challenging and judgmental due to the complex model used to calculate the TRA liability. The liability recorded is based on several inputs, including the discount rate applied to the TRA payments. Significant changes in the discount rate could have a material effect on the Company’s results of operations.

How We Addressed the Matter in Our Audit

We obtained an understanding, evaluated the design, and tested the operating effectiveness of controls over the Company’s TRA liability, including testing management's controls over the completeness and accuracy of the underlying data used in the valuation and the controls over management's review of the significant assumptions discussed above.

Our audit procedures included among others, testing the measurement of the TRA liability by evaluating whether the calculation of the TRA liability was in accordance with the terms set out in the TRA and recalculating the TRA liability. With the assistance of our fair value specialists, we evaluated the reasonableness of the discount rate by validating the third-party inputs and testing the valuation methodology employed.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2020.2016.

Chicago, Illinois

New York, New YorkMarch 1, 2023

February 25, 2021F-3



Alight, Inc.

FOLEY TRASIMENE ACQUISITION CORP.Consolidated Balance Sheets

BALANCE SHEET

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

(in millions, except share and per share amounts)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

 

250

 

 

$

 

372

 

Receivables, net

 

 

 

678

 

 

 

 

515

 

Other current assets

 

 

 

379

 

 

 

 

302

 

Total Current Assets Before Fiduciary Assets

 

 

 

1,307

 

 

 

 

1,189

 

Fiduciary assets

 

 

 

1,509

 

 

 

 

1,280

 

Total Current Assets

 

 

 

2,816

 

 

 

 

2,469

 

Goodwill

 

 

 

3,679

 

 

 

 

3,638

 

Intangible assets, net

 

 

 

3,872

 

 

 

 

4,170

 

Fixed assets, net

 

 

 

320

 

 

 

 

236

 

Deferred tax assets, net

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

 

3

 

Other assets

 

 

 

542

 

 

 

 

472

 

Total Assets

 

$

 

11,235

 

 

$

 

10,988

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

 

$

 

508

 

 

$

 

406

 

Current portion of long-term debt, net

 

 

 

31

 

 

 

 

38

 

Other current liabilities

 

 

 

300

 

 

 

 

401

 

Total Current Liabilities Before Fiduciary Liabilities

 

 

 

839

 

 

 

 

845

 

Fiduciary liabilities

 

 

 

1,509

 

 

 

 

1,280

 

Total Current Liabilities

 

 

 

2,348

 

 

 

 

2,125

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

 

 

60

 

 

 

 

36

 

Long-term debt, net

 

 

 

2,792

 

 

 

 

2,830

 

Long-term tax receivable agreement

 

 

 

568

 

 

 

 

581

 

Financial instruments

 

 

 

97

 

 

 

 

135

 

Other liabilities

 

 

 

281

 

 

 

 

353

 

Total Liabilities

 

$

 

6,146

 

 

$

 

6,060

 

Commitments and Contingencies (Note 20)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders' Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock at $0.0001 par value: 1,000,000 shares authorized, none issued and outstanding

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

Class A Common Stock; $0.0001 par value, 1,000,000,000 shares authorized; 478,340,245 and 464,103,972 issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Class B Common Stock; $0.0001 par value, 20,000,000 shares authorized; 9,980,906 issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Class V Common Stock; $0.0001 par value, 175,000,000 shares authorized; 63,481,465 and 77,459,687 issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Class Z Common Stock; $0.0001 par value, 12,900,000 shares authorized; 5,595,577 issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Treasury stock, at cost (1,506,385 shares and none at December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively)

 

 

 

(12

)

 

 

 

 

Additional paid-in-capital

 

 

 

4,514

 

 

 

 

4,228

 

Retained deficit

 

 

 

(158

)

 

 

 

(96

)

Accumulated other comprehensive income

 

 

 

95

 

 

 

 

8

 

Total Alight, Inc. Equity

 

$

 

4,439

 

 

$

 

4,140

 

Noncontrolling interest

 

 

 

650

 

 

 

 

788

 

Total Stockholders' Equity

 

$

 

5,089

 

 

$

 

4,928

 

Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity

 

$

 

11,235

 

 

$

 

10,988

 

DECEMBER 31, 2020

ASSETS   
Current assets:    
Cash $496,471 
Prepaid expenses  225,747 
Total Current Assets  722,218 
     
Cash and marketable securities held in Trust Account  1,035,849,267 
Total Assets $1,036,571,485 
     
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY    
Current liabilities:    
Accrued expenses $2,980,284 
Income taxes payable  147,695 
Total Current Liabilities  3,127,979 
     
Deferred underwriting fee payable  36,225,000 
Total Liabilities  39,352,979 
     
Commitments and Contingencies    
     
Class A common stock subject to possible redemption, 99,221,850 shares at $10.00 per share  992,218,500 
     
Stockholders’ Equity    
Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized; none issued and outstanding   
Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value; 400,000,000 shares authorized; 4,278,150 issued and outstanding (excluding 99,221,850 shares subject to possible redemption)  428 
Class B common stock, $0.0001 par value; 40,000,000 shares authorized; 25,875,000 shares issued and outstanding  2,588 
Additional paid-in capital  7,553,530 
Accumulated deficit  (2,556,540)
Total Stockholders’ Equity  5,000,006 
Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity $1,036,571,485 

The accompanying notesNotes are an integral part of the financial statements.these Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-4



FOLEY TRASIMENE ACQUISITION CORP.Alight, Inc.

STATEMENT OF OPERATIONSConsolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

FOR THE PERIOD FROM MARCH 26, 2020 (INCEPTION) THROUGH DECEMBER 31, 2020

 

Successor

 

 

 

Predecessor

 

 

Year Ended

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

Year Ended

 

 

December 31,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

June 30,

 

December 31,

 

(in millions, except per share amounts)

2022

 

2021

 

 

 

2021

 

2020

 

Revenue

$

 

3,132

 

$

 

1,554

 

 

 

$

 

1,361

 

$

 

2,728

 

Cost of services, exclusive of depreciation and amortization

 

 

2,080

 

 

 

1,001

 

 

 

 

 

888

 

 

 

1,829

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

56

 

 

 

21

 

 

 

 

 

38

 

 

 

65

 

Gross Profit

 

 

996

 

 

 

532

 

 

 

 

 

435

 

 

 

834

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating Expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative

 

 

671

 

 

 

304

 

 

 

 

 

222

 

 

 

461

 

Depreciation and intangible amortization

 

 

339

 

 

 

163

 

 

 

 

 

111

 

 

 

226

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

1,010

 

 

 

467

 

 

 

 

 

333

 

 

 

687

 

Operating (Loss) Income

 

 

(14

)

 

 

65

 

 

 

 

 

102

 

 

 

147

 

Other (Income) Expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Gain) Loss from change in fair value of financial instruments

 

 

(38

)

 

 

65

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Gain) Loss from change in fair value of tax receivable agreement

 

 

(41

)

 

 

(37

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

122

 

 

 

57

 

 

 

 

 

123

 

 

 

234

 

Other (income) expense, net

 

 

(16

)

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

7

 

Total other (income) expense, net

 

 

27

 

 

 

88

 

 

 

 

 

132

 

 

 

241

 

Loss Before Income Tax Expense (Benefit)

 

 

(41

)

 

 

(23

)

 

 

 

 

(30

)

 

 

(94

)

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

 

31

 

 

 

25

 

 

 

 

 

(5

)

 

 

9

 

Net Loss

 

 

(72

)

 

 

(48

)

 

 

 

 

(25

)

 

 

(103

)

Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

 

 

(10

)

 

 

(13

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net (Loss) Income Attributable to Alight, Inc.

$

 

(62

)

$

 

(35

)

 

 

$

 

(25

)

$

 

(103

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings Per Share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic (net loss) earnings per share

$

 

(0.14

)

$

 

(0.08

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted (net loss) earnings per share

$

 

(0.14

)

$

 

(0.08

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Loss

$

 

(72

)

$

 

(48

)

 

 

$

 

(25

)

$

 

(103

)

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in fair value of derivatives

 

 

114

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

 

 

23

 

 

 

(25

)

Foreign currency translation adjustments

 

 

(14

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

8

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:

 

 

100

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

 

 

31

 

 

 

(17

)

Comprehensive (Loss) Income Before Noncontrolling Interests

 

 

28

 

 

 

(39

)

 

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

(120

)

Comprehensive (loss) income attributable to noncontrolling interests

 

 

3

 

 

 

(12

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comprehensive (Loss) Income Attributable to Alight, Inc.

$

 

25

 

$

 

(27

)

 

 

$

 

6

 

$

 

(120

)

Formation and general and administrative expenses $3,258,112 
Loss from operations  (3,258,112)
     
Other income:    
Interest earned on marketable securities held in Trust Account  849,267 
     
Loss before provision for income taxes  (2,408,845)
Provision for income taxes  (147,695)
Net loss $(2,556,540)
     
Weighted average shares outstanding of Class A redeemable common stock  103,500,000 
Basic and diluted income per share, Class A $0.01 
     
Weighted average shares outstanding of Class B non-redeemable common stock  25,875,000 
Basic and diluted net loss per share, Class B $(0.12)

The accompanying notesNotes are an integral part of the financial statements.these Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-5



FOLEY TRASIMENE ACQUISITION CORP.Alight, Inc.

STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITYConsolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

FOR THE PERIOD FROM MARCH 26, 2020 (INCEPTION) THROUGH DECEMBER 31, 2020

 

 

Successor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additional

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

Common

 

 

Treasury

 

 

Paid-in

 

 

Retained

 

 

Comprehensive

 

 

Alight, Inc.

 

 

Noncontrolling

 

 

Stockholders'

 

(in millions)

 

Stock

 

 

Stock

 

 

Capital

 

 

Deficit

 

 

Income

 

 

Equity

 

 

Interest

 

 

Equity

 

Balance at July 1, 2021

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

4,014

 

 

$

 

(61

)

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

3,953

 

 

$

 

800

 

 

$

 

4,753

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(35

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(35

)

 

 

 

(13

)

 

 

 

(48

)

Other comprehensive income, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

9

 

Warrant redemption

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

159

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

159

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

159

 

Distribution of equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

Share-based compensation expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

67

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

67

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

67

 

Shares vested, net of shares withheld in lieu of taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(11

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(11

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(11

)

Balance at December 31, 2021

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

4,228

 

 

$

 

(96

)

 

$

 

8

 

 

$

 

4,140

 

 

$

 

788

 

 

$

 

4,928

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(62

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(62

)

 

 

 

(10

)

 

 

 

(72

)

Other comprehensive income, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

87

 

 

 

 

87

 

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

 

100

 

Distribution of equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Conversion of noncontrolling interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

113

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

113

 

 

 

 

(141

)

 

 

 

(28

)

Share-based compensation expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

181

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

181

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

181

 

Shares vested, net of shares withheld in lieu of taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(8

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(8

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(8

)

Share repurchases

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(12

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(12

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(12

)

Balance at December 31, 2022

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

(12

)

 

$

 

4,514

 

 

$

 

(158

)

 

$

 

95

 

 

$

 

4,439

 

 

$

 

650

 

 

$

 

5,089

 

Consolidated Statements of Members’ Equity

  Class A
Common Stock
  Class B
Common Stock
  Additional
Paid-in
  Accumulated  Total
Stockholders’
 
  Shares  Amount  Shares  Amount  Capital  Deficit  Equity 
Balance – March 26, 2020 (inception)   $     $  $  $  $ 
                      
Issuance of Class B common stock to Sponsors        25,875,000   2,588   22,412      25,000 
                             
Sale of 103,500,000 Units, net of underwriting discounts and other offering costs  103,500,000   10,350         977,039,696      977,050,046 
                             
Sale of 15,133,333 Private Placement Warrants              22,700,000      22,700,000 
                             
Class A common stock subject to possible redemption  (99,221,850)  (9,922)        (992,208,578)     (992,218,500)
                             
Net loss                 (2,556,540)  (2,556,540)
Balance – December 31, 2020  4,278,150  $428   25,875,000  $2,588  $7,553,530  $(2,556,540) $5,000,006 

 

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Members' Equity

 

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Class A Units

 

 

Class A-1 Units

 

 

Class B Units

 

 

Comprehensive

 

 

 

 

 

(in millions, except unit amounts)

 

Units

 

 

Amount

 

 

Units

 

 

Amount

 

 

Units

 

 

Amount

 

 

Income (Loss)

 

 

Total

 

Balance at December 31, 2019

 

 

123,700

 

 

$

 

804

 

 

 

1,683

 

 

$

 

15

 

 

 

1,107

 

 

$

 

11

 

 

$

 

(25

)

 

$

 

805

 

Comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

(102

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(17

)

 

 

 

(120

)

Distribution of members' equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3

)

Restricted share units vested, net of units withheld in lieu of taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

172

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

717

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

Unit repurchases

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(55

)

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(88

)

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3

)

Share-based compensation expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

Balance at December 31, 2020

 

 

123,700

 

 

$

 

699

 

 

 

1,800

 

 

$

 

12

 

 

 

1,736

 

 

$

 

14

 

 

$

 

(42

)

 

$

 

683

 

Comprehensive loss, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

(25

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31

 

 

 

 

6

 

Restricted share units vested, net of units withheld in lieu of taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

92

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

441

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

Unit repurchases

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(75

)

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(89

)

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2

)

Share-based compensation expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

Balance at June 30, 2021

 

 

123,700

 

 

$

 

674

 

 

 

1,817

 

 

$

 

11

 

 

 

2,088

 

 

$

 

17

 

 

$

 

(11

)

 

$

 

691

 

The accompanying notesNotes are an integral part of the financial statements.these Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-6



FOLEY TRASIMENE ACQUISITION CORP.

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWSAlight, Inc.

FOR THE PERIOD FROM MARCH 26, 2020 (INCEPTION) THROUGH DECEMBER 31, 2020Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

 

Successor

 

 

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

December 30,

 

 

 

June 30,

 

December 31,

 

(in millions)

 

2022

 

2021

 

 

 

2021

 

2020

 

Cash flows from operating activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

 

(72

)

$

 

(48

)

 

 

$

 

(25

)

$

 

(103

)

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used for) operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation

 

 

 

79

 

 

 

31

 

 

 

 

 

49

 

 

 

91

 

Intangible amortization expense

 

 

 

316

 

 

 

153

 

 

 

 

 

100

 

 

 

200

 

Noncash lease expense

 

 

 

25

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

30

 

Financing fee and premium amortization

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(2

)

 

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

20

 

Share-based compensation expense

 

 

 

181

 

 

 

67

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

5

 

(Gain) loss from change in fair value of financial instruments

 

 

 

(38

)

 

 

65

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Gain) loss from change in fair value of tax receivable agreement

 

 

 

(41

)

 

 

(37

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Release of unrecognized tax provision

 

 

 

(31

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax expense (benefit)

 

 

 

26

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

Other

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

11

 

Change in assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Receivables

 

 

 

(136

)

 

 

(28

)

 

 

 

 

51

 

 

 

133

 

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

 

 

 

72

 

 

 

56

 

 

 

 

 

(45

)

 

 

(11

)

Other assets and liabilities

 

 

 

(94

)

 

 

(222

)

 

 

 

 

(97

)

 

 

(143

)

Cash provided by (used for) operating activities

 

$

 

286

 

$

 

57

 

 

 

$

 

58

 

$

 

233

 

Cash flows from investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired

 

 

 

(87

)

 

 

(1,793

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(52

)

Capital expenditures

 

 

 

(148

)

 

 

(59

)

 

 

 

 

(55

)

 

 

(90

)

Cash used for investing activities

 

$

 

(235

)

$

 

(1,852

)

 

 

$

 

(55

)

$

 

(142

)

Cash flows from financing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in fiduciary liabilities

 

 

 

229

 

 

 

266

 

 

 

 

 

(15

)

 

 

263

 

Distributions of equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Borrowings from banks

 

 

 

104

 

 

 

627

 

 

 

 

 

110

 

 

 

779

 

Financing fees

 

 

 

(3

)

 

 

(8

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(23

)

Repayments to banks

 

 

 

(141

)

 

 

(120

)

 

 

 

 

(124

)

 

 

(495

)

Principal payments on finance lease obligations

 

 

 

(30

)

 

 

(14

)

 

 

 

 

(17

)

 

 

(24

)

Tax payment for shares/units withheld in lieu of taxes

 

 

 

(8

)

 

 

(11

)

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

Deferred and contingent consideration payments

 

 

 

(85

)

 

 

(2

)

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

FTAC share redemptions

 

 

 

 

 

 

(142

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds related to FTAC investors

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,813

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Repurchase of shares

 

 

 

(12

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other financing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

(8

)

 

 

 

 

(16

)

 

 

(37

)

Cash provided by (used for) financing activities

 

$

 

54

 

$

 

2,400

 

 

 

$

 

(64

)

$

 

463

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3

)

Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

 

 

 

107

 

 

 

616

 

 

 

 

 

(61

)

 

 

551

 

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of period

 

 

 

1,652

 

 

 

1,036

 

 

 

 

 

1,536

 

 

 

985

 

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of period

 

$

 

1,759

 

$

 

1,652

 

 

 

$

 

1,475

 

$

 

1,536

 

Supplemental disclosures:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest paid

 

$

 

126

 

$

 

64

 

 

 

$

 

112

 

$

 

210

 

Income taxes paid

 

 

 

17

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

19

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed asset additions acquired through finance leases

 

$

 

9

 

$

 

2

 

 

 

$

 

2

 

$

 

62

 

Right of use asset additions acquired through operating leases

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

26

 

Non-cash fixed asset additions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

26

 

Cash Flows from Operating Activities:   
Net loss $(2,556,540)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:    
Interest earned on marketable securities held in Trust Account  (849,267)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:    
Prepaid expenses  (225,747)
Accrued expenses  2,980,284 
Income taxes payable  147,695 
Net cash used in operating activities  (503,575)
     
Cash Flows from Investing Activities:    
Investment of cash into Trust Account  (1,035,000,000)
Net cash used in investing activities  (1,035,000,000)
     
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:    
Proceeds from issuance of Class B common stock to Sponsor  25,000 
Proceeds from sale of Units, net of underwriting discounts and other offering costs paid  1,014,300,000 
Proceeds from sale of Private Placement Warrants  22,700,000 
Proceeds from promissory note - related party  250,000 
Repayment of promissory note - related party  (250,000)
Payment of offering costs  (1,024,954)
Net cash provided by financing activities  1,036,000,046 
     
Net Change in Cash  496,471 
Cash – Beginning of period   
Cash – End of period $496,471 
     
Supplemental Disclosure of Non-Cash Investing and Financing Activities:    
Initial classification of Class A common stock subject to possible redemption $994,768,320 
Change in value of Class A common stock subject to possible redemption $(2,549,820)
Deferred underwriting fee payable $36,225,000 

The accompanying notesNotes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-7


Alight, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1. Basis of Presentation and Nature of Business

Alight is defining the financial statements.


NOTE 1. DESCRIPTION OF ORGANIZATION AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS

Foley Trasimene Acquisition Corp. (the “Company”)future of employee wellbeing through the power of our integrated health, wealth, wellbeing and payroll solutions powered by Alight Worklife®. Alight Worklife® is a blank check company incorporated in Delaware on March 26, 2020. Thehigh-tech employee engagement platform with a human touch – that brings together our mission-critical wellbeing solutions to our clients to drive better outcomes for organizations and individuals.

On July 2, 2021 (the “Closing Date”), Alight Holding Company, was formed for the purpose of effectingLLC (the "Predecessor") completed a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization or similar business combination (the "Business Combination") with one or more businesses (“Business Combination”).

Althougha special purpose acquisition company. On the Company is not limitedClosing Date, pursuant to a particular industry or geographic region for purposes of consummating athe Business Combination Agreement, the Company intends to focus on identifyingspecial purpose acquisition company became a prospective target business in financial technologywholly owned subsidiary of Alight, Inc. (“Alight”, “the Company”, “we” “us” “our” or business process outsourcing, which acts as an essential utility to industries that are core to the economy. The Company is an early stage and emerging growth company and, as such, the Company is subject to all“Successor”). As a result of the risks associated with early stage and emerging growth companies.

As of December 31, 2020, the Company had not commenced any operations. All activity for the period from March 26, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020 relates to the Company’s formation, the initial public offering (“Initial Public Offering”), which is described below, and identifying a target company for a Business Combination. The Company will not generate any operating revenues until after the completion of a Business Combination, at the earliest. The Company generates non-operating income in the form of interest income from the proceeds derived from the Initial Public Offering.


The registration statement for the Company’s Initial Public Offering was declared effective on May 26, 2020. On May 29, 2020, the Company consummated the Initial Public Offering of 103,500,000 units (the “Units” and, with respect to the Class A common stock included in the Units sold, the “Public Shares”), which includes the full exercise by the underwriters of the over-allotment option to purchase an additional 13,500,000 Units, at $10.00 per Unit, generating gross proceeds of $1,035,000,000, which is described in Note 3.

Simultaneously with the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the Company consummated the sale of 15,133,333 warrants (the “Private Placement Warrants”) at a price of $1.50 per Private Placement Warrant in a private placement to Trasimene Capital Management FT, LP, an affiliate of Trasimene Capital Management, LLC, and Bilcar FT, LP, an affiliate of Bilcar Limited Partnership (collectively the “Sponsors”), generating gross proceeds of $22,700,000, which is described in Note 4.

Transaction costs amounted to $57,949,954, consisting of $20,700,000 of underwriting fees, $36,225,000 of deferred underwriting fees and $1,024,954 of other offering costs.

Following the closing of the Initial Public Offering on May 29, 2020, an amount of $1,035,000,000 ($10.00 per Unit) from the net proceeds of the sale of the Units in the Initial Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants was placed in a trust account (the “Trust Account”) and invested in U.S. government securities, within the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”), with a maturity of 185 days or less or in any open-ended investment company that holds itself out as a money market fund selected by the Company meeting the conditions of Rule 2a-7 of the Investment Company Act, as determined by the Company, until the earlier of: (i) the completion of a Business Combination, and (ii)by virtue of such series of mergers and related transactions, the distribution of the fundscombined company is now organized in the Trust Account to the Company’s stockholders, as described below.

The Company’s management has broad discretion with respect to the specific application of the net proceeds of the Initial Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants, althoughan “Up-C” structure, in which substantially all of the net proceedsassets and business of Alight are intended to be applied generally toward consummatingheld by the Predecessor, of which Alight is the managing member. Immediately following and as a Business Combination. The Company must complete its initialresult of the Business Combination, with one or more target businesses that together have a fair market value equal to at least 80%Alight owned approximately 85% of the net assets held in the Trust Account (excluding any deferred underwriting commissions and taxes payable on the interest earned in the Trust Account) at the time the Company signs a definitive agreement in connection with a Business Combination. The Company will only complete a Business Combination if the post-Business Combination company owns or acquires 50% or more of the issued and outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controllingeconomic interest in the target business sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. There is no assurance that the Company will be able to successfully effect a Business Combination.

The Company will provide its stockholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Public Shares upon the completion of a Business Combination either (i) in connection with a stockholder meeting called to approve the Business Combination or (ii) by means of a tender offer. The decision as to whether the Company will seek stockholder approval of a Business Combination or conduct a tender offer will be made by the Company. The stockholders will be entitled to redeem their shares for a pro rata portionPredecessor, had 100% of the amount held invoting power and controlled the Trust Account (initially $10.00 per share), calculated as of two business days prior to the completion of a Business Combination, including any pro rata interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to the Company to pay its tax obligations. There will be no redemption rights upon the completion of a Business Combination with respect to the Company’s warrants. 

The Company will only proceed with a Business Combination if the Company has net tangible assets of at least $5,000,001 either prior to or upon such consummation of a Business Combination and, if the Company seeks stockholder approval, a majoritymanagement of the shares voted are voted in favor of the Business Combination. If a stockholder vote is not required by applicable law or stock exchange rules and the Company does not decide to hold a stockholder vote for business or other reasons, the Company will, pursuant to its Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation”), conduct the redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and file tender offer documents with the SEC prior to completing a Business Combination. If, however, stockholder approval of the transaction is required by applicable law or stock exchange rules, or the Company decides to obtain stockholder approval for business or other reasons, the Company will offer to redeem shares in conjunction with a proxy solicitation pursuant to the proxy rules and not pursuant to the tender offer rules. If the Company seeks stockholder approval in connection with a Business Combination, the Sponsors have agreed to vote their Founder Shares (as defined in Note 5), and any Public Shares purchased during or after the Initial Public Offering in favor of approving a Business Combination and not to convert any shares in connection with a stockholder vote to approve a Business Combination. Additionally, each public stockholder may elect to redeem their Public Shares irrespective of whether they vote for or against the Initial Public transaction or do not vote at all.


Notwithstanding the above, if the Company seeks stockholder approval of a Business Combination and it does not conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules, the Company’s Second Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation provides that a public stockholder, together with any affiliate of such stockholder or any other person with whom such stockholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), will be restricted from redeeming its shares with respect to more than an aggregate of 15% of the Public Shares without the Company’s prior written consent.

Predecessor. The Sponsors have agreed (a) to waive their redemption rights with respect to any Founder Shares and Public Sharesnon-voting ownership percentage held by them in connection with the completion of a Business Combination and (b) not to propose an amendment to the Second Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation (i) to modify the substance or timing of the Company’s obligation to redeem 100% of the Public Shares if the Company does not complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period (as defined below) or (ii) with respect to any other provision relating to stockholders’ rights or pre-initial business combination activity, unless the Company provides the public stockholders with the opportunity to redeem their Public Shares in conjunction with any such amendment and (iii) to waive its rights to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to the Founder Shares if the Company fails to consummate a Business Combination.

The Company will have until May 29, 2022 to consummate a Business Combination (the “Combination Period”). If the Company is unable to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period, the Company will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but no more than ten business days thereafter, redeem 100% of the outstanding Public Shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, includingnoncontrolling interest earned (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then outstanding Public Shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public stockholders’ rights as stockholders (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any), and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of the remaining stockholders and the Company’s board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to its obligations under Delaware law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law.

The Sponsors have agreed to waive their liquidation rights with respect to the Founder Shares if the Company fails to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period. However, if the Sponsors acquire Public Shares in or after the Initial Public Offering, such Public Shares will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account if the Company fails to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period. The underwriters have agreed to waive their rights to their deferred underwriting commission (see Note 6) held in the Trust Account in the event the Company does not complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period and, in such event, such amounts will be included with the funds held in the Trust Account that will be available to fund the redemption of the Public Shares. In the event of such distribution, it is possible that the per share value of the assets remaining available for distribution will be less than the Initial Public Offering price per Unit ($10.00).

In order to protect the amounts held in the Trust Account, the Sponsors have agreed that they will be liable to the Company, if and to the extent any claims by a third party for services rendered or products sold to the Company, or by a prospective target business with which the Company has discussed entering into a transaction agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the Trust Account to below (1) $10.00 per Public Share or (2) such lesser amount per Public Share held in the Trust Account as of the date of the liquidation of the Trust Account due to reductions in the value of trust assets, in each case net of the amount of interest which may be withdrawn to pay taxes. This liability will not apply with respect to any claims by a third party who executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access to the Trust Account nor will it apply to any claims under the Company’s indemnity of the underwriters of the Initial Public Offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). Moreover, in the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, the Sponsors will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third-party claims. The Company will seek to reduce the possibility that the Sponsors will have to indemnify the Trust Account due to claims of creditors by endeavoring to have all vendors, service providers (other than the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm), prospective target businesses or other entities with which the Company does business, execute agreements with the Company waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to monies held in the Trust Account.

Liquidity and Going Concern Consideration

As of December 31, 2020, the Company had $496,471 in its operating bank account, and working capital deficit ofwas approximately $2,405,761.

The Company's liquidity needs up to December 31, 2020 were satisfied through a contribution of $25,000 from Sponsors to cover certain expenses in exchange for the issuance of the Founder Shares, the loan of $250,000 from the Sponsors pursuant to a Promissory Note (defined below, see Note 5), and the proceeds from the consummation of the Private Placement not held in the Trust Account. The Company fully repaid the Promissory Note as of May 29, 2020. In addition, in order to finance transaction costs in connection with a Business Combination, the Sponsors or an affiliate of the Sponsors, or certain of the Company's officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, provide the Company Working Capital Loans (defined below, see Note 5)15%. As of December 31, 2020, there were no amounts outstanding under2022 Alight owned 88% of the Working Capital Loans.economic interest in the Predecessor, had 100% of the voting power and controlled the management of the Predecessor and the non-voting ownership percentage held by noncontrolling interest was approximately 12%.

Basis of Presentation


Management has determined thatAs a result of the prior year Business Combination, for accounting purposes, the Company has access to funds fromis the Sponsors,acquirer and Alight Holdings is the Sponsors haveacquiree and accounting predecessor. While the financial wherewithal to fundClosing Date was July 2, 2021, we determined the Company, that are sufficient to fund our working capital needs until the consummation of an initial business combination or for a minimumimpact of one year fromday would be immaterial to the results of operations. As such, we utilized July 1, 2021 as the date of issuance ofthe Business Combination for accounting purposes. Therefore, the financial statements. Over this time period,statement presentation includes the Company will be using these funds for paying existing accounts payable, identifying and evaluating prospective initial Business Combination candidates, performing due diligence on prospective target businesses, paying for travel expenditures, selecting the target business to merge with or acquire, and structuring, negotiating and consummating the Business Combination.

NOTE 2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying financial statements are presented in U.S. dollarsof Alight Holdings as Predecessor for the periods prior to July 1, 2021 and have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) and pursuant to the accounting and disclosure rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”).

Emerging Growth Company

The Company is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act, as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”), and it may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in its periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

Further, Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such election to opt out is irrevocable. The Company has elected not to opt out of such extended transition period which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, the Company as Successor for the periods including and after July 1, 2021, including the consolidation of Alight Holdings.

Nature of Business

We are a leading cloud-based provider of integrated digital human capital and business solutions. We have an emerging growth company, can adoptunwavering belief that a company’s success starts with its people, and our solutions connect human insights with technology. The Alight Worklife® employee engagement platform provides a seamless customer experience by combining content, plus artificial intelligence (“AI”) and data analytics to enable Alight’s business process as a service ("BPaaS") model. Our mission-critical solutions enable employees to enrich their health, wealth and wellbeing which helps global organizations achieve a high-performance culture. Our solutions include:

Employer Solutions: driven by our digital, software and AI-led capabilities powered by the new or revised standard atAlight Worklife® platform and spanning total employee wellbeing and engagement, including integrated benefits administration, healthcare navigation, financial health, employee wellbeing and payroll. These solutions are designed to support employers in effectively managing their workforce through a seamless, integrated platform. We leverage data across all interactions and activities to improve the time private companies adoptemployee experience, reduce operational costs and better inform management processes and decision-making. In addition, employees benefit from an integrated platform and user experience, coupled with a full-service client care center, helping them manage the new or revised standard. This may make comparisonfull life cycle of the Company’stheir health, wealth and careers.
Professional Services: includes our project-based cloud deployment and consulting offerings that provide expertise with both human capital and financial statements with another public company which is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accounting standards used.platforms. Specifically, this includes cloud advisory and deployment, and optimization services for cloud platforms such as Workday, SAP SuccessFactors, Oracle, and Cornerstone OnDemand.

2. Accounting Policies and Practices

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statementsthe accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, and disclosuredisclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenuesreserves and expenses duringexpenses.

These estimates and assumptions are based on management’s best estimates and judgments. Management evaluates its estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis using historical experience and other factors, including the reporting period.current economic environment. Management believes its estimates to be reasonable given the current facts available. Management adjusts such estimates and assumptions when facts and circumstances dictate. Illiquid credit markets, volatile equity markets, and foreign currency exchange rate movements increase the uncertainty inherent in such estimates and assumptions. As future events and their effects cannot be predicted

F-8


Alight, Inc.

Making estimates requires managementNotes to exercise significant judgment. It is at least reasonably possible that the estimate of the effect of a condition, situation or set of circumstances that existed at the date of the financial statements, which management considered in formulating its estimate, could change in the near term due to one or more future events. Accordingly, theConsolidated Financial Statements — Continued

with certainty, actual results could differ significantly from thosethese estimates. Changes in estimates resulting from continuing changes in the economic environment would, if applicable, be reflected in the financial statements in future periods.

Concentration of Risk

The Company has no significant off-balance sheet risks related to foreign exchange contracts or other foreign hedging arrangements. Management believes that its account receivable credit risk exposure is limited, and the Company has not experienced significant write-downs in its accounts receivable balances. Additionally, there was no single client who accounted for more than 10% of the Company’s revenues in any of the periods presented.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include cash balances. At December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, Cash and cash equivalents totaled $250 million and $372 million, respectively, and none of the balances were restricted as to its use.

Fiduciary Assets and Liabilities

Some of the Company’s agreements require it to hold funds to pay certain obligations on behalf of its clients. Funds held on behalf of clients are segregated from Company funds, and their use is restricted to the payment of obligations on behalf of clients. There is typically a short period of time between when the Company receives funds and when it pays obligations on behalf of clients. These funds are recorded as Fiduciary assets with the related obligation recorded as Fiduciary liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Our Fiduciary assets included cash of $1,509 million and $1,280 million at December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively.

Commissions Receivable

Commissions receivable, which is recorded in Other current assets and Other assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, are contract assets that represent estimated variable consideration for commissions to be received from insurance carriers for performance obligations that have been satisfied. The current portion of Commissions receivable is expected to be received within one year, while the non-current portion of Commissions receivable is expected to be received beyond one year.

Allowance for Expected Credit Losses

The Company’s allowance for expected credit losses with respect to trade receivables and contract assets is based on a combination of factors, including evaluation of historical write-offs, current conditions and reasonable economic forecasts that affect collectability and other qualitative and quantitative analysis. Receivables, net included an allowance for expected credit losses of $9 million and $5 million at December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively.

Fixed Assets, Net

The Company considers all short-term investmentsrecords fixed assets at cost. We compute depreciation and amortization using the straight-line method on the estimated useful lives of the assets, which are generally as follows:

Asset Description

Asset Life

Capitalized software

Lesser of the life of an associated license, or 4 to 7 years

Leasehold improvements

Lesser of estimated useful life or lease term, not to exceed 10 years

Furniture, fixtures and equipment

4 to 10 years

Computer equipment

4 to 6 years

Goodwill and Intangible Assets, Net

In applying the acquisition method of accounting for business combinations, amounts assigned to identifiable assets and liabilities acquired were based on estimated fair values as of the date of acquisition, with an original maturitythe remainder recorded as goodwill. Intangible assets are initially valued at fair value using generally accepted valuation methods appropriate for the type of three months or less when purchasedintangible asset. Intangible assets with definite lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives and are reviewed for impairment if indicators of impairment arise. Goodwill is tested for impairment annually as of October 1, and whenever indicators of impairment arise.

F-9


Alight, Inc.

Notes to be cash equivalents. Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

Derivatives

The Company diduses derivative financial instruments, such as interest rate swaps. Interest rate swaps are used to manage interest risk exposures and have been designated as cash flow hedges. The changes in the fair value of derivatives that qualify for hedge accounting as cash flow hedges are recorded in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). Amounts are reclassified from Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) into earnings when the hedge exposure affects earnings.

The Company discontinues hedge accounting prospectively when: (1) the derivative expires or is sold, terminated, or exercised; (2) the qualifying criteria are no longer met; or (3) management removes the designation of the hedging relationship.

Foreign Currency

Certain of the Company’s non-U.S. operations use their respective local currency as their functional currency. The operations that do not have any cash equivalentsthe U.S. dollar as their functional currency translate their financial statements at the current exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date and revenues and expenses using rates that approximate those in effect during the period. The resulting translation adjustments are included in net foreign currency translation adjustments within the Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity. Gains and losses from the remeasurement of monetary assets and liabilities that are denominated in a non-functional currency are included in Other (income) expense, net within the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss). The impact of the foreign exchange gains and losses for the Successor year ended December 31, 2020.2022 and six months ended December 31, 2021 was a gain of $1 million and a loss of $4 million, respectively. The impact of the foreign exchange gains and losses for Predecessor six months ended June 30, 2021 and year ended December 31, 2020 was a loss of $9 million and a gain of $2 million, respectively.

Share-Based Compensation Costs

Share-based payments, including grants of restricted share units (“RSUs”) and performance-based restricted share units (“PRSUs”), for both the Predecessor and Successor periods, are measured based on their estimated grant date fair value. The Company recognizes compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for awards expected to ultimately vest. Forfeitures are estimated on the date of grant and revised if actual or expected forfeiture activity differs materially from original estimates.

Earnings Per Share

Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the net loss attributable to Alight, Inc. by the weighted average number of shares of Class A Common Stock Subjectissued and outstanding for the Successor period. The computation of diluted earnings per share reflects the potential dilution that could occur if dilutive securities and other contracts to Possible Redemptionissue shares were exercised or converted into shares or resulted in the issuance of shares that would then share in the net income of Alight, Inc.

Warrants

Warrant agreements related to warrants to purchase the Company’s Class A Common Stock were accounted for as liabilities at fair value within Financial instruments on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and were subject to remeasurement at each balance sheet date. Any change in fair value was recognized within the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss). As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, all warrants were exercised or redeemed.

Tax Receivable Agreement

In connection with the Business Combination, we entered into a Tax Receivable Agreement (the “TRA”) with certain of our pre-Business Combination owners that provides for the payment by Alight to such owners of 85% of the benefits that Alight is deemed to realize as a result of the Company’s share of existing tax basis acquired in the Business Combination and other tax benefits related to entering into the TRA. The Company accounts for its Class A common stock subject to possible redemption in accordance with the guidance in Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 480 “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity.” Common stock subject to mandatory redemption is classifiedTRA as a liability instrument and is measured at fair value. Conditionally redeemable common stock (including common stockvalue, which is subject to remeasurement at each balance sheet date. Any change in fair value is recognized within the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss).

Subsequent to the Business Combination, upon equity exchanges of the noncontrolling interests, the Company records obligations under the TRA at the gross undiscounted amount of the expected future payments as an increase to the liability with an offset to Additional paid-in-capital.

F-10


Alight, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

Seller Earnouts

Upon completion of the Business Combination, we executed a contingent consideration agreement (the “Seller Earnouts”) that features redemption rightsresults in the issuance of non-voting shares of Class B-1 and Class B-2 Common Stock, which automatically convert into Class A Common Stock upon the achievement of certain criteria. The majority of the Seller Earnouts are accounted for as a contingent consideration liability at fair value within Financial instruments on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and are subject to remeasurement at each balance sheet date. Any change in fair value is recognized within the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss).

Noncontrolling Interest

Noncontrolling interest represents the Company’s noncontrolling interest in consolidated subsidiaries which are not attributable, directly or indirectly, to the controlling Class A Common Stock ownership of the Company. Net (loss) income is reduced by the portion of net (loss) income that is either within the controlattributable to noncontrolling interests. These noncontrolling interests are convertible into Class A Common Stock of the holder or subject to redemption uponCompany at the occurrence of uncertain events not solely withinholder’s discretion.

Income Taxes

During the Company’s control) is classified as temporary equity. At all other times, common stock is classified as stockholders’ equity. The Company’s Class A common stock features certain redemption rights that are considered to be outsidePredecessor periods, a portion of the Company’s control andearnings were subject to occurrencecertain U.S. federal, state and foreign taxes. During the Successor period, the portion of uncertain future events. Accordingly, at December 31, 2020,earnings allocable to the 99,221,850 shares of Class A common stockCompany is subject to possible redemption are presented as temporary equity, outsidecorporate level tax rates at the U.S. federal, state and local levels. Therefore, the amount of income taxes recorded in the Predecessor periods is not representative of the stockholders’ equity section ofexpenses expected in the Company’s balance sheet.future.


Offering Costs

Offering costs consist of underwriting, legal, accounting and other expenses incurred through the Initial Public Offering that are directly related to the Initial Public Offering. Offering costs amounting to $57,949,954 were charged to stockholders’ equity upon the completion of the Initial Public Offering.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under ASC 740, “Income Taxes” (“ASC 740”). ASC 740pursuant to the asset and liability method which requires it to recognize current tax liabilities or receivables for the recognitionamount of taxes it estimates are payable or refundable for the current year, deferred tax assets and liabilities for both the expected impact offuture tax consequences attributable to temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and their respective tax basisbases of assets and liabilities and for the expected futurebenefits of net operating loss and credit carryforwards. Deferred tax benefitassets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be derived fromrecovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax lossassets and liabilities of a change in tax credit carry forwards. ASC 740 additionally requires arates is recognized in operations in the period enacted. A valuation allowance to be establishedis provided when it is more likely than not that all or a portion or all of a deferred tax assets will not be realized.

ASC 740 also clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements and prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement process for financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense. There were no unrecognized tax benefits and no amounts accrued for interest and penalties as of December 31, 2020. The Company is currently not aware of any issues under review that could result in significant payments, accruals or material deviation from its position. The Company is subject to income tax examinations by major taxing authorities since inception.

Net Income (Loss) Per Common Share

Net income (loss) per common share is computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. The Company has not considered the effect of warrants sold in the Initial Public Offering and private placement to purchase 49,633,333 shares of Class A common stock in the calculation of diluted income (loss) per share, since the exercise of the warrants are contingent upon the occurrence of future events and the inclusion of such warrants would be anti-dilutive.

The Company’s statement of operations include a presentation of income (loss) per share for common shares subject to possible redemption in a manner similar to the two-class method of income (loss) per share. Net income per common share, basic and diluted, for Class A redeemable common stock is calculated by dividing the interest income earned on the Trust Account, by the weighted average number of Class A redeemable common stock outstanding since original issuance. Net loss per share, basic and diluted, for Class B non-redeemable common stock is calculated by dividing the net loss, adjusted for income attributable to Class A redeemable common stock, net of applicable franchise and income taxes, by the weighted average number of Class B non-redeemable common stock outstanding for the period. Class B non-redeemable common stock includes the Founder Shares as these shares do not have any redemption features and do not participate in the income earned on the Trust Account.


The following table reflects the calculation of basic and diluted net income (loss) per common share (in dollars, except per share amounts): 

  December 31, 
  2020 
Redeemable Class A Common Stock   
Numerator: Earnings allocable to Redeemable Class A Common Stock   
Interest Income $849,267 
Income and Franchise Tax  (293,653)
Net Earnings $555,614 
Denominator: Weighted Average Redeemable Class A Common Stock   
Redeemable Class A Common Stock, Basic and Diluted  103,500,000 
Earnings/Basic and Diluted Redeemable Class A Common Stock $0.01 
     
Non-Redeemable Class B Common Stock   
Numerator: Net Loss minus Redeemable Net Earnings   
Net Loss $(2,556,540)
Redeemable Net Earnings  (555,614)
Non-Redeemable Net Loss $(3,112,154)
Denominator: Weighted Average Non-Redeemable Class B Common Stock   
Non-Redeemable Class B Common Stock, Basic and Diluted  25,875,000 
Loss/Basic and Diluted Non-Redeemable Class B Common Stock $(0.12)

Note: As of December 31, 2020, basic and diluted shares are the same as there are no non-redeemable securities that are dilutive to the Company’s stockholders.  

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist of a cash account in a financial institution, which, at times, may exceed the Federal Depository Insurance Coverage of $250,000. The Company has not experienced losses on this account and management believes the Company is not exposed to significant risks on such account.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The fair value of the Company’s assets and liabilities, which qualify as financial instruments under ASC Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurement,” approximates the carrying amounts represented in the accompanying balance sheet, primarily due to their short-term nature.

Recent Accounting Standards

Management does not believe that any recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting standards, if currently adopted, would have a material effect on the Company’s financial statements.

NOTE 3. INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING

Pursuant to the Initial Public Offering, the Company sold 103,500,000 Units, at $10.00 per Unit, which includes the full exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase an additional 13,500,000 Units. Each Unit consists of one share of Class A common stock and one-third of one redeemable warrant (“Public Warrant”). Each whole Public Warrant entitles the holder to purchase one share of Class A common stock at an exercise price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment (see Note 7).


NOTE 4. PRIVATE PLACEMENT

Simultaneously with the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the Sponsors purchased an aggregate of 15,133,333 Private Placement Warrants at a price of $1.50 per Private Placement Warrant, for an aggregate purchase price of $22,700,000. Each Private Placement Warrant is exercisable for one share of Class A common stock at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment (see Note 7). The proceeds from the sale of the Private Placement Warrants were added to the net proceeds from the Initial Public Offering held in the Trust Account. If the Company does not complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period, the proceeds from the sale of the Private Placement Warrants held in the Trust Account will be used to fund the redemption of the Public Shares (subject to the requirements of applicable law) and the Private Placement Warrants will expire worthless.

NOTE 5. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Founder Shares

During the period from March 26, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020, the Sponsors purchased 21,562,500 of the Company’s Class B common stock (the “Founder Shares”) for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000. On May 18, 2020, Bilcar FT, LP transferred 4,312,500 of its Founder Shares to Trasimene Capital FT, LP at their original purchase price. On May 19, 2020, the Sponsors transferred 25,000 of the Founder Shares to each of the independent director nominees at their original purchase price. On May 26, 2020, the Company effected a stock dividend with respect to its Class B common stock of 4,312,500 shares thereof, resulting in an aggregate of 25,875,000 outstanding shares of Class B common stock. All share and per-share amounts have been retroactively restated to reflect the stock dividend. The Founder Shares included an aggregate of up to 3,375,000 Class B common stock subject to forfeiture by the Sponsors to the extent that the underwriters’ over-allotment was not exercised in full or in part, so that the number of Founder Shares would collectively represent 20% of the Company’s issued and outstanding shares upon the completion of the Initial Public Offering. As a result of the underwriters’ election to fully exercise their over-allotment option, 3,375,000 Founder Shares are no longer subject to forfeiture.


The Sponsors have agreed, subject to limited exceptions, not to transfer, assign or sell any of their Founder Shares until the earlier to occur of: (A) one year after the completion of a Business Combination; and (B) subsequent to a Business Combination, (x) if the last reported sale price of the Class A common stock equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock capitalizations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after a Business Combination, or (y) the date on which the Company completes a liquidation, merger, amalgamation, stock exchange, reorganization or other similar transaction that results in all of the Company’s stockholders having the right to exchange their shares of Class A common stock for cash, securities or other property. 

Promissory Note with Related Parties

On April 7, 2020, the Company issued a promissory note (the “Promissory Note”) to affiliates of the Sponsors, pursuant to which the Company could borrow up to an aggregate principal amount of $150,000. On May 20, 2020, the Promissory Note was amended and restated to increase the aggregate principal amount available for borrowing to $300,000. The Promissory Note was non-interest bearing and payable on the earlier of (i) January 31, 2021 and (ii) the completion of the Initial Public Offering. The outstanding balance under the Promissory Note of $250,000 was repaid upon the consummation of the Initial Public Offering on May 29, 2020.

Related Party Loans

In addition, in order to finance transaction costs in connection with a Business Combination, the Sponsors or an affiliate of the Sponsors, or certain of the Company’s officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan the Company funds as may be required (“Working Capital Loans”). Such Working Capital Loans would be evidenced by promissory notes. The notes may be repaid upon completion of a Business Combination, without interest, or, at the lender’s discretion, up to $1,500,000 of the notes may be converted upon completion of a Business Combination into warrants at a price of $1.50 per warrant. Such warrants would be identical to the Private Placement Warrants. In the event that a Business Combination does not close, the Company may use a portion of proceeds held outside the Trust Account to repay the Working Capital Loans but no proceeds held in the Trust Account would be used to repay the Working Capital Loans. No amounts have been borrowed under this arrangement as of December 31, 2020.

Administrative Services Agreement

The Company entered into an agreement whereby, commencing on May 26, 2020 through the earlier of the Company’s consummation of a Business Combination and its liquidation, the Company will pay an affiliate of the Sponsors up to $5,000 per month for office space, and administrative support services. For the period from March 26, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020, the Company incurred and paid $40,000, in fees for these services.

NOTE 6. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Registration and Stockholder Rights

Pursuant to a registration rights agreement entered into on May 26, 2020, the holders of the Founder Shares, Private Placement Warrants and warrants that may be issued upon conversion of the Working Capital Loans (and any Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of the Private Placement Warrants and warrants that may be issued upon conversion of Working Capital Loans and upon conversion of the Founder Shares) are entitled to registration rights. The holders of these securities will be entitled to make up to three demands, excluding short form demands, that the Company register such securities. In addition, the holders have certain “piggy-back” registration rights with respect to registration statements filed subsequent to the completion of a Business Combination. However, the registration and stockholder rights agreement provides that the Company will not permit any registration statement filed under the Securities Act to become effective until termination of the applicable lockup period. The Company will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.

Underwriting Agreement

The underwriters are entitled to a deferred fee of $0.35 per Unit, or $36,225,000 in the aggregate. The deferred fee will become payable to the underwriters from the amounts held in the Trust Account solely in the event that the Company completes a Business Combination, subject to the terms of the underwriting agreement.


Forward Purchase Agreement

In May 2020, the Company entered into forward purchase agreements with each of Cannae Holdings, Inc. and THL FTAC LLC. Pursuant to each agreement, Cannae Holdings, Inc. and THL FTAC LLC have each agreed to purchase shares of the Company’s Class A common stock in an aggregate share amount equal to 15,000,000 shares of the Company’s Class A Common stock (or a total of 30,000,000 shares of the Company’s Class A common stock), plus an aggregate of 5,000,000 redeemable warrants (or a total of 10,000,000 redeemable warrants) to purchase one share of the Company’s Class A common stock at $11.50 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $150,000,000 (or a total of $300,000,000), or $10.00 for one share of the Company’s Class A common stock and one-third of one warrant, in a private placement to occur concurrently with the closing of a Business Combination. The warrants to be sold as part of the forward purchase agreements will be identical to the warrants underlying the Units sold in the Initial Public Offering. 

In connection with the forward purchase securities sold to Cannae Holdings and THL FTAC, the Company expects that the initial stockholders will receive (by way of an adjustment to the conversion terms of their existing shares of the Company’s Class B common stock) an aggregate number of shares of Class A common stock so that the initial stockholders, in the aggregate, on an as-converted basis, will hold 20% of the Company’s Class A common stock at the time of the closing of a Business Combination, after giving effect to the issuances under the forward purchase agreements.

Under the forward purchase agreements, the Company will provide a right of first offer to Cannae Holdings, Inc. and THL FTAC LLC, if the Company proposes to raise additional capital by issuing any equity, or securities convertible into, exchangeable or exercisable for equity securities, other than the units and certain excluded securities. In addition, if the Company seeks stockholder approval of a Business Combination, each of Cannae Holdings, Inc. and THL FTAC LLC has agreed under the forward purchase agreements to vote any shares of Class A common stock owned by each of Cannae Holdings, Inc. and THL FTAC LLC in favor of any proposed initial Business Combination.

Risks and Uncertainties

Management continues to evaluate the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and has concluded that while it is reasonably possible that the virus could have a negative effect on the Company’s financial position, results of its operations and/or search for a target company, the specific impact is not readily determinable as of the date of these financial statements. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

NOTE 7. STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Preferred Stock.   The Company is authorized to issue 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock with a par value of $0.0001 per share. The Company’s board of directors are authorized to fix the voting rights, if any, designations, powers, preferences, the relative, participating, optional or other special rights and any qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, applicable to the shares of each series. The board of directors will be able to, without stockholder approval, authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting and other rights that could adversely affect the voting power and other rights of the holders of the common stock and could have anti-takeover effects. At December 31, 2020, there were no shares of preferred stock issued or outstanding.

Class A Common Stock.   The Company is authorized to issue 400,000,000 shares of Class A common stock, with a par value of $0.0001 per share. Holders of Class A common stock are entitled to one vote for each share. At December 31, 2020, there were 4,278,150 shares of Class A common stock issued or outstanding excluding 99,221,850 shares of Class A common stock subject to possible redemption.

Class B Common Stock.   The Company is authorized to issue 40,000,000 shares of Class B common stock, with a par value of $0.0001 per share. Holders of the Class B common stock are entitled to one vote for each share. At December 31, 2020, there were 25,875,000 shares of Class B common stock issued and outstanding.


Only holders of the Class B common stock will have the right to vote on the election of directors prior to the Business Combination. Holders of Class A common stock and holders of Class B common stock will vote together as a single class on all other matters submitted to a vote of the Company’s stockholders except as otherwise required by law.

The Class B common stock will automatically convert into Class A common stock on the first business day following the completion of a business combination at a ratio such that the number of Class A common stock issuable upon conversion of all Class B common stock will equal, in the aggregate, 25% of the sum of (i) the total number of shares of Class A common stock issued and outstanding upon completion of Initial Public Offering, plus (ii) the sum of (a) the total number of shares of Class A common stock issued or deemed issued or issuable upon conversion or exercise of any equity-linked securities or deemed issued, by the Company in connection with or in relation to the completion of a Business Combination (including the forward purchase shares, but not the forward purchase warrants), excluding any Class A common stock or equity-linked securities exercisable for or convertible into Class A common stock issued, or to be issued, to any seller in a Business Combination, and any private placement warrants issued to the Sponsors upon conversion of Working Capital Loans, minus (b) the number of Public Shares redeemed by public stockholders in connection with a Business Combination. Any conversion of Class B common stock will take effect as a compulsory redemption of Class B common stock and an issuance of Class A common stock as a matter of Delaware law. In no event will the Class B common stock convert into Class A common stock at a rate of less than one to one.

Warrants.   Public Warrants may only be exercised for a whole number of shares. No fractional shares will be issued upon exercise of the Public Warrants. The Public Warrants will become exercisable on the later of (a) 30 days after the completion of a Business Combination and (b) 12 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering. The Public Warrants will expire five years from the completion of a Business Combination, at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, or earlier upon redemption or liquidation. 

The Company will not be obligated to deliver any Class A common stock pursuant to the exercise of a Public Warrant and will have no obligation to settle such Public Warrant exercise unless a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to the Class A common stock underlying the warrants is then effective and a prospectus relating thereto is current or a valid exemption from registration is available. No warrant will be exercisable and the Company will not be obligated to issue shares of Class A common stock upon exercise of a warrant unless the Class A common stock issuable upon such warrant exercise has been registered, qualified or deemed to be exempt under the securities laws of the state of residence of the registered holder of the warrants.

The Company has agreed that as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 20 business days after the closing of a Business Combination, it will use its commercially reasonable efforts to file with the SEC a registration statement for the registration, under the Securities Act, of the Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants. The Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the same to become effective and to maintain the effectiveness of such registration statement, and a current prospectus relating thereto, until the expiration or redemption of the warrants in accordance with the provisions of the warrant agreement. If a registration statement covering the issuance of the Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants is not effective by the 60th business day after the closing of a Business Combination, warrant holders may, until such time as there is an effective registration statement and during any period when the Company will have failed to maintain an effective registration statement, exercise warrants on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act or another exemption. In addition, if the shares of Class A common stock are at the time of any exercise of a warrant not listed on a national securities exchange such that they satisfy the definition of a “covered security” under Section 18(b)(1) of the Securities Act, the Company may, at its option, require holders of the Public Warrants who exercise their warrants to do so on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act and, in the event the Company elects to do so, the Company will not be required to file or maintain in effect a registration statement, but it will use its best efforts to register or qualify the shares under applicable blue sky laws to the extent an exemption is not available. In such event, each holder would pay the exercise price by surrendering the warrants for that number of shares of Class A common stock equal to the lesser of (A) the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the product of the number of shares of Class A common stock underlying the warrants, multiplied the excess of the “fair market value” less the exercise price of the warrants by (y) the fair market value and (B) 0.361. The “fair market value” shall mean the volume weighted average price of the Class A common stock for the 10 trading days ending on the trading day prior to the date on which the notice of exercise is received by the warrant agent.


Redemption of Warrants When the Price per Share of Class A Common Stock Equals or Exceeds $18.00 — Once the warrants become exercisable, the Company may redeem the outstanding Public Warrants:

in whole and not in part;

at a price of $0.01 per Public Warrant;

upon not less than 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption to each warrant holder; and

if, and only if, the last reported sale price of the Class A common stock for any 20 trading days within a 30 trading day period ending three business days before sending the notice of redemption to warrant holders (the “Reference Value”) equals or exceeds $18.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock capitalizations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like).

If and when the warrants become redeemable by the Company, the Company may exercise its redemption right even if it is unable to register or qualify the underlying securities for sale under all applicable state securities laws. However, the Company will not redeem the warrants unless an effective registration statement under the Securities Act covering the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants is effective and a current prospectus relating to those shares of Class A common stock is available throughout the 30-day redemption period.


Redemption of Warrants When the Price per Share of Class A Common Stock Equals or Exceeds $10.00 — Once the warrants become exercisable, the Company may redeem the outstanding warrants: 

in whole and not in part;

at $0.10 per warrant upon a minimum of 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption provided that holders will be able to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis prior to redemption and receive that number of shares determined, based on the redemption date and the “fair market value” of the Class A common stock;

if, and only if, the Reference Value (as defined in the above under “Redemption of Warrants When the Price per Share of Class A Common Stock Equals or Exceeds $18.00”) equals or exceeds $10.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like); and

if the Reference Value is less than $18.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) the private placement warrants must also be concurrently called for redemption on the same terms (except as described below with respect to a holder’s ability to cashless exercise its warrants) as the outstanding public warrants, as described above.

The exercise price and number of shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the Public Warrants may be adjusted in certain circumstances including in the event of a stock dividend, extraordinary dividend or recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation. However, except as described below, the Public Warrants will not be adjusted for issuances of common stock at a price below its exercise price. Additionally, in no event will the Company be required to net cash settle the Public Warrants. If the Company is unable to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period and the Company liquidates the funds held in the Trust Account, holders of Public Warrants will not receive any of such funds with respect to their Public Warrants, nor will they receive any distribution from the Company’s assets held outside of the Trust Account with respect to such Public Warrants. Accordingly, the Public Warrants may expire worthless.

In addition, if (x) the Company issues additional Class A common stock or equity-linked securities for capital raising purposes in connection with the closing of a Business Combination at an issue price or effective issue price of less than $9.20 per share (with such issue price or effective issue price to be determined in good faith by the Company’s board of directors, and in the case of any such issuance to the Sponsors or their affiliates, without taking into account any Founder Shares held by the Sponsors or such affiliates, as applicable, prior to such issuance) (the “Newly Issued Price”), (y) the aggregate gross proceeds from such issuances represent more than 60% of the total equity proceeds, and interest thereon, available for the funding of a Business Combination on the date of the completion of a Business Combination (net of redemptions), and (z) the volume weighted average trading price of the Company’s Class A common stock during the 20 trading day period starting on the trading day prior to the day on which the Company consummates a Business Combination (such price, the “Market Value”) is below $9.20 per share, the exercise price of the Public Warrants will be adjusted (to the nearest cent) to be equal to 115% of the higher of the Market Value and the Newly Issued Price, and the $10.00 and $18.00 per share redemption trigger prices described above adjacent to “Redemption of Warrants When the Price per Share of Class A Common Stock Equals or Exceeds $18.00” and “Redemption of Warrants When the Price per Share of Class A Common Stock Equals or Exceeds $10.00” will be adjusted (to the nearest cent) to be equal to 100% and 180% of the higher of the Market Value and the Newly Issued Price, respectively.

The Private Placement Warrants are identical to the Public Warrants underlying the Units sold in the Initial Public Offering, except that (x) the Private Placement Warrants and the Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of the Private Placement Warrants will not be transferable, assignable or salable until 30 days after the completion of a Business Combination, subject to certain limited exceptions, (y) the Private Placement Warrants will be exercisable on a cashless basis and be non-redeemable so long as they are held by the initial purchasers or their permitted transferees and (z) the Private Placement Warrants and the Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the Private Placement Warrants will be entitled to registration rights. If the Private Placement Warrants are held by someone other than the initial purchasers or their permitted transferees, the Private Placement Warrants will be redeemable by the Company and exercisable by such holders on the same basis as the Public Warrants.


NOTE 8. INCOME TAX

The Company did not have any significant deferred tax assets or liabilities as of December 31, 2020.

The Company’s net deferred tax assets are as follows:

  December 31, 
  2020 
Deferred tax asset    
Organizational costs/Startup expenses $653,552 
Total deferred tax asset  653,552 
Valuation allowance  (653,552)
Deferred tax asset, net of allowance $ 

The income tax provision consists of the following:

  December 31, 
  2020 
Federal:    
Current $147,695 
Deferred  (653,552)
     
State:    
Current $ 
Deferred   
Change in valuation allowance  653,552 
Income tax provision $147,695 

As of December 31, 2020, the Company did not have any U.S. federal and state net operating loss carryovers available to offset future taxable income.

In assessing the realization of the deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion of all of the deferred tax assetsasset will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income duringand the periods in which temporary differences representing net future deductible amounts become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities during the period in which related temporary differences become deductible.

The Company recognizes the benefits of tax return positions in the financial statements if it is “more-likely-than-not” they will be sustained by a taxing authority. The measurement of a tax position meeting the more-likely-than-not criteria is based on the largest benefit that is more than 50 percent likely to be realized. Only information that is available at the reporting date is considered in the Company’s recognition and measurement analysis and events or changes in facts and circumstances are accounted for in the period in which the event or change in circumstance occurs.

3. Revenue from Contracts with Customers

The majority of the Company’s revenue is highly recurring and is derived from contracts with customers to provide integrated, cloud-based human capital solutions that empower clients and their employees to manage their health, wealth and HR needs. The Company’s revenues are disaggregated by recurring and project revenues within each reportable segment. Recurring revenues are typically longer term in nature and more predictable on an annual basis, while project revenues consist of project work of a shorter duration. See Note 12 “Segment Reporting” for quantitative disclosures of recurring and project revenues by reportable segment. The Company’s reportable segments are Employer Solutions, Professional Services and Hosted Business. Employer Solutions are driven by our digital, software and AI-led capabilities powered by the Alight Worklife® platform and spanning total employee wellbeing and engagement, including integrated benefits administration, healthcare navigation, financial health and employee wellbeing and payroll. Professional Services includes project-based cloud deployment and consulting offerings. The Company believes these revenue categories depict how the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of its revenue and cash flows are affected by economic factors.

Revenues are recognized when control of the promised services is transferred to the customer in the amount that best reflects the consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled in exchange for those services. The majority of the Company’s revenue is recognized over time as the customer simultaneously receives and consumes the benefits of our services. On occasions, we may be entitled to a fee based on achieving certain performance criteria or contract milestones. To the extent that we cannot estimate with reasonable assurance the likelihood that we will achieve the performance target, we will constrain this portion of the transaction price and recognize it when or as the uncertainty is resolved. Any taxes assessed on revenues relating to services provided to our clients are recorded on a net basis. All of the Company’s revenues are described in more detail below.

F-11


Alight, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

Administrative Services

We provide benefits, human resource and payroll administration services across all of our solutions, which are highly recurring. The Company’s contracts may include administration services across one or multiple solutions and typically have three to five-year terms with mutual renewal options.

These contracts typically consist of an implementation phase and an ongoing administration phase:

Implementation phase – In connection with the Company’s long-term agreements, highly customized implementation efforts are often necessary to set up clients and their human resource, payroll or benefit programs on the Company’s systems and operating processes. Work performed during the implementation phase is considered a set-up activity because it does not transfer a service to the customer. Therefore, it is not a separate performance obligation. As these agreements are longer term in nature, our contracts generally provide that if the client terminates a contract, we are entitled to an additional payment for services performed through the termination date designed to recover our up-front costs of implementation. Any fees received from the customer as part of the implementation are in effect, an advance payment for the future ongoing administration services to be provided.

Ongoing administration services phase – For all solutions, the ongoing administration phase includes a variety of plan and payroll administration services and system support services. More specifically, these services include data management, calculations, reporting, fulfillment/communications, compliance services, call center support, and in our Health Solutions agreements, annual on-boarding and enrollment support. While there are a variety of activities performed across all solutions, the overall nature of the obligation is to provide integrated administration solutions to the customer. The agreement represents a stand-ready obligation to perform these activities across all solutions on an as-needed basis. The customer obtains value from each period of service, and each time increment (i.e., each month, or each benefit cycle in the case of our Health Solutions arrangements) is distinct and substantially the same. Accordingly, the ongoing administration services for each solution represents a series and each series (i.e., each month, or each benefit cycle including the enrollment period in the case of our Health Solutions arrangements) of distinct services are deemed to be a single performance obligation. In agreements that include multiple performance obligations, the transaction price related to each performance obligation is based on a relative stand-alone selling price basis. We establish the stand-alone selling price using observable market prices that the Company charges separately for similar solutions to similar customers.

Our contracts with our clients specify the terms and conditions upon which the services are based. Fees for these services are primarily based on a contracted fee charged per participant per period (e.g., monthly or annually, as applicable). These contracts may also include fixed components, including lump-sum implementation fees. Our fees are not typically payable until the commencement of the ongoing administration phase. Once fees become payable, payment is typically due on a monthly basis as we perform under the contract, and we are entitled to be reimbursed for work performed to date in the event of termination.

For Health Solutions administration services, each benefits cycle inclusive of the enrollment period represents a time increment under the series guidance and is a single performance obligation. Although ongoing fees are typically not payable until the commencement of the ongoing administrative phase, we begin transferring services to our customers approximately four months prior to payments being due as part of our annual enrollment services. Although our per-participant fees are considered variable, they are typically predictable in nature, and therefore we do not generally constrain any portion of our transaction price estimates. We use an input method based on the labor costs incurred relative to total labor costs as the measure of progress in satisfying our Health Solutions performance obligation commencing when the customer’s annual enrollment services begin. Given that the Health Solutions enrollment and administrative services are stand-ready in nature, it can be difficult to estimate the total expected efforts or hours we will incur for a particular benefits cycle. Therefore, the input measure is based on the historical effort expended, which is measured as labor cost.

For all other benefits administration, human resources and payroll services where each month represents a distinct time increment under the series guidance, we allocate the transaction price to the month we are performing our services. Therefore, the amount recognized each month is the variable consideration related to that month plus any fixed monthly or annual fee, which is recognized on a straight-line basis. Revenue for these types of arrangements is therefore more consistent throughout the year.

In the normal course of business, we enter into change orders or other contract modifications to add or modify services provided to the customer. We evaluate whether these modifications should be accounted for as separate contracts or a modification to an existing contract. To the extent that the modification changes a promise that forms part of the underlying series, the modification is not accounted for as a separate contract.

F-12


Alight, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

Other Contracts

In addition to the ongoing administration services, the Company also has services across all solutions that represent separate performance obligations and that are often shorter in duration, such as our cloud deployment services, cloud advisory services, participant financial advisory services, and enrollment services not bundled with ongoing administration services.

Fee arrangements can be in the form of fixed-fee, time-and-materials, or fees based on assets under management. Payment is typically due on a monthly basis as we perform under the contract, and we are entitled to be reimbursed for work performed to date in the event of termination.

Services may represent stand-ready obligations that meet the series provision, in which case all variable consideration is allocated to each distinct time increment.

Other services are recognized over-time based on a method that faithfully depicts the transfer of value to the customer, which may be based on the value of labor hours worked or time elapsed, depending on the facts and circumstances.

The majority of the fees for enrollment services not bundled with ongoing administration services may be in the form of commissions received from insurance carriers for policy placement and are variable in nature. These annual enrollment services include both employer-sponsored arrangements that place both retiree Medicare coverage and voluntary benefits and direct-to-consumer Medicare placement. Our performance obligations under these annual enrollment services are typically completed over a short period upon which a respective policy is placed or confirmed with no ongoing fulfillment obligations. For both the employer-sponsored and direct-to-consumer arrangements, we recognize the majority of the placement revenue in the fourth quarter of the calendar year, which is when most of the placement or renewal activity occurs. However, the Company may continue to receive commissions from carriers until the respective policy lapses or is cancelled. The Company bases the estimates of total transaction price on supportable evidence from an analysis of past transactions, and only includes amounts that are probable of being received or not refunded.

As it relates to the direct-to consumer arrangements, because our obligation is complete upon placement of the policy, we recognize revenue at that date, which includes both compensation due to us in the first year as well as an estimate of the total renewal commissions that will be received over the lifetime of the policy. The variable consideration estimate requires significant judgement, and will vary based on product type, estimated commission rates and the expected lives of the respective policies and other factors.

For both the employer-sponsored and direct-to-customer arrangements, the estimated total transaction price may differ from the ultimate amount of commissions we may collect. Consequently, the estimate of total transaction price is adjusted over time as the Company receives confirmation of cash received, or as other information becomes available.

A portion of the Company's revenue is subscription-based where monthly fees are paid to the Company. The Company receives these fees from insurance carriers and are priced based on a per-employee, per-month (PEPM) basis over a specific term based on the estimated number of employees who will have access to their product. The subscription-based revenue is recognized straight-line over the contract term, which is generally three years.

The Company has elected to apply practical expedients to not disclose the revenue related to unsatisfied performance obligations if (1) the contract has an original duration of one year or less, or (2) the variable consideration is allocated entirely to an unsatisfied performance obligation which is recognized as a series of distinct goods and services that form a single performance obligation.

Contract Costs

Costs to obtain a Contract

The Company capitalizes incremental costs to obtain a contract with a customer that are expected to be recovered. Assets recognized for the costs to obtain a contract, which primarily includes sales commissions paid in relation to the initial contract, are amortized over the expected life of the underlying customer relationships, which is 7 years for our payroll and cloud solutions and 15 years for all of our other solutions. For situations where the duration of the contract is 1 year or less, the Company has applied a practical expedient and recognized the costs of obtaining a contract as an expense when incurred. These costs are recorded in Cost of services, exclusive of depreciation and amortization in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss).

Costs to fulfill a Contract

The Company capitalizes costs to fulfill contracts which includes highly customized implementation efforts to set up clients and their human resource, payroll or benefit programs. Assets recognized for the costs to fulfill a contract are amortized on a systematic

F-13


Alight, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

basis over the expected life of the underlying customer relationships, which is 7 years for our payroll and cloud solutions and 15 years for all of our other solutions.

Amortization for all contracts costs is recorded in Cost of services, exclusive of depreciation and amortization in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) (see Note 5 “Other Financial Data”).

4. Acquisitions

2022 Acquisition

In December 2022, the Company completed the acquisition of ReedGroup for a preliminary purchase price of approximately $87 million, net of cash acquired. This acquisition was not material to the Company’s results of operations, financial position, or cash flows. The Company accounted for the acquisition as a business combination under Accounting Standards Codification Topic 805, Business Combinations ("ASC 805"). The goodwill identified by this acquisition is primarily attributed to the synergies that are expected to be realized as well as intangible assets that do not qualify for separate recognition, such as assembled workforce. None of the goodwill is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes. The preliminary purchase price allocation was based upon a preliminary valuation, and the Company's estimates and assumptions are subject to change within the measurement period (not to exceed twelve months following the acquisition date). Upon completion of this acquisition, the business is now wholly-owned by the Company and will be included within the Employer Solutions segment.

2021 Acquisitions

Alight Business Combination

On July 2, 2021, the Company completed the Business Combination for consideration transferred of approximately $5.0 billion. The Business Combination was accounted for using the acquisition method under ASC 805, which requires, among other things, that most assets acquired and liabilities assumed be recognized at their fair values as of the acquisition date. The final consideration and allocation of the purchase price to the fair value of the combined assets acquired and liabilities assumed is presented below.

On the Closing Date, the Company paid $36 million of deferred underwriting costs related to FTAC’s initial public offering and $37 million of fees related to the private placement transaction, which were treated as a reduction of equity. Approximately $21 million of the Company’s acquisition-related costs were paid on the Closing Date. Additionally, $39 million of seller transaction costs were paid on the Closing Date, including $36 million in advisory and investment banker fees that were contingent upon the consummation of the Business Combination. As these fees are considered success fees in nature, they are considered to have been incurred “on the line”, and therefore, were not recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) in either the Predecessor or Successor periods.

On the Closing Date, approximately $36 million of certain executive compensation-related expenses that were contingent upon the closing of the Business Combination were triggered. As these expenses were contingent upon the change-in-control event, they are considered to have been incurred “on the line”, and therefore, were not recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) in either the Predecessor or Successor periods.

The following table summarizes the final consideration transferred (in millions):

Cash consideration to prior equityholders(1)

$

1,055

Repayment of debt

1,814

Total cash consideration

$

2,869

Continuing unitholders rollover equity into the Company(2)

1,414

Contingent consideration - Tax Receivable Agreement(3)

610

Contingent consideration - Seller Earnouts(3)

109

Total consideration transferred

$

5,002

Noncontrolling interest(4)

$

799

(1) Includes cash consideration paid to reimburse seller for certain transaction expenses.

(2) The Company issued approximately 141 million shares of Class A Common Stock that had a total fair value of approximately $1.4 billion based on the price of $10 per share on July 2, 2021, the acquisition date.

(3) The TRA and Seller Earnouts represent liability classified contingent consideration. Refer to Note 9 “Stockholders’ and Members’ Equity”, Note 14 “Financial Instruments” and Note 15 “Tax Receivable Agreement” to our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2022 for further discussion.

F-14


Alight, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

(4) The fair value of the noncontrolling interest is based on the fair value of acquired business, which was determined based on the price of the Company's Class A Common Stock at the July 2, 2021 Closing Date, plus the contingent consideration related to the Seller Earnouts. The noncontrolling interest is exchangeable for Class A Common Stock at the option of the holder. Refer to Note 9 “Stockholders’ and Members’ Equity” to our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2022 for additional information.

The following table summarizes the final purchase price allocation (in millions):

Cash and cash equivalents

$

460

Receivables

484

Fiduciary assets

1,015

Other current assets

162

Fixed assets

205

Other assets

425

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

(327

)

Fiduciary liabilities

(1,015

)

Other current liabilities

(291

)

Debt assumed

(2,370

)

Deferred tax liabilities

(3

)

Other liabilities

(396

)

Intangible assets

4,078

Total identifiable net assets

$

2,427

Goodwill

$

3,374


Measurement Period Adjustments

During the first half of 2022, the Company recorded measurement period adjustments to its initial allocation of purchase price as a result of ongoing valuation procedures on assets acquired and liabilities assumed, including (i) a decrease in Receivables of $2 million, (ii) a decrease in Other current liabilities of $2 million, (iii) a decrease in consideration transferred of $8 million due to an updated TRA valuation, and (iv) a decrease of $1 million in noncontrolling interest due to the change in consideration transferred. The impact of these measurement period adjustments on the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) was not material.

Intangible Assets

Intangible assets were identified that met either the separability criterion or the contractual-legal criterion described in ASC 805. The trade name intangible asset represents the corporate Alight tradename, which was valued using the relief-from-royalty method. The technology related intangible assets represent software developed by Alight Holdings to differentiate its product/service offerings for its customers, valued using the relief-from-royalty method. The customer-related and contract-based intangible assets represent strong, long-term relationships with customers, valued using the multi-period excess earnings method. The values allocated to identifiable intangible assets and their estimated useful lives are as follows:

 

 

Fair value

 

 

Useful life

 

Identifiable intangible assets

 

(in millions)

 

 

(in years)

 

Definite lived trade names

 

$

 

400

 

 

 

15

 

Technology related intangibles

 

$

 

222

 

 

 

6

 

Customer-related and contract-based intangibles

 

$

 

3,456

 

 

 

15

 

Goodwill

Approximately $3.4 billion has been allocated to goodwill following the closing of the Business Combination. Goodwill represents the excess of the gross consideration transferred over the fair value of the underlying net tangible and identifiable definite-lived intangible assets acquired. Qualitative factors that contribute to the recognition of goodwill include certain intangible assets that are not recognized as separate identifiable intangible assets apart from goodwill, including assembled workforce and expected future market conditions. Of the goodwill established, $1.6 billion was tax deductible.

F-15


Alight, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

Retiree Health Exchange

On October 1, 2021, the Company completed the acquisition of AON Retiree Health Exchange, Inc., a retiree health exchange, for consideration transferred of approximately $199 million. The acquisition was accounted for using the acquisition method under ASC 805, which requires, among other things, that most assets acquired and liabilities assumed be recognized at their fair values as of the acquisition date. The consideration and allocation of the purchase price to the fair value of the combined assets acquired and liabilities assumed is presented below.

The following table summarizes the purchase price allocation (in millions):

Receivables

$

1

Other current assets

29

Deferred tax assets

1

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

(13

)

Intangible assets

104

Fair value of net assets acquired and liabilities assumed

122

Goodwill

77

Total consideration

$

199

Measurement Period Adjustments

During the third quarter of 2022, the Company recorded a measurement period adjustment to its initial allocation of purchase price as a result of ongoing valuation procedures on assets acquired and liabilities assumed of an increase of $1 million to deferred tax assets. There was no impact on the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) from this measurement period adjustment.

Intangible Assets and Goodwill

Intangible assets include customer-related and contract-based intangibles and technology with estimated useful lives of 13 years and 5 years, respectively. Approximately $77 million has been allocated to goodwill, all of which was tax deductible.

Other Acquisitions

The Company also completed one acquisition during the year ended December 31, 2021. The acquisition was not material to the Company’s results of operations, financial position, or cash flows. The Company accounted for the acquisition as a business combination under ASC 805. The goodwill identified by this acquisition is primarily attributed to the synergies that are expected to be realized as well as intangible assets that do not qualify for separate recognition, such as assembled workforce. Goodwill is not amortized and is deductible for tax purposes. Upon completion of this acquisition, the business is now wholly-owned by the Company.

5. Other Financial Data

Consolidated Balance Sheets Information

Receivables, net

The components of Receivables, net are as follows (in millions):

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

 

2021

 

Billed and unbilled receivables

 

$

 

687

 

 

 

$

 

520

 

Allowance for expected credit losses

 

 

 

(9

)

 

 

 

 

(5

)

Balance at end of period

 

$

 

678

 

 

 

$

 

515

 

As a result of the prior year Business Combination, all receivables acquired were recorded at fair value and allowance for expected credit losses previously recorded by the Predecessor were reduced to zero as of July 1, 2021 (see Note 1 “Basis of Presentation and Nature of Business”). The Company has not experienced significant write-downs in its receivable balances.

F-16


Alight, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

Other current assets

The components of Other current assets are as follows (in millions):

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

 

2021

 

Deferred project costs

 

$

 

43

 

 

 

$

 

39

 

Prepaid expenses

 

 

 

68

 

 

 

 

 

66

 

Commissions receivable

 

 

 

149

 

 

 

 

 

148

 

Other

 

 

 

119

 

 

 

 

 

49

 

Total

 

$

 

379

 

 

 

$

 

302

 

Other assets

The components of Other assets are as follows (in millions):

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

 

2021

 

Deferred project costs

 

$

 

342

 

 

 

$

 

274

 

Operating lease right of use asset

 

 

 

86

 

 

 

 

 

120

 

Commissions receivable

 

 

 

28

 

 

 

 

 

34

 

Other

 

 

 

86

 

 

 

 

 

44

 

Total

 

$

 

542

 

 

 

$

 

472

 

The current and non-current portions of deferred project costs relate to costs to obtain and fulfill contracts (see Note 3 “Revenue from Contracts with Customers”). During the Successor year ended December 31, 2022, the six months ended December 31, 2021, the Predecessor six months ended June 30, 2021 and year ended December 31, 2020, total amortization expense of $50 million, $31 million, $33 million and $74 million was recorded in Cost of services, exclusive of depreciation and amortization in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss), respectively.

The current portion of the commissions receivable balance as of December 31, 2021 includes commission receivables related to the Retiree Health acquisition completed during the fourth quarter of 2021.

Other current assets and Other assets include the fair value of outstanding derivative instruments related to interest rate swaps. The balance in Other current assets as of December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021 was $72 million and $1 million, respectively. The balance in Other assets as of December 31, 2022 was $62 million and $16 million , respectively, (see Note 13 “Derivative Financial Instruments” for further information).

See Note 19 "Lease Obligations" for further information regarding the Operating lease right of use assets recorded as of December 31, 2022 and 2021.

Fixed assets, net

The components of Fixed assets, net are as follows (in millions):

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

 

2021

 

Capitalized software

 

$

 

183

 

 

 

$

 

55

 

Leasehold improvements

 

 

 

42

 

 

 

 

 

40

 

Computer equipment

 

 

 

116

 

 

 

 

 

102

 

Furniture, fixtures and equipment

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

 

 

12

 

Construction in progress

 

 

 

73

 

 

 

 

 

58

 

Total Fixed assets, gross

 

 

 

426

 

 

 

 

 

267

 

Less: Accumulated depreciation

 

 

 

106

 

 

 

 

 

31

 

Fixed assets, net

 

$

 

320

 

 

 

$

 

236

 

As a result of the prior year Business Combination, all fixed assets acquired were recorded at fair value and accumulated depreciation previously recorded by the Predecessor was reduced to zero as of July 1, 2021 (see Note 1 “Basis of Presentation and Nature of Business”). In addition, as part of the purchase price accounting for the Business Combination, Capitalized software related

F-17


Alight, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

to internally developed software in-service as of the Closing Date was reclassified and included in the fair value of the Technology related intangible assets acquired.

Included in Computer equipment are assets under finance leases. The balances as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, net of accumulated depreciation related to these assets, were $46 million and $62 million, respectively.

Other current liabilities

The components of Other current liabilities are as follows (in millions):

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

 

2021

 

Deferred revenue

 

$

 

141

 

 

 

$

 

148

 

Operating lease liabilities

 

 

 

34

 

 

 

 

 

44

 

Finance lease liabilities

 

 

 

25

 

 

 

 

 

27

 

Other

 

 

 

100

 

 

 

 

 

182

 

Total

 

$

 

300

 

 

 

$

 

401

 

Other liabilities

The components of Other liabilities are as follows (in millions):

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

 

2021

 

Deferred revenue

 

$

 

93

 

 

 

$

 

55

 

Operating lease liabilities

 

 

 

103

 

 

 

 

 

139

 

Finance lease liabilities

 

 

 

18

 

 

 

 

 

34

 

Unrecognized tax positions

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

 

 

44

 

Other

 

 

 

54

 

 

 

 

 

81

 

Total

 

$

 

281

 

 

 

$

 

353

 

The current and non-current portions of deferred revenue relates to consideration received in advance of performance under client contracts. During the Successor year ended December 31, 2022, the six months ended December 31, 2021, the Predecessor six months ended June 30, 2021 and year ended December 31, 2020, revenue of approximately $123 million, $44 million, $101 million, and $175 million was recognized that was recorded as deferred revenue at the beginning of each period, respectively.

Other current liabilities as of December 31, 2021 includes a deferred consideration payment of $83 million related to an acquisition completed in the fourth quarter of 2021.

As of December 31, 2022 the current and non-current portions of operating lease liabilities represent the Company’s obligation to make lease payments arising from a lease (see Note 19 “Lease Obligations” for further information). Operating leases for the Company’s office facilities expire at various dates through 2031.

Other current liabilities and Other liabilities include the fair value of outstanding derivative instruments related to interest rate swaps. There were no interest rate swaps recorded in Other current liabilities or Other liabilities as of December 31, 2022. The balances in Other current liabilities and Other liabilities as of December 31, 2021 were $8 million and $1 million, respectively (see Note 13 “Derivative Financial Instruments” for further information).

F-18


Alight, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

6. Goodwill and Intangible assets, net

The changes in the net carrying amount of goodwill are as follows (in millions):

 

 

Employer

 

 

Professional

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Solutions

 

 

Services

 

 

Total

 

Balance as of December 31, 2021

 

$

 

3,564

 

 

 

 

74

 

 

 

 

3,638

 

Acquisitions(1)

 

 

 

44

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

44

 

Foreign currency translation

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

(3

)

Balance as of December 31, 2022

 

$

 

3,606

 

 

 

 

73

 

 

 

 

3,679

 

(1) Amounts relate to the 2022 Acquisition and measurement period adjustments related to prior year acquisitions. See Note 4 "Acquisitions" for more information.

Goodwill for each reporting unit is tested for impairment annually during the fourth quarter, or more frequently if there are indicators that a reporting unit may be impaired. Accounting Standard Codification 350, Intangibles and Other ("ASC 350") states that an optional qualitative impairment assessment can be performed to determine whether an impairment is more likely than not by considering various factors such as macroeconomic and industry trends, reporting unit performance and overall business changes. If inconclusive evidence results from the qualitative impairment test, a quantitative assessment is performed where the Company determines the fair value of the reporting units by using a combination of the present value of expected future cash flows and a market approach based on earnings multiple data from peer companies using unobservable level 3 inputs. If an impairment is identified, an impairment is recorded by the amount that the carrying value exceeds the fair value for each reporting unit. While the future cash flows are consistent with those that are used in our internal planning process inclusive of long-term growth assumptions, estimating cash flows requires significant judgment. Future changes to our projected cash flows can vary from the cash flows eventually realized, which may have a material impact on the outcomes of future goodwill impairment tests. The Company uses a weighted average cost of capital that represents the blended average required rate of return for equity and debt capital based on observed market return data and company specific risk factors.

During the fourth quarter of 2022, the Company performed a quantitative assessment in accordance with ASC 350. We evaluated the potential for goodwill impairment by considering macroeconomic conditions, industry and market conditions, cost factors, both current and future expected financial performance, and relevant entity-specific events for each of the reporting units. We also considered our overall market performance discretely as well as in relation to our peers. We utilized a discount rate of 11.0% and a long-term growth rate of 3.5% consistently across all reporting units in the determination of the reporting unit fair value. Other significant assumptions utilized included the Company’s projections of expected future revenues and EBITDA margin, which is defined as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and intangible amortization as a percentage of revenue. The Company determined the fair value for each reporting unit exceeded the carrying value as of October 1, 2022, and therefore, goodwill was not impaired. Based on the results of the Company’s quantitative assessment, the fair value of the Health Solutions, Wealth Solutions, Cloud Services and Professional Services reporting units exceeded their carrying values by less than 1%, 6%, 1%, and 29%, respectively. A hypothetical 25-basis point increase in the discount rate or a hypothetical 50-basis point decrease in the long-term growth rate could have resulted in goodwill impairment in the Company’s Health Solutions reporting unit of $174 million and the Cloud Services reporting unit of $36 million. The Company’s Wealth Solutions and Professional services reporting units fair value continued to exceed carrying value.

Subsequent to our annual impairment test and until the end of the reporting period, we evaluated changes in macroeconomic conditions, industry and market conditions and determined that these factors were broadly consistent with those that existed as of our annual impairment test date. As such, we determined that no additional goodwill impairment testing was warranted, and goodwill remained recoverable as of December 31, 2022. At December 31, 2022, our reporting units has the following amounts of goodwill: Health Solutions, Wealth Solutions, Cloud Services and Professional Services had $3,075 million, $127 million, $404 million and $73 million, respectively.

F-19


Alight, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

Intangible assets by asset class are as follows (in millions):

 

 

December 31, 2022

 

 

December 31, 2021

 

 

 

Gross

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net

 

 

Gross

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net

 

 

 

Carrying

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

Carrying

 

 

Carrying

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

Carrying

 

 

 

Amount

 

 

Amortization

 

 

Amount

 

 

Amount

 

 

Amortization

 

 

Amount

 

Intangible assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Customer-related and contract based
   intangibles

 

$

 

3,670

 

 

$

 

364

 

 

$

 

3,306

 

 

$

 

3,662

 

 

$

 

119

 

 

$

 

3,543

 

Technology related intangibles

 

 

 

263

 

 

 

 

63

 

 

 

 

200

 

 

 

 

254

 

 

 

 

20

 

 

 

 

234

 

Trade name (finite life)

 

 

 

408

 

 

 

 

42

 

 

 

 

366

 

 

 

 

407

 

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

 

393

 

Total

 

$

 

4,341

 

 

$

 

469

 

 

$

 

3,872

 

 

$

 

4,323

 

 

$

 

153

 

 

$

 

4,170

 

The net carrying amount of Intangible assets as of December 31, 2022 includes customer-related and contract based identifiable intangible assets, technology related intangible assets and trade name intangible assets.

Amortization expense from finite-lived intangible assets for the Successor year ended December 31, 2022, the six months ended December 31, 2021, and the Predecessor six months ended June 30, 2021 and year ended December 31, 2020 was $316 million, $153 million, $100 million, $200 million, respectively, which was recorded in Depreciation and intangible amortization in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss).

The following table reflects intangible asset net carrying amount and weighted average remaining useful lives as of December 31, 2022 (in millions, except for years):

 

 

Net

 

 

Weighted-Average

 

 

 

Carrying

 

 

Remaining

 

 

 

Amount

 

 

Useful Lives

 

Intangible assets at December 31, 2022:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Customer-related and contract-based
   intangibles

 

$

 

3,306

 

 

 

 

13.5

 

Technology-related intangibles

 

 

 

200

 

 

 

 

4.5

 

Trade name (finite life)

 

 

 

366

 

 

 

 

13.3

 

Total

 

$

 

3,872

 

 

 

 

 

Subsequent to December 31, 2022, the annual amortization expense is expected to be as follows (in millions):

 

 

Customer-Related

 

 

Technology

 

 

Trade

 

 

 

and Contract Based

 

 

Related

 

 

Name

 

 

 

Intangibles

 

 

Intangibles

 

 

Intangibles

 

2023

 

$

 

246

 

 

$

 

45

 

 

$

 

29

 

2024

 

 

 

246

 

 

 

 

45

 

 

 

 

29

 

2025

 

 

 

246

 

 

 

 

45

 

 

 

 

28

 

2026

 

 

 

246

 

 

 

 

44

 

 

 

 

27

 

2027

 

 

 

246

 

 

 

 

21

 

 

 

 

27

 

Thereafter

 

 

 

2,076

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

226

 

Total amortization expense

 

$

 

3,306

 

 

$

 

200

 

 

$

 

366

 

F-20


Alight, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

7. Income Taxes

Provision for Income Taxes

(Loss) income before income tax expense (benefit) consists of the following (in millions):

 

 

Successor

 

 

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

Year Ended,

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

June 30,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

 

2021

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

(Loss) income before income tax expense (benefit)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. (loss) income

 

$

 

(27

)

 

$

 

(14

)

 

 

$

 

(28

)

 

$

 

(88

)

Non-U.S. (loss) income

 

 

 

(14

)

 

 

 

(9

)

 

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

 

(6

)

Total

 

$

 

(41

)

 

$

 

(23

)

 

 

$

 

(30

)

 

$

 

(94

)

(Loss) income before income tax expense (benefit) shown above is based on the location of the business unit to which such earnings are attributable for tax purposes. In addition, because the earnings shown above may in some cases be subject to taxation in more than one country, the income tax provision shown below as federal, state, or foreign may not correspond to the geographic attribution of the earnings.

The provision for income tax consists of the following (in millions):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Successor

 

 

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

Year Ended,

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

June 30,

 

 

December 31,

 

Income tax expense (benefit):

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Current:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

$

 

(10

)

 

$

 

17

 

 

 

$

 

1

 

 

$

 

 

State

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

(5

)

 

 

 

9

 

Total current tax expense (benefit)

 

$

 

5

 

 

$

 

26

 

 

 

$

 

(4

)

 

$

 

9

 

Deferred tax expense (benefit):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

$

 

18

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

(1

)

State

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

Foreign

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

Total deferred tax (benefit) expense

 

$

 

26

 

 

$

 

(1

)

 

 

$

 

(1

)

 

$

 

 

Total income tax expense (benefit)

 

$

 

31

 

 

$

 

25

 

 

 

$

 

(5

)

 

$

 

9

 

Effective Tax Rate Reconciliation

The reconciliation of the effective tax rate for all periods presented is as follows (in millions):

F-21


Alight, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

 

 

Successor

 

 

Predecessor

 

 

Year Ended

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

Year Ended

 

 

December 31,

 

December 31,

 

 

June 30,

 

December 31,

 

 

2022

 

2021

 

 

2021

 

2020

 

 

Amount

 

 

%

 

Amount

 

 

%

 

 

Amount

 

 

%

 

Amount

 

 

%

(Loss) income before income tax expense (benefit)

 

$

 

(41

)

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

(23

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

(30

)

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

(94

)

 

 

 

 

Provision for income taxes at the statutory rate

 

$

 

(9

)

 

 

21

 

%

 

$

 

(5

)

 

 

21

 

%

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

%

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

State income taxes, net of federal benefit

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

(7

)

%

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

(12

)

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

%

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

Jurisdictional rate differences

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

(20

)

%

 

 

 

(11

)

 

 

49

 

%

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

(3

)

%

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

(11

)

%

Changes in valuation allowances

 

 

 

39

 

 

 

(95

)

%

 

 

 

23

 

 

 

(100

)

%

 

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

6

 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Benefit of income not allocated to the Company

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

(14

)

%

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

(4

)

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income in separate U.S. tax consolidations

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

(37

)

%

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

(68

)

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-deductible expenses

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

(9

)

%

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

(35

)

%

 

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

6

 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tax credits

 

 

 

(7

)

 

 

17

 

%

 

 

 

(4

)

 

 

19

 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in uncertain tax positions

 

 

 

(28

)

 

 

68

 

%

 

 

 

(5

)

 

 

24

 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

%

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(3

)

%

 

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

7

 

%

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

1

 

%

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

$

 

31

 

 

 

(76

)

%

 

$

 

25

 

 

 

(109

)

%

 

 

$

 

(5

)

 

 

16

 

%

 

$

 

9

 

 

 

(10

)

%

The Company’s effective tax rate for the Successor year ended December 31, 2022 and six months ended December 31, 2021 was (76%) and (109%), respectively. The Company’s effective tax rate for the Predecessor six months ended June 30, 2021 and year ended December 31, 2020 was 16% and (10)%, respectively.

The Company’s income tax expense varies from the expense that would be expected based on statutory rates due principally to its organizational structure. Prior to the Business Combination, Alight Holdings operated as a U.S. Partnership which generally is not subject to federal and state income taxes. Subsequent to the Business Combination, the Company’s effective tax rate differs from the U.S.’s statutory rate primarily due to foreign rate differences, valuation allowances, separate entity corporate taxes, changes in statutory reserves, and the noncontrolling interest associated with the portion of Alight Holdings income not allocable to the Company. The Company is taxed as a corporation and is subject to corporate federal, state, and local taxes on the income allocated to it from Alight Holdings, based upon the Company’s economic interest in Alight Holdings, and any stand-alone income or loss generated by the Company. Alight Holdings and certain subsidiaries combine to form a single entity taxable as a partnership for U.S. federal and most applicable state and local income tax purposes. As such, Alight Holdings is not subject to U.S. federal and certain state and local income taxes. The partners of Alight Holdings, including the Company, are liable for federal, state, and local income taxes based on their allocable share of Alight Holdings’ pass-through taxable income, which includes income of Alight Holdings’ subsidiaries that are treated as disregarded entities separate from Alight Holdings for income tax purposes. The effective tax rate for the Successor year ended December 31, 2022 is lower than the 21% U.S. statutory corporate income tax rate primarily due to the structure after the Business Combination and the recognition of expenses which are not deductible for income tax purposes.

Deferred Income Taxes

The components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows (in millions):

F-22


Alight, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

 

 

Successor

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

 

2021

 

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Employee benefit plans

 

$

 

3

 

 

 

$

 

2

 

Interest expense carryforward

 

 

 

55

 

 

 

 

 

13

 

Other credits

 

 

 

39

 

 

 

 

 

39

 

Tax receivable agreement

 

 

 

72

 

 

 

 

 

64

 

Other accrued expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10

 

Seller Earnouts

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

 

 

35

 

Fixed assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

Intangible assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net operating losses

 

 

 

213

 

 

 

 

 

313

 

Other

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

Total

 

 

 

398

 

 

 

 

 

482

 

Valuation allowance on deferred tax assets

 

 

 

(127

)

 

 

 

 

(226

)

Total

 

$

 

271

 

 

 

$

 

256

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Intangible assets

 

$

 

(32

)

 

 

$

 

(33

)

Investment in partnership

 

 

 

(254

)

 

 

 

 

(246

)

Interest rate swap

 

 

 

(30

)

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

 

(9

)

 

 

 

 

(10

)

Total

 

$

 

(325

)

 

 

$

 

(289

)

Net deferred tax (liability) asset

 

$

 

(54

)

 

 

$

 

(33

)

As a result of the Business Combination, the Company established a deferred tax asset for the value of certain tax loss and credit carryforward attributes of the merged entities. In addition, the Company established a deferred tax liability to account for the difference between the Company’s book and tax planning strategiesbasis in making this assessment. After considerationits investment in Alight Holdings. The Company also has historically maintained deferred tax assets on certain tax loss carryforwards in non-U.S. jurisdictions.

In assessing the realizability of all ofdeferred tax assets, the information available, management believesCompany considers whether it is more likely than not that significant uncertainty exists with respect to future realizationsome portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized and adjusts the valuation allowance accordingly. Considerations with respect to the realizability of deferred tax assets include the period of expiration, historical earnings, and future sources of taxable income by jurisdiction to which the tax asset relates. Management judgment is required in determining the assumptions and estimates related to the amount and timing of future taxable income. The Company maintains valuation allowances with regard to the tax benefits of certain net operating losses and other deferred tax assets, and periodically assesses the adequacy thereof. Valuation allowances decreased by $99 million as of December 31, 2022, as compared to the prior year. The change is primarily attributable to acquired net operating losses and other deferred tax assets, as well as the effect of rate changes in foreign jurisdictions.

As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, the Company had U.S. and foreign net operating losses (“NOLs”) of $213 million and $313 million, respectively. The material jurisdictions for the NOLs are the United States and United Kingdom and can be carried forward indefinitely.

F-23


Alight, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

Uncertain Tax Positions

The following is a reconciliation of the Company’s beginning and ending amount of uncertain tax positions (in millions):

Balance at January 1, 2021 (Predecessor)

$

34

Additions for tax positions of prior years

1

Balance at June 30, 2021 (Predecessor)

$

35

Balance at July 1, 2021 (Successor)

35

Lapse of statute of limitations

(5

)

Balance at December 31, 2021 (Successor)

$

30

Lapse of statute of limitations

(22

)

Balance at December 31, 2022 (Successor)

$

8

The Company’s liability for uncertain tax positions as of December 31, 2022 and 2021 includes $8 million and $27 million, respectively, related to amounts that would impact the effective tax rate if recognized.

The Company records interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in its provision for income taxes. The Company accrued potential interest and penalties of $6 million and $17 million as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

The Company and its subsidiaries file income tax returns in their respective jurisdictions. The Company has therefore establishedsubstantially concluded all U.S. federal income tax matters for years through 2018. The Company has concluded income tax examinations in its primary non-U.S. jurisdictions through 2015. With respect to open tax periods, the Company expects unrecognized tax benefits to decrease by approximately $2 million including interest and penalties, within 12 months of the reporting date. This expectation is based on the timing of limitation expirations on certain corporate income tax returns.

8. Debt

Debt outstanding consisted of the following (in millions):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

Maturity Date

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

Term Loan

 

May 1, 2024

 

$

 

65

 

 

$

 

72

 

Term Loan, Amended

 

October 31, 2026

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,958

 

Term Loan, Third Incremental(1)

 

August 31, 2028

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

517

 

Term Loan, B-1(2)

 

August 31, 2028

 

 

 

2,448

 

 

 

 

 

Secured Senior Notes

 

June 1, 2025

 

 

 

310

 

 

 

 

314

 

$294 million Revolving Credit Facility, Amended

 

August 31, 2026

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

June 30, 2022

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

Total debt, net

 

 

 

 

 

2,823

 

 

 

 

2,868

 

Less: current portion of long-term debt, net

 

 

 

 

 

(31

)

 

 

 

(38

)

Total long-term debt, net

 

 

 

$

 

2,792

 

 

$

 

2,830

 

(1)
The net balance for the Third Incremental Term Loan at December 31, 2021 includes unamortized debt issuance costs of $6 million.
(2)
The net balance for the B-1 Term Loan at December 31, 2022 included unamortized debt issuance costs of $8 million.

Purchase Accounting

As part of purchase accounting for the prior year Business Combination, the debt obligations assumed were recorded at fair value, under ASC 805, which resulted in an aggregate increase in the debt liability of $60 million. The fair value increase is being amortized over the respective terms of the debt obligations and is recorded in Interest expense on the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss).

Term Loan

In May 2017, the Company entered into a full valuation allowance. For7-year Initial Term Loan. During November 2017 and November 2019, the Company entered into Incremental Term Loans under identical terms as the Initial Term Loan. In August 2020, the Company refinanced the

F-24


Alight, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

Term Loan by paying down $270 million of principal using the proceeds from the August 2020 Unsecured Senior Notes issuance, extending the maturity date on $1,986 million of the balance to October 31, 2026, and adding an interest rate floor of 50 bps (the "Amended Term Loan"). As part of the consideration transferred in the Business Combination, $556 million of principal was repaid on the portion of the Term Loan that was not amended. In August 2021, the Company entered into a new Third Incremental Term Loan facility for $525 million that matures August 31, 2028. In January 2022, the Company refinanced the Amended Term Loan and the Third Incremental Term Loan to have a concurrent maturity date of August 31, 2028 and updated interest rate terms as described below (the "B-1 Term Loan").

Interest rates on the original Term Loan borrowings are based on the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus a margin based on defined ratios (275 or 300 bps). The Company used the 1‑month LIBOR rate for all periods presented. Interest rates on the B-1 Term Loan borrowings are based on the Secured Overnight Financing Rate ("SOFR") plus a margin of 300 bps. The Company is required to make principal payments at the end of each fiscal quarter based on defined terms in the agreement with the remaining principal balances due on the maturity dates.

During the Successor year ended and six months ended December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively, and the Predecessor six months and year ended June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively, the Company made total principal payments of $31 million, $571 million, $13 million, and $298 million, respectively. The Company utilized swap agreements to fix a portion of the floating interest rates through December 2026 (see Note 13 “Derivative Financial Instruments”).

Secured Senior Notes

During May 2020, the Company issued $300 million of Secured Senior Notes. These Secured Senior Notes have a maturity date of June 1, 2025 and accrue interest at a fixed rate of 5.75% per annum, payable semi-annually on June 1 and December 1 of each year, beginning on December 1, 2020.

Unsecured Senior Notes

In May 2017, the Company issued $500 million of Initial Unsecured Senior Notes. During November 2017, July 2019, and August 2020, the Company issued additional Unsecured Senior Notes under identical terms as the Initial Unsecured Senior Notes for $180 million, $280 million, and $270 million, respectively (collectively “Unsecured Senior Notes”). The Unsecured Senior Notes had a maturity date of June 1, 2025 and accrue interest at a fixed rate of 6.750% per annum, payable semi-annually on June 1 and December 1 of each year.

As part of the consideration transferred in the Business Combination, the Unsecured Senior Notes were fully redeemed.

Revolving Credit Facility

In May 2017, the Company entered into a 5-year $250 million Revolver with a multi-bank syndicate with a maturity date of May 1, 2022. During August 2020, the Company extended the maturity date for $226 million of the Revolver to October 31, 2024. In August 2021, the Company replaced and refinanced the Revolvers with a $294 million Revolver with a maturity date of August 31, 2026. At December 31, 2022, $3 million of unused letters of credit related to various insurance policies and real estate leases were issued under the Revolver and there were no additional borrowings. The Company is required to make periodic payments for commitment fees and interest related to the Revolver and outstanding letters of credit. During the Successor year ended and six months ended December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively, and the Predecessor six months and year ended June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively, the Company made immaterial payments related to these fees.

As part of the acquisition of NGA Human Resources ("NGA HR") during the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company acquired a revolving credit facility of approximately $20 million secured on the accounts receivable balance of NGA HR. During the year ended December 31, 2022, the Company made principal payments of $110 million, offset by borrowings of $104 million. Interest was calculated based on an applicable reference rate plus a margin. The facility was terminated on June 29, 2022, with all borrowings and associated interest repaid at that time.

Financing Fees, Premiums and Interest Expense

The Company capitalized financing fees and premiums related to the Term Loan, Revolver and Secured Senior Notes issued. These financing fees and premiums were recorded as an offset to the aggregate debt balances and are being amortized over the respective loan terms.

F-25


Alight, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

Total interest expense related to the debt instruments for the Successor year and six months ended December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively, and the Predecessor six months and year ended June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively, was $138 million, $53 million, $105 million, $204 million, respectively. This included amortization of financing fees of $3 million and $2 million benefits for the Successor year and six months ended December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively, and an expense of approximately $8 million and $17 million for the Predecessor six months and year ended June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively. Interest expense is recorded in Interest expense in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss).

Principal Payments

Aggregate contractual principal payments as of December 31, 2022 are as follows (in millions):

2023

 

$

 

31

 

2024

 

 

 

83

 

2025

 

 

 

325

 

2026

 

 

 

25

 

2027

 

 

 

25

 

Thereafter

 

 

 

2,331

 

Total payments

 

$

 

2,820

 

9. Stockholders’ and Members’ Equity

Predecessor Equity

Class A Common Units

There were no grants of Class A common units during the six months ended June 30, 2021 or the years ended December 31, 2020. Each holder of Class A common units is entitled to one vote per unit.

Class A-1 Common Units

During the six months ended June 30, 2021, the Company granted 643 Restricted Class A-1 common units. There were no grants of Class A-1 common units during the year ended December 31, 2020. Holders of Class A-1 common units are not entitled to voting rights.

Class B Common Units

During the six months ended June 30, 2021 there were no grants of Class B common units, and during the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company granted 7,459 and 2,587 units, respectively. Holders of Class B common units are not entitled to voting rights.

Successor Equity

Preferred Stock

Upon the Closing of the Business Combination, 1,000,000 preferred shares, par value $0.0001, were authorized. There are no preferred shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2022.

Class A Common Stock

As of December 31, 2022, 478,340,245 Class A common shares, including 7,583,284 of unvested Class A common shares, were legally issued and outstanding, par value $0.0001. Holders of Class A Common Shares are entitled to one vote per share, and together with the holders of shares of Class B Common Stock, will participate ratably in any dividends that may be declared by the Company’s Board of Directors.

Class B Common Stock

Upon the Closing of the Business Combination, the Seller Earnouts resulted in the issuance of a total of 14,999,998 Class B instruments (including 797,386 Unvested Class B common shares related to employee compensation) to the equityholders of the Predecessor. The equityholders of the Predecessor that exchanged their Predecessor Class A units for Alight Class A common shares

F-26


Alight, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

in the Business Combination received Class B common shares, and the equityholders of the Predecessor that continue to hold Class A units of Alight Holdings (“Continuing Unitholders”) received Class B common units of Alight Holdings.

The Class B Common Stock and Class B common units are not entitled to a vote and accrue dividends equal to amounts declared per corresponding Class A common share and Class A unit; however, such dividends are paid if and when such Class B share or Class B unit converts into a Class A share or Class A unit. If any of the Class B common shares or Class B common units do not vest on or before the seventh anniversary of the Closing Date, such shares or units will be automatically forfeited and cancelled for no consideration and will not be entitled to receive any cumulative dividend payments.

These Class B instruments (excluding the Unvested B common shares related to employee compensation) are liability classified; refer to Note 14 “Financial Instruments” to our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2022 for additional information.

As further described below, there are two series of Class B instruments outstanding.

Class B-1

As of December 31, 2022, 4,990,453 Class B-1 common shares were legally issued and outstanding, par value of $0.0001, including 398,693 Unvested Class B-1 common shares related to employee compensation. Class B-1 common shares vest and automatically convert into shares of Class A Common Stock on a 1-for-1 basis if the volume weighted average price (“VWAP”) of the Class A common shares equals or exceeds $12.50 per share for 20 or more trading days within a consecutive 30-trading day period (or in the event of a change of control or liquidation event that implies a $12.50 per share valuation on a diluted basis).

To the extent any Unvested Class B-1 common share automatically converts into a share of Class A Common Stock, (i) such share or unit shall remain unvested in accordance with the terms and conditions of the applicable award agreement until it vests or is forfeited in accordance with the terms thereof and (ii) such share or unit shall be treated as Unvested Class A consideration as if such share or unit was part of the Unvested Class A consideration as of the Closing Date.

As of December 31, 2022, 2,509,546 Class B-1 common units of Alight Holdings were legally issued and outstanding. Class B-1 common units vest and automatically convert into Class A common units of Alight Holdings on a 1-for-1 basis if the VWAP of the Class A common shares equals or exceeds $12.50 per share for 20 or more trading days within a consecutive 30-trading day period (or in the event of a change of control or liquidation event that implies a $12.50 per share valuation on a diluted basis).

Class B-2

As of December 31, 2022, 4,990,453 Class B-2 common shares were legally issued and outstanding, par value of $0.0001, including 398,693 Unvested Class B-2 common shares related to employee compensation. Class B-2 common shares vest and automatically convert into shares of Class A common shares on a 1-for-1 basis if the VWAP of the Class A common shares equals or exceeds $15.00 per share for 20 or more trading days within a consecutive 30-trading day period (or in the event of a change of control or liquidation event that implies a $15.00 per share valuation on a diluted basis).

To the extent any Unvested Class B-2 common share automatically converts into a share of Class A Common Stock, (i) such share or unit shall remain unvested in accordance with the terms and conditions of the applicable award agreement until it vests or is forfeited in accordance with the terms thereof and (ii) such share or unit shall be treated as Unvested Class A consideration as if such share or unit was part of the Unvested Class A consideration as of the Closing Date.

As of December 31, 2022, 2,509,546 Class B-2 common units of Alight Holdings were legally issued and outstanding. Class B-2 common units vest and automatically convert into Class A common units of Alight Holdings on a 1-for-1 basis if the VWAP of the Class A common shares equals or exceeds $15.00 per share for 20 or more trading days within a consecutive 30-trading day period (or in the event of a change of control or liquidation event that implies a $15.00 per share valuation on a diluted basis).

Class B-3

Upon the Closing of the Business Combination, 10,000,000 Class B-3 common shares, par value $0.0001 per share, were authorized. There are no Class B-3 common shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2022.

Class V Common Stock

As of December 31, 2022, 63,481,465 Class V common shares were legally issued and outstanding, par value of $0.0001. Holders of Class V Common Stock are entitled to one vote per share and have no economic rights. The Class V Common Stock is held on a 1-for-1 basis with Class A Units in Alight Holdings held by Continuing Unitholders. The Class A Units, together with an equal number of shares of Class V Common Stock, can be exchanged for an equal number of shares of Class A Common Stock.

F-27


Alight, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

Class Z Common Stock

Upon the Closing of the Business Combination, a total of 8,671,507 Class Z instruments were issued to the equityholders of the Predecessor. The equityholders of the Predecessor that exchanged their Predecessor Class A units for Alight Class A common shares in the Business Combination received Class Z common shares, and the Continuing Unitholders received Class Z common units of Alight Holdings. The Class Z instruments were issued to the equityholders of the Predecessor to allow for the re-allocation of the consideration paid to the holders of unvested management equity (i.e., the Unvested Class A, Unvested Class B-1, and Unvested Class B-2 common shares) to the equityholders of the Predecessor in the event such equity is forfeited under the terms of the applicable award agreement and will only vest in connection with any such forfeiture.

As of December 31, 2022, 5,595,577 Class Z common shares (5,046,819 Class Z-A, 274,379 Class Z-B-1, and 274,379 Class Z-B-2) were legally issued and outstanding, par value of $0.0001. Holders of Class Z-A, Class Z-B-1 and Class Z-B-2 common shares are not entitled to voting rights. The Class Z shares convert into shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B-1 or Class B-2 Common Stock, as applicable, in connection with the ultimate forfeiture of the Unvested Class A, Unvested Class B-1, and Unvested Class B-2 common shares issued to participating management holders.

As of December 31, 2022, 3,075,930 Class Z common units (2,774,272 Class Z-A, 150,829 Class Z-B-1, and 150,829 Class Z-B-2) were legally issued and outstanding. Holders of Class Z-A, Class Z-B-1 and Class Z-B-2 common units are not entitled to voting rights. The Class Z units convert into units of Alight Holdings Class A common units, Alight Holdings Class B-1 or Alight Holdings Class B-2 common units, as applicable, in connection with the ultimate forfeiture of the Unvested Class A, Unvested Class B-1, and Unvested Class B-2 common shares issued to participating management holders.

Class A Units

Holders of Alight Holdings Class A units can exchange all or any portion of their Class A units, together with the cancellation of an equal number of shares of Alight Class V Common Stock, for a number of shares of Alight Class A Common Stock equal to the number of exchanged Class A units. Alight has the option to cash settle any future exchange.

The Continuing Unitholders’ ownership of Class A units represents the noncontrolling interest of the Company, which is accounted for as permanent equity on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. As of December 31, 2022, there were 541,821,710 Class A Units outstanding, of which 478,340,245 are held by the Company and 63,481,465 are held by the noncontrolling interest of the Company.

The Alight Holdings Operating Agreement contains provisions which require that a one-to-one ratio is maintained between each class of Alight Holdings units held by Alight and its subsidiaries (including the FTAC Surviving Corporation and the Alight Blockers, but excluding subsidiaries of Alight Holdings) and the number of outstanding shares of the corresponding class of Alight common stock, subject to certain exceptions (including in respect of management equity in the form of options, rights or other securities which have not been converted into or exercised for Alight common stock). In addition, the Alight Holdings Operating Agreement permits Alight, in its capacity as the managing member of Alight Holdings, to take actions to maintain such ratio, including undertaking stock splits, combinations, recapitalizations and exercises of the exchange rights of holders of Alight Holdings units.

Exchange of Class A Units

During the Successor year ended December 31, 2022, 13,978,222 Class A units and a corresponding number of shares of Class V Common Stock were exchanged for Class A Common Stock. As a result of the exchanges, Alight, Inc. increased its ownership in Alight Holdings and accordingly increased its equity by approximately $141 million, recorded in Additional paid-in capital. Pursuant to the TRA, described in Note 15 "Tax Receivable Agreement," the Class A unit exchanges created additional TRA liabilities of $43 million, with offsets to Additional paid-in-capital. Additional increases to Additional paid-in-capital due to these exchanges were $12 million and $3 million of deferred tax liabilities and deferred tax assets, respectively, due to our change in ownership.

Share Repurchase Program

On August 1, 2022, the valuation allowanceCompany's Board of Directors authorized a share repurchase program (the "Program"), under which the Company may repurchase up to $100 million of issued and outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, from time to time, depending on market conditions and alternate uses of capital. The Program has no expiration date and may be suspended or discontinued at any time. The Program does not obligate the Company to purchase any particular number of shares and there is no guarantee as to any number of shares being repurchased by the Company.

During the Successor year ended December 31, 2022, 1,506,385 Class A Common Stock shares were repurchased under the Program for a total cost of $12 million (including broker commissions). As of December 31, 2022, there was $653,552.$88 million remaining

F-28


Alight, Inc.

A reconciliationNotes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

under the Program authorization for future share repurchases. Repurchased shares are reflected as Treasury Stock on the Consolidated Balance Sheets as a component of equity.


The following table reflects the changes in our outstanding stock:

 

 

Class A (2)

 

 

Class B-1

 

 

Class B-2

 

 

Class V

 

 

Class Z

 

 

Treasury

 

Balance at December 31, 2021

 

 

456,282,881

 

 

 

4,990,453

 

 

 

4,990,453

 

 

 

77,459,687

 

 

 

5,595,577

 

 

 

 

Conversion of noncontrolling interest

 

 

1,239,256

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,239,256

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares granted upon vesting

 

 

106,188

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance for compensation to non-employees(1)

 

 

13,743

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at March 31, 2022

 

 

457,642,068

 

 

 

4,990,453

 

 

 

4,990,453

 

 

 

76,220,431

 

 

 

5,595,577

 

 

 

 

Conversion of noncontrolling interest

 

 

333,715

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(333,715

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares granted upon vesting

 

 

50,132

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance for compensation to non-employees(1)

 

 

20,258

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2022

 

 

458,046,173

 

 

 

4,990,453

 

 

 

4,990,453

 

 

 

75,886,716

 

 

 

5,595,577

 

 

 

 

Conversion of noncontrolling interest

 

 

86,399

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(86,399

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares granted upon vesting

 

 

135,445

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance for compensation to non-employees(1)

 

 

20,891

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share repurchases

 

 

(1,506,385

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,506,385

 

Balance at September 30, 2022

 

 

456,782,523

 

 

 

4,990,453

 

 

 

4,990,453

 

 

 

75,800,317

 

 

 

5,595,577

 

 

 

1,506,385

 

Conversion of noncontrolling interest

 

 

12,318,852

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(12,318,852

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares granted upon vesting

 

 

1,637,270

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance for compensation to non-employees(1)

 

 

18,316

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share repurchases

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2022

 

 

470,756,961

 

 

 

4,990,453

 

 

 

4,990,453

 

 

 

63,481,465

 

 

 

5,595,577

 

 

 

1,506,385

 

(1)
Issued to certain members of the federalBoard of Directors in lieu of cash retainer.
(2)
Does not include 7,583,284 of unvested Class A common shares as of December 31, 2022.

Dividends

There were no dividends declared during the Successor year ended December 31, 2022.

F-29


Alight, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued


Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

As of December 31, 2022, the Accumulated other comprehensive income balance included unrealized losses for interest rate swaps and foreign currency translation adjustments related to our foreign subsidiaries that do not have the U.S. dollar as their functional currency. The tax effect for all periods presented was immaterial.

Changes in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of noncontrolling interests and tax, are as follows (in millions):

 

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

Foreign

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Currency

 

 

Interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Translation

 

 

Rate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjustments(1)

 

 

Swaps(2)

 

 

Total

 

Balance at December 31, 2019

 

$

 

(3

)

 

$

 

(22

)

 

$

 

(25

)

Other comprehensive (loss) income before reclassifications, net of tax

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

(47

)

 

 

 

(39

)

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income
(loss), net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

22

 

 

 

 

22

 

Net current period other comprehensive (loss) income

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

(25

)

 

 

 

(17

)

Balance at December 31, 2020

 

$

 

5

 

 

$

 

(47

)

 

$

 

(42

)

Other comprehensive (loss) income before reclassifications, net of tax

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

 

17

 

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income
(loss), net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

 

14

 

Net current period other comprehensive (loss) income

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

23

 

 

 

 

31

 

Balance at June 30, 2021

 

$

 

13

 

 

$

 

(24

)

 

$

 

(11

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Successor

 

 

 

Foreign

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Currency

 

 

Interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Translation

 

 

Rate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjustments(1)

 

 

Swaps(2)

 

 

Total

 

Balance at July 1, 2021

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

Other comprehensive (loss) income before reclassifications

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

 

9

 

Tax expense (benefit)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

 

(2

)

Other comprehensive (loss) income before reclassifications, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

 

7

 

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

1

 

Tax expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

1

 

Net current period other comprehensive income, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

8

 

Balance at December 31, 2021

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

8

 

 

$

 

8

 

Other comprehensive (loss) income before reclassifications

 

 

 

(13

)

 

 

 

125

 

 

 

 

112

 

Tax expense (benefit)

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

(8

)

 

 

 

(6

)

Other comprehensive (loss) income before reclassifications, net of tax

 

 

 

(11

)

 

 

 

117

 

 

 

 

106

 

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(19

)

 

 

 

(19

)

Tax expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(19

)

 

 

 

(19

)

Net current period other comprehensive income, net of tax

 

 

 

(11

)

 

 

 

98

 

 

 

 

87

 

Balance at December 31, 2022

 

$

 

(11

)

 

$

 

106

 

 

$

 

95

 

(1)
Foreign currency translation adjustments include $6 million losses related to intercompany loans that have been designated long-term investment nature.
(2)
Reclassifications from this category are recorded in Interest expense. See Note 13 "Derivative Financial Instruments" for additional information.

F-30


Alight, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

10. Share-Based Compensation Expense

Predecessor Plans

Prior to the Business Combination, share-based payments to employees include grants of restricted share units (“RSUs”) and performance based restricted share units (“PRSUs”), which consist of both Class A-1 and Class B common units in each type, are measured based on their estimated grant date fair value. The grant date fair value of the RSUs is equal to the value of the shares acquired by the Predecessor’s initial investors at the time of Alight Holding’s formation in 2017. The grant date fair values of the PRSUs are based on a Monte Carlo simulation methodology, which requires management to make certain assumptions and apply judgement.

Management determined the expected volatility based on the average implied asset volatilities of comparable companies as we do not have sufficient trading history for the PRSUs. The expected term represents the period that the PRSUs are expected to be outstanding. Because of the lack of sufficient historical data necessary to calculate the expected term, we used the contractual vesting period of five years to estimate the expected term. For the Predecessor period, the key assumptions included in the Monte Carlo simulation were expected volatility of 45%, a risk-free interest rate of 1% and no expected dividends.

The Company recognizes share-based compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for awards expected to ultimately vest. As a result of the change in control related to the Business Combination, the vesting of the time-based PRSU Class B units accelerated on the Closing Date. Prior to the Closing Date, the time-based PRSUs vested ratably over periods of one to five years. The remaining unvested PRSU Class B units have vesting conditions that are contingent upon the achievement of defined internal rates of return and multiples on invested capital occurrence and of certain liquidity events. The Class A-1 RSUs and PRSUs that were unvested as of the Closing Date have time-based and/or vesting conditions that are contingent upon the achievement of defined internal rates of return and multiples on invested capital occurrence and of certain liquidity events. Both the unvested Class A-1 and Class B units were replaced with unvested Alight common shares as discussed below.

The following tables summarizes the unit activity related to the RSUs and PRSUs during the Predecessor periods as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

 

 

 

Grant Date

 

 

 

 

 

Grant Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair Value

 

 

 

 

 

Fair Value

 

Predecessor

 

RSUs

 

 

Per Unit

 

 

PRSUs

 

 

Per Unit

 

Balance as of December 31, 2019

 

 

2,907

 

 

$

 

4,785

 

 

 

7,563

 

 

$

 

3,350

 

Granted

 

 

1,990

 

 

 

 

4,578

 

 

 

5,469

 

 

 

 

4,572

 

Vested

 

 

(944

)

 

 

 

5,374

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited

 

 

(954

)

 

 

 

4,491

 

 

 

(3,809

)

 

 

 

3,513

 

Balance as of December 31, 2020

 

 

2,999

 

 

$

 

4,563

 

 

 

9,223

 

 

$

 

4,015

 

Granted

 

 

254

 

 

 

 

28,875

 

 

 

389

 

 

 

 

24,420

 

Vested

 

 

(517

)

 

 

 

5,459

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited

 

 

(121

)

 

 

 

4,527

 

 

 

(567

)

 

 

 

2,626

 

Balance as of June 30, 2021

 

 

2,614

 

 

$

 

6,741

 

 

 

9,045

 

 

$

 

4,888

 

Successor Plans

Share-based payments consist of grants of RSUs and PRSUs. The Company recognizes compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for awards expected to ultimately vest.

Predecessor Replacement Awards

In connection with the Business Combination, the holders of certain unvested awards under the Predecessor plans were granted replacement awards in the Successor company.

Class B units: The unvested Class B units of Alight Holdings were granted replacement Unvested Class A common shares, Unvested Class B-1 common shares, and Unvested Class B-2 common shares of the Company that ultimately vest

F-31


Alight, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

on the third anniversary of the Closing Date, but could vest earlier based on the achievement of certain market-based conditions.
Class A-1 units: The unvested Class A-1 units of Alight Holdings were granted replacement Unvested Class A common shares, Unvested Class B common shares, and Unvested Class B-2 common shares of the Company on an equivalent fair value basis. The service-based portion of the grant vests ratably over periods of two to five years and the remaining portion vests upon achievement of certain market-based conditions.

The Class B and Class A-1 units that were replaced represent the Unvested Class A, Unvested Class B-1 and Unvested Class B-2 common shares subject to the forfeiture re-allocation provision per the Class Z instruments discussed in Note 9 “Stockholders’ and Members’ Equity”. These unvested shares are accounted for as restricted stock in accordance with ASC 718.

Successor Awards

In connection with the Business Combination, the Company adopted the Alight, Inc. 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan. Under this plan, for grants issued during the Successor year ended December 31, 2022 and six months ended December 31, 2021, approximately 50% of the units are subject to time-based vesting requirements and approximately 50% are subject to performance-based vesting requirements. The majority of the time-based RSUs generally vest ratably each December 31 over a three-year period. The PRSUs granted in 2021 vest upon achievement of the Company's performance goal, Total Contract Value of Business Process as a Service ("BPaaS"). The PRSUs granted in 2022 vest upon achievement of the Company's performance goal, Total BPaaS Revenue and Total Consolidated Revenue.

The Company begins to recognize expense associated with the PRSUs when the achievement of the performance condition is deemed probable. During the year ended December 31, 2022, based on management's analysis of the corresponding performance conditions, the Company increased expected achievement levels related to the PRSUs granted in 2021.

The fair value of each RSU and PRSU is based upon the grant date market price. The aggregate grant date fair value of RSUs and PRSUs granted during the Successor year ended December 31, 2022 was $45 million and $186 million, respectively.

Restricted Share Units and Performance Based Restricted Share Units

The following tables summarizes the unit activity related to the RSUs and PRSUs during the Successor year ended December 31, 2022 and six months ended December 31, 2021:

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

 

 

 

Grant Date

 

 

 

 

 

Grant Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair Value

 

 

 

 

 

Fair Value

 

 

 

RSUs(1)

 

 

Per Unit

 

 

PRSUs(1)(2)

 

 

Per Unit

 

Balance as of July 1, 2021

 

 

854,764

 

 

$

 

9.91

 

 

 

7,816,743

 

 

$

 

9.56

 

Granted

 

 

9,475,330

 

 

 

 

12.60

 

 

 

9,107,424

 

 

 

 

12.63

 

Vested

 

 

(3,014,054

)

 

 

 

12.62

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited

 

 

(167,624

)

 

 

 

12.64

 

 

 

(181,054

)

 

 

 

12.51

 

Balance as of December 31, 2021

 

 

7,148,416

 

 

$

 

12.27

 

 

 

16,743,113

 

 

$

 

11.20

 

Granted

 

 

5,019,998

 

 

 

 

9.01

 

 

 

15,816,619

 

 

 

 

11.76

 

Vested

 

 

(3,053,701

)

 

 

 

12.24

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited

 

 

(1,348,552

)

 

 

 

11.46

 

 

 

(2,474,009

)

 

 

 

11.90

 

Balance as of December 31, 2022

 

 

7,766,161

 

 

$

 

10.28

 

 

 

30,085,723

 

 

$

 

11.38

 

(1)
These share totals include both unvested shares and restricted stock units.
(2)
PRSUs granted includes both new grants in the period as well as adjustments in the period to existing grants to account for the expected level of achievement of the performance-based vesting requirements.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

In December 2022, the Company began offering its employees an Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “ESPP”). Under the ESPP, all full-time and certain part-time employees of the Company are eligible to purchase Class A common stock of the Company

F-32


Alight, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

twice per year at the end of a six-month payment period (a “Payment Period”). During each Payment Period, eligible employees who so elect may authorize payroll deductions in an amount no less than 1% nor greater than 10% of his or her base pay for each payroll period in the Payment Period. At the end of each Payment Period, the accumulated deductions are used to purchase shares of Class A common stock from the Company up to a maximum of 1,250 shares for any one employee during a Payment Period. Shares are purchased at a price equal to 85% of the fair market value of the Company’s Class A common stock on the last business day of a Payment Period. As of December 31, 2022, no shares had been issued under the ESPP and the amount of share-based compensation costs related to the ESPP were not material.

Share-based Compensation

Total share-based compensation costs related to the RSUs and PRSUs are recorded in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income (Loss) as follows (in millions):

 

 

 

 

Successor

 

 

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

Year Ended,

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

June 30,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Cost of services, exclusive of depreciation and amortization

 

 

$

 

40

 

 

$

 

19

 

 

 

$

 

1

 

 

$

 

1

 

Selling, general and administrative

 

 

 

 

141

 

 

 

 

48

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

4

 

Total share-based compensation expense

 

 

$

 

181

 

 

$

 

67

 

 

 

$

 

5

 

 

$

 

5

 

As of December 31, 2022, total future compensation expense related to unvested RSUs is $64 million which will be recognized over a remaining weighted-average amortization period of approximately 1.3 years. As of December 31, 2022, total future compensation expense related to PRSUs is $168 million which will be recognized over approximately the next 1.4 years.

11. Earnings Per Share

Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the net (loss) income attributable to Alight, Inc. by the weighted average number of shares of Class A Common Stock issued and outstanding for the Successor period. The computation of diluted earnings per share reflects the potential dilution that could occur if dilutive securities and other contracts to issue shares were exercised or converted into shares or resulted in the issuance of shares that would then share in the net income of Alight, Inc. The Company’s Class V Common Stock and Class Z Common Stock do not participate in the earnings or losses of the Company and are therefore not participating securities and have not been included in either the basic or diluted earnings per share calculations.

In conjunction with the Business Combination, the Company issued Seller Earnouts contingent consideration, which is payable in the Company’s Common Stock when the related market conditions are achieved. As the related conditions to pay the consideration had not been satisfied as of the end of the Successor period, the Seller Earnouts were excluded from the diluted earnings per share calculations.

Basic and diluted (net loss) earnings per share are as follows (in millions, except for share and per share amounts):

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

Basic and diluted (net loss) earnings per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Numerator

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net (loss) income attributable to Alight, Inc. - basic and diluted

 

$

 

(62

)

 

$

 

(35

)

Denominator

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares outstanding - basic and diluted

 

 

 

458,558,192

 

 

 

 

439,800,624

 

Basic and diluted (net loss) earnings per share

 

$

 

(0.14

)

 

$

 

(0.08

)

For the Successor year ended December 31, 2022, 74,665,373 units related to noncontrolling interests and 7,624,817 unvested RSUs were not included in the computation of diluted shares outstanding as their impact would have been anti-dilutive. In addition, 14,999,998 shares related to the Seller Earnouts and 32,852,974 unvested PRSUs were excluded from the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share as the market and performance conditions had not yet been met as of the end of the period.

F-33


Alight, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

12. Segment Reporting

The Company’s reportable segments have been determined using a management approach, which is consistent with the basis and manner in which the Company’s chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) uses financial information for the purposes of allocating resources and evaluating performance. The Company’s CODM is its Chief Executive Officer. The CODM evaluates the performance of the Company based on its total revenue and segment profit.

The CODM also uses revenue and segment profit to manage and evaluate our business, make planning decisions, and as performance measures for a Company-wide bonus plans. These key financial measures provide an additional view of our operational performance over the long-term and provide useful information that we use in order to maintain and grow our business.

The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in Note 2 “Accounting Policies and Practices.” The Company does not report assets by reportable segments as this information is not reviewed by the CODM on a regular basis.

Information regarding the Company’s current reportable segments is as follows (in millions):

 

 

Revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Successor

 

 

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

June 30,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

2021

 

 

 

2021

 

2020

 

Employer Solutions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recurring

 

$

 

2,467

 

$

 

1,213

 

 

 

$

 

1,049

 

$

 

2,051

 

Project

 

 

 

251

 

 

 

134

 

 

 

 

 

107

 

 

 

237

 

Total Employer Solutions

 

 

 

2,718

 

 

 

1,347

 

 

 

 

 

1,156

 

 

 

2,288

 

Professional Services

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recurring

 

 

 

128

 

 

 

65

 

 

 

 

 

60

 

 

 

108

 

Project

 

 

 

243

 

 

 

121

 

 

 

 

 

124

 

 

 

260

 

Total Professional Services

 

 

 

371

 

 

 

186

 

 

 

 

 

184

 

 

 

368

 

Hosted Business

 

 

 

43

 

 

 

21

 

 

 

 

 

21

 

 

 

72

 

Total

 

$

 

3,132

 

$

 

1,554

 

 

 

$

 

1,361

 

$

 

2,728

 

F-34


Alight, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

 

 

Segment Profit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Successor

 

 

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

June 30,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

2021

 

 

 

2021

 

2020

 

Employer Solutions

 

$

 

659

 

$

 

344

 

 

 

$

 

274

 

$

 

533

 

Professional Services

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

31

 

Hosted Business

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(2

)

 

 

 

 

(3

)

 

 

 

Total of all reportable segments

 

 

 

659

 

 

 

343

 

 

 

 

 

278

 

 

 

564

 

Share-based compensation

 

 

 

181

 

 

 

67

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

5

 

Transaction and integration expenses(1)

 

 

 

19

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-recurring professional expenses(2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

19

 

 

 

 

 

18

 

 

 

 

Transformation initiatives(3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

 

Restructuring

 

 

 

63

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

77

 

Other(4)

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

(10

)

 

 

 

 

(5

)

 

 

36

 

Depreciation

 

 

 

79

 

 

 

31

 

 

 

 

 

49

 

 

 

91

 

Intangible amortization

 

 

 

316

 

 

 

153

 

 

 

 

 

100

 

 

 

200

 

Operating (Loss) Income

 

 

 

(14

)

 

 

65

 

 

 

 

 

102

 

 

 

147

 

(Gain) Loss from change in fair value of financial instruments

 

 

 

(38

)

 

 

65

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Gain) Loss from change in fair value of tax receivable agreement

 

 

 

(41

)

 

 

(37

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

 

122

 

 

 

57

 

 

 

 

 

123

 

 

 

234

 

Other (income) expense, net

 

 

 

(16

)

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

7

 

Loss Before Income Tax Expense (Benefit)

 

$

 

(41

)

$

 

(23

)

 

 

$

 

(30

)

$

 

(94

)

(1)
Transaction and integration expenses related to acquisitions in 2022 and 2021.
(2)
Non-recurring professional expenses includes external advisor and legal costs related to the Company’s effective taxBusiness Combination.
(3)
Transformation initiatives in fiscal year 2020 includes expenses related to enhancing our data center.
(4)
Other primarily includes activity related to long-term incentives and expenses related to acquisitions, offset by Other (income) expense, net which was primarily comprised of contingent consideration earnout activities.

Revenue by geographic location is as follows (in millions):

 

 

Successor

 

 

 

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

 

Six Months Ended

Year Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

 

December 31,

December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

 

 

2021

2020

 

United States

 

$

 

2,759

 

 

$

 

1,358

 

 

 

$

 

1,168

 

 

$

 

2,353

 

Rest of world

 

 

 

373

 

 

 

 

196

 

 

 

 

 

193

 

 

 

 

375

 

Total

 

$

 

3,132

 

 

$

 

1,554

 

 

 

$

 

1,361

 

 

$

 

2,728

 

There was no single client who accounted for more than 10% of the Company’s revenues in any of the periods presented.

Long-lived assets, representing Fixed assets, net and Operating lease right of use assets, by geographic location is as follows (in millions):

 

 

Successor

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

 

2021

 

United States

 

$

 

359

 

 

 

$

 

305

 

Rest of world

 

 

 

47

 

 

 

 

 

51

 

Total

 

$

 

406

 

 

 

$

 

356

 

F-35


Alight, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

13. Derivative Financial Instruments

The Company is exposed to market risks, including changes in interest rates. To manage the risk related to these exposures, the Company has entered into various derivative instruments that reduce these risks by creating offsetting exposures.

Interest Rate Swaps

The Company has utilized swap agreements that will fix the floating interest rates associated with its Term Loan as shown in the following table:

Designation Date

 

Effective Date

 

Initial Notional Amount

 

 

Notional Amount Outstanding as of
December 31, 2022

 

 

Fixed Rate

 

Expiration Date

July 2021

 

August 2020

 

$

 

89,863,420

 

 

$

 

100,000,000

 

 

 

3.0680

 

%

 

February 2023

December 2021

 

August 2020

 

$

 

181,205,050

 

 

$

 

478,905,707

 

 

 

0.7203

 

%

 

April 2024

December 2021

 

August 2020

 

$

 

388,877,200

 

 

$

 

599,043,463

 

 

 

0.6826

 

%

 

April 2024

December 2021

 

May 2022

 

$

 

220,130,318

 

 

$

 

218,699,843

 

 

 

0.4570

 

%

 

April 2024

December 2021

 

May 2022

 

$

 

306,004,562

 

 

$

 

302,505,737

 

 

 

0.4480

 

%

 

April 2024

December 2021

 

April 2024

 

$

 

871,205,040

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

1.6533

 

%

 

June 2025

December 2021

 

April 2024

 

$

 

435,602,520

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

1.6560

 

%

 

June 2025

December 2021

 

April 2024

 

$

 

435,602,520

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

1.6650

 

%

 

June 2025

March 2022

 

June 2025

 

$

 

1,197,000,000

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

2.5540

 

%

 

December 2026

Concurrent with the Term Loan refinancing, we amended our interest rate atswap to incorporate Term SOFR. In accordance with Accounting Standards Codification Topic 848, Reference Rate Reform,we did not redesignate the interest rate hedges when they were amended from LIBOR to SOFR; as we are permitted to maintain designation through the transition. Also, during the Successor year ended December 31, 2020 is2022, we executed an additional interest rate swap, which has been designated as follows:a cash flow hedge.

December 31,
2020
Statutory federal income tax rate21.0%
State taxes, net of federal tax benefit0.0%
Change in valuation allowance(27.1)%
Income tax provision(6.1)%

Our swap agreements amortize or accrete based on achieving targeted hedge ratios. All interest rate swaps have been designated as cash flow hedges. As a result of hedge amendments in December 2021 and July 2021, the fair value of the instruments at the time of re-designation are being amortized into interest expense over the remaining life of the instruments.

Financial Instrument Presentation

The fair values and location of outstanding derivative instruments recorded in the Consolidated Balance Sheets are as follows (in millions):

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

 

2021

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other current assets

 

$

 

72

 

 

 

$

 

1

 

Other assets

 

 

 

62

 

 

 

 

 

16

 

Total

 

$

 

134

 

 

 

$

 

17

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other current liabilities

 

$

 

 

 

 

$

 

8

 

Other liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

Total

 

$

 

 

 

 

$

 

9

 

The Company filesestimates that approximately $71 million of derivative gains included in Accumulated other comprehensive income tax returnsas of December 31, 2022 will be reclassified into earnings over the next twelve months.

F-36


Alight, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

14. Financial Instruments

Seller Earnouts

Upon completion of the Business Combination, the equity owners of Alight Holdings received an earnout in the U.S. federal jurisdiction in various stateform of non-voting shares of Class B-1 and local jurisdictionsClass B-2 Common Stock, which automatically converts into Class A Common Stock if, at any time during the seven years following the Closing Date certain criteria are achieved. See Note 9 “Stockholders’ and Members’ Equity” for additional information regarding the Seller Earnouts.

The portion of the Seller Earnouts related to employee compensation is accounted for as share-based compensation. See Note 10 “Share-Based Compensation Expense” for additional information.

The majority of the Seller Earnouts, which are not related to employee compensation, are accounted for as a contingent consideration liability at fair value within Financial instruments on the Consolidated Balance Sheets because the Seller Earnouts do not meet the criteria for classification within equity. This portion of the Seller Earnouts are subject to examination byremeasurement at each balance sheet date and as of December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, the various taxing authorities.Seller Earnouts had a fair value of $96 million and $135 million, respectively. For the Successor year ended and six months ended December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively, a gain of $38 million and a loss of $26 million, respectively, was recorded in (Gain) loss from change in fair value of financial instruments in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss).

NOTE 9. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

The fair value of the Company’s financial assetsSeller Earnouts is determined using Monte Carlo simulation and liabilities reflects management’s estimateOption Pricing Methods (Level 3 inputs, see Note 16 "Fair Value Measurements"). Significant unobservable inputs are used in the assessment of amountsfair value, including the following assumptions: volatility of 50%, risk-free interest rate of 3.98%, expected holding period of 5.51 years and probability assessments based on the likelihood of reaching the performance targets defined in the Business Combination. An increase in the risk-free interest rate or expected volatility would result in an increase in the fair value measurement of the Seller Earnouts and vice versa.

Warrants

Upon the completion of the prior year Business Combination, there were issued and outstanding Company warrants to purchase shares of Class A Common Stock at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment for stock splits and/or extraordinary dividends, as described in the warrant agreement, including 10,000,000 warrants that were issued as a result of the consummation of the Forward Purchase Agreements (“Forward Purchase Warrants”). Private Warrants were exchanged for an equivalent number of Class C Units representing limited liability company interests of Alight Holdings and had the same terms as the Private Warrants. Each of the Public Warrants, Forward Purchase Warrants and Class C Units (collectively the “Warrants”) were exercisable for one share of Alight, Inc. Class A Common Stock.

The Warrants had an expiration date of July 2, 2026, (five years after the completion of the Business Combination) and were exercisable beginning after certain lock-up periods as described in the warrant agreement. Once the warrants became exercisable, the Company would have receivedwas permitted to redeem for $0.01 per warrant the outstanding Public Warrants if the Company’s Class A Share price equaled or exceeded $18.00 per share, subject to certain conditions and adjustments. If the Company’s Class A Share price was greater than $10.00 per share but less than $18.00 per share, then the Company was permitted to redeem Warrants for $0.10 per warrant, subject to certain conditions and adjustments. Holders were permitted to elect to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis.

The Company accounted for Warrants as liabilities at fair value within Financial instruments on the Consolidated Balance Sheets because the Warrants do not meet the criteria for classification within equity. The Warrants were subject to remeasurement at each balance sheet date. In December 2021, the majority of the Warrants were exercised under cashless (net) exercise provisions resulting in the issuance of 15,315,429 shares of Class A common shares. Additionally, the Company redeemed 742,918 Warrants for $0.10 per warrant.

Just prior to the exercise and redemption of the Warrants, the Company remeasured the warrant liability to its fair value. Upon exercise of the Warrants, the respective carrying value of the warrant liability was reclassified into additional paid in capital. As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, no Warrants were outstanding. For the Successor six months ended December 31, 2021, a loss of $39 million was recorded in Loss from change in fair value of financial instruments in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) due to the remeasurement of the warrant liability prior to the exercise and redemption of the Warrants.

15. Tax Receivable Agreement

In connection with the Business Combination, Alight entered into the TRA with certain owners of Alight Holdings prior to the Business Combination. Pursuant to the TRA, the Company will pay certain sellers, as applicable, 85% of the tax benefits, of any savings that we realize, calculated using certain assumptions, as a result of (i) tax basis adjustments from sales and exchanges of Alight Holdings equity interests in connection with or following the saleBusiness Combination and certain distributions with respect to

F-37


Alight, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

Alight Holdings equity interests, (ii) our utilization of certain tax attributes, and (iii) certain other tax benefits related to entering into the TRA.

Actual tax benefits realized by Alight may differ from tax benefits calculated under the TRA as a result of the assetsuse of certain assumptions in the TRA, including the use of an assumed weighted-average state and local income tax rate to calculate tax benefits. While the amount of existing tax basis, the anticipated tax basis adjustments and the actual amount and utilization of tax attributes, as well as the amount and timing of any payments under the TRA, will vary depending upon a number of factors, we expect that the payments that Alight may make under the TRA will be substantial.

The Company’s TRA liability established upon completion of the Business Combination is measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3). The TRA liability balance at December 31, 2022 assumes: (i) a constant blended U.S. federal, state and local income tax rate of 26.4%; (ii) no material changes in tax law; (iii) the ability to utilize tax attributes based on current tax forecasts; and (iv) future payments under the TRA are made when due under the TRA. The amount of the expected future payments under the TRA has been discounted to its present value using a discount rate of 9.2%.

Subsequent to the Business Combination, we will record additional liabilities under the TRA when Class A units of Alight Holdings are exchanged for Class A Common Stock. Liabilities resulting from these exchanges will be recorded on a gross undiscounted basis and are not remeasured at fair value. During the Successor year ended December 31, 2022, an additional TRA liability of $43 million was established as a result of these exchanges.

The following table summarizes the changes in the TRA liabilities (in millions):

Tax Receivable

Agreement Liability

Beginning balance as of December 31, 2021

$

581

Measurement period adjustment

(8

)

Fair value remeasurement

(41

)

Conversion of noncontrolling interest

43

Ending Balance as of December 31, 2022

575

Less: current portion included in other current liabilities

(7

)

Total long-term tax receivable agreement liability

$

568

16. Fair Value Measurement

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid in connection with theto transfer of the liabilitiesa liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. In connection with measuring theThe accounting standards related to fair value of itsmeasurements include a hierarchy for information and valuations used in measuring fair value that is broken down into three levels based on reliability, as follows:

Level 1 – observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities, the Company seeks to maximizeliabilities;
Level 2 – inputs other than quoted prices for identical assets in active markets that are observable either directly or indirectly; and
Level 3 – unobservable inputs in which there is little or no market data which requires the use of observable inputs (market data obtained from independent sources)valuation techniques and to minimize the usedevelopment of unobservable inputs (internal assumptions about how market participants would priceassumptions.

The Company’s financial assets and liabilities). The following fair value hierarchy is used to classify assets and liabilities based on the observable inputs and unobservable inputs used in order to value the assets and liabilities:

Level 1:Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. An active market for an asset or liability is a market in which transactions for the asset or liability occur with sufficient frequency and volume to provide pricing information on an ongoing basis.
Level 2:Observable inputs other than Level 1 inputs. Examples of Level 2 inputs include quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities and quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in markets that are not active.
Level 3:Unobservable inputs based on our assessment of the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability.


The Company classifies its U.S. Treasury and equivalent securities as held-to-maturity in accordance with ASC Topic 320 “Investments - Debt and Equity Securities.” Held-to-maturity securities are those securities which the Company has the ability and intent to hold until maturity. Held-to-maturity treasury securities are recorded at amortized cost on the accompanying balance sheet and adjusted for the amortization or accretion of premiums or discounts.

At December 31, 2020, assets held in the Trust Account were comprised of $383 in cash and $1,035,848,884 in U.S. Treasury securities. During the period from March 26, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020, the Company did not withdraw any interest income from the Trust Account.

The following table presents information about the Company’s assets that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis atare as follows (in millions):

 

 

December 31, 2022

 

 

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

 

 

Total

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate swaps

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

134

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

134

 

Total assets recorded at fair value

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

134

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

134

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contingent consideration liability

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

 

13

 

Seller Earnouts liability

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

96

 

 

 

 

96

 

Tax receivable agreement liability

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

575

 

 

 

 

575

 

Total liabilities recorded at fair value

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

684

 

 

$

 

684

 

F-38


Alight, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

 

 

December 31, 2021

 

 

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

 

 

Total

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate swaps

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

17

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

17

 

Total assets recorded at fair value

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

17

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

17

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate swaps

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

9

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

9

 

Contingent consideration liability

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

33

 

 

 

 

33

 

Seller Earnouts liability

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

135

 

 

 

 

135

 

Tax receivable agreement liability

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

581

 

 

 

 

581

 

Total liabilities recorded at fair value

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

9

 

 

$

 

749

 

 

$

 

758

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivatives

The valuations of the derivatives intended to mitigate our interest rate risk are determined using widely accepted valuation techniques, including discounted cash flow analysis on the expected cash flows of each instrument. This analysis utilizes observable market-based inputs, including interest rate curves, interest rate volatility, or spot and forward exchange rates, and reflects the contractual terms of these instruments, including the period to maturity. In addition, credit valuation adjustments, which consider the impact of any credit enhancements to the contracts, are incorporated in the fair values to account for potential non-performance risk.

Contingent Consideration

The contingent consideration liabilities relate to acquisitions completed during the Successor six months ended December 31, 2021, the Predecessor years ended December 31, 2020 and indicates2018, and are included in Other current liabilities and Other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The fair value of these liabilities is determined using a discounted cash flow analysis. Changes in the fair value of the liabilities are included in Other (income) expense, net in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss). Significant unobservable inputs are used in the assessment of fair value, including assumptions regarding discount rates and probability assessments based on the likelihood of reaching the various targets set out in the acquisition agreements.

The following table summarizes the changes in deferred contingent consideration liabilities (in millions):

 

 

Successor

 

 

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

June 30,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

 

2021

 

2020

 

Beginning balance

 

$

 

33

 

 

$

 

29

 

 

 

$

 

26

 

$

 

22

 

Acquisitions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

3

 

Measurement period adjustments

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accretion of contingent consideration

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

Remeasurement of acquisition-related contingent consideration

 

 

 

(15

)

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

 

Payments

 

 

 

(4

)

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(7

)

Ending Balance

 

$

 

13

 

 

$

 

33

 

 

 

$

 

29

 

$

 

26

 

F-39


Alight, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

Non-Recurring Fair Value Measurements

The Company’s financial liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis are as follows (in millions):

 

 

December 31, 2022

 

 

 

December 31, 2021

 

 

 

Carrying Value

 

 

Fair Value

 

 

 

Carrying Value

 

 

Fair Value

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current portion of long-term debt, net

 

$

 

31

 

 

$

 

31

 

 

 

$

 

38

 

 

$

 

38

 

Long-term debt, net

 

 

 

2,792

 

 

 

 

2,780

 

 

 

 

 

2,830

 

 

 

 

2,834

 

Total

 

$

 

2,823

 

 

$

 

2,811

 

 

 

$

 

2,868

 

 

$

 

2,872

 

The carrying value of the Term Loan, Secured Senior Notes and Unsecured Senior Notes include the outstanding principal balances, less any unamortized discount or premium. The carrying value of the Term Loan approximates fair value as it bears interest at variable rates, and we believe our credit risk is consistent with when the debt originated. The outstanding balances under the Senior Notes have fixed interest rates and the fair value is classified as Level 2 within the fair value hierarchy and corroborated by observable market data (see Note 8 “Debt”).

The carrying amounts of Cash and cash equivalents, Receivables, net and Accounts payable and accrued liabilities approximate their fair values due to the short-term maturities of these instruments.

During the Successor year ended December 31, 2022, the six months ended December 31, 2021, the Predecessor six months ended June 30, 2021 and year ended December 31, 2020, there were no transfers in or out of the valuation inputsLevel 1, Level 2 or Level 3 classifications.

17. Restructuring and Integration

During the third quarter of 2019, management initiated a restructuring and integration plan (“the Plan”) following the completion of the Hodges acquisition and in anticipation of the NGA HR acquisition, which was completed on November 1, 2019. The Plan is intended to integrate and streamline operations across the Company utilizedand is expected to determine such fair value. generate cost reductions related to position eliminations and facility and system rationalizations. This restructuring and integration plan is complete as of December 31, 2022.

From the inception of the Plan through December 31, 2022, the Company has incurred total expenses of $168 million. These charges are recorded in Cost of services, exclusive of depreciation and amortization and Selling, general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss).

The gross holding gainsfollowing table summarizes restructuring costs by type that have been incurred through December 31, 2022:

 

 

Successor

 

 

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

Six months ended

 

 

 

Six months ended

 

 

Total Spend

 

 

 

2022

 

 

December 31, 2021

 

 

 

June 30, 2021

 

 

From Inception

 

Employer Solutions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Severance and Related Benefits

 

$

 

11

 

 

$

 

1

 

 

 

$

 

6

 

 

$

 

57

 

Other Restructuring Costs(1)

 

 

 

41

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

86

 

Total Employer Solutions

 

$

 

52

 

 

$

 

4

 

 

 

$

 

8

 

 

$

 

143

 

Professional Services

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Severance and Related Benefits

 

$

 

2

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

$

 

1

 

 

$

 

10

 

Other Restructuring Costs(1)

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15

 

Total Professional Services

 

$

 

11

 

 

$

 

1

 

 

 

$

 

1

 

 

$

 

25

 

Total Restructuring Costs

 

$

 

63

 

 

$

 

5

 

 

 

$

 

9

 

 

$

 

168

 

(1)
Other costs associated with the Plan primarily include consulting and fairlegal fees and lease consolidation.

F-40


Alight, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

As of December 31, 2022, approximately $8 million of the restructuring liability is unpaid and is recorded in Accounts payable and accrued liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

 

 

Severance and Related Benefits

 

 

Other Restructuring Costs

 

 

Total

 

Accrued restructuring liability as of December 31, 2021

 

$

 

4

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

4

 

Restructuring charges

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

 

50

 

 

 

 

63

 

Cash payments

 

 

 

(13

)

 

 

 

(53

)

 

 

 

(66

)

Non-cash charges(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

 

7

 

Accrued restructuring liability as of December 31, 2022

 

$

 

4

 

 

$

 

4

 

 

$

 

8

 

(1)
Non-cash charges relate to lease consolidation.

18. Employee Benefits

Defined Contribution Savings Plans

Certain of the Company’s employees participate in a defined contribution savings plan sponsored by the Company. For the Successor year ended December 31, 2022, the six months ended December 31, 2021, and the Predecessor six months ended June 30, 2021 and year ended December 31, 2020, expenses were $59 million, $24 million, $31 million, and $46 million, respectively. Expenses were recognized in Cost of services, exclusive of depreciation and amortization and Selling, general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss).

19. Lease Obligations

The Company determines if an arrangement is a lease at inception. Operating leases are included in Other assets, Other current liabilities and Other liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Right-of-use assets represent the Company’s right to use an underlying asset for the lease term and lease liabilities represent the Company’s obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. Operating lease right-of-use assets and liabilities are recognized at the lease commencement date based on the present value of held-to-maturity securitieslease payments over the lease term. In determining the present value of lease payments, the Company uses its incremental borrowing rate which is based on the information available at the lease commencement date. The Company’s lease terms may include options to extend or not terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain that it will exercise any such options. Leases with an initial term of 12 months or less are not recorded on the balance sheet. Lease expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the expected lease term.

The Company’s most significant leases are office facilities. For these leases, the Company has elected the practical expedient permitted under Accounting Standards Update 2016-02, “Leases (Topic 842)” (“ASC 842”) to combine lease and non-lease components. As a result, non-lease components are accounted for as an element within a single lease. The Company’s remaining operating leases are primarily comprised of equipment leases. The Company also leases certain IT equipment under finance leases which are reflected on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets as computer equipment within Fixed assets, net.

Certain of the Company’s operating lease agreements include variable payments that are passed through by the landlord, such as insurance, taxes, common area maintenance, payments based on the usage of the asset, and rental payments adjusted periodically for inflation. These variable payments are not included in the lease liabilities reflected on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.

The Company does sublease portions of our buildings to third parties. The right of use liability associated with these leases are not offset with expected rental incomes, as we remain primarily obligated for the leases.

The Company’s lease agreements do not contain material residual value guarantees, restrictions, or covenants.

The components of lease expense were as follows (in millions):

 

 

Successor

 

 

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

June 30,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Operating lease cost

 

$

 

25

 

 

$

 

14

 

 

 

$

 

16

 

 

$

 

40

 

Finance lease cost:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization of leased assets

 

 

 

25

 

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

 

21

 

Interest of lease liabilities

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

4

 

Variable and short-term lease cost

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

6

 

Sublease income

 

 

 

(8

)

 

 

 

(3

)

 

 

 

 

(4

)

 

 

 

(6

)

Total lease cost

 

$

 

51

 

 

$

 

28

 

 

 

$

 

30

 

 

$

 

65

 

F-41


Alight, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

Supplemental balance sheet information related to leases was as follows (in millions, except lease term and discount rate):

 

 

Successor

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

Operating Leases

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating lease right-of-use assets

 

$

 

86

 

 

$

 

120

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current operating lease liabilities

 

 

 

34

 

 

 

 

44

 

Noncurrent operating lease liabilities

 

 

 

103

 

 

 

 

139

 

Total operating lease liabilities

 

$

 

137

 

 

$

 

183

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Finance Leases

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed assets, net

 

$

 

46

 

 

$

 

62

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current finance lease liabilities

 

 

 

25

 

 

 

 

27

 

Noncurrent finance lease liabilities

 

 

 

18

 

 

 

 

34

 

Total finance lease liabilities

 

$

 

43

 

 

$

 

61

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted Average Remaining Lease Term (in years)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating leases

 

 

 

6.5

 

 

 

 

5.8

 

Finance leases

 

 

 

2.0

 

 

 

 

2.7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted Average Discount Rate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating leases

 

 

 

4.6

%

 

 

 

4.3

%

Finance leases

 

 

 

4.3

%

 

 

 

4.4

%

Supplemental cash flow and other information related to leases was as follows (in millions):

 

 

Successor

 

 

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

June 30,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of
   lease liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating cash flows from operating leases

 

$

 

48

 

 

$

 

27

 

 

 

$

 

22

 

 

$

 

42

 

Operating cash flows from finance leases

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

4

 

Financing cash flows from finance leases

 

 

 

30

 

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

 

 

17

 

 

 

 

24

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Right-of use assets obtained in exchange for lease
   obligations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating leases

 

$

 

11

 

 

$

 

2

 

 

 

$

 

10

 

 

$

 

26

 

Finance leases

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

62

 

F-42


Alight, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

Future lease payments for lease obligations with initial terms in excess of one year as of December 31, 2022 are as follows (in millions):

 

 

Finance
Leases

 

 

Operating
Leases

 

2023

 

$

 

21

 

 

$

 

37

 

2024

 

 

 

18

 

 

 

 

33

 

2025

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

19

 

2026

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

17

 

2027

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15

 

Thereafter

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

28

 

Total lease payments

 

 

 

44

 

 

 

 

149

 

Less: amount representing interest

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

(19

)

Total lease obligations, net

 

 

 

43

 

 

 

 

130

 

Less: current portion of lease obligations, net

 

 

 

(25

)

 

 

 

(34

)

Total long-term portion of lease obligations, net

 

$

 

18

 

 

$

 

96

 

The operating lease future lease payments include sublease rental income of $6 million, $5 million and $2 million for 2023, 2024, 2025, respectively.

20. Commitments and Contingencies

Legal

The Company is subject to various claims, tax assessments, lawsuits, and proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of business relating to the delivery of our services and the effectiveness of our technologies. The damages claimed in these matters are or may be substantial. Accruals for any exposures, and related insurance or other receivables, when applicable, are included on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and have been recognized in Selling, general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) to the extent that losses are deemed probable and are reasonably estimable. These amounts are adjusted from time to time as developments warrant. Management believes that the reserves established are appropriate based on the facts currently known. The reserves recorded at December 31, 2020 are as follows:2022 and December 31, 2021 were not material.

   Held-To-Maturity Level  Amortized
Cost
  Gross
Holding
Gain
  Fair Value 
December 31, 2020  U.S. Treasury Securities (Mature on 2/25/2021)  1  $1,035,848,884  $22,518  $1,035,871,402 
                    

Guarantees and Indemnifications

NOTE 10. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company evaluated subsequent eventsprovides a variety of service performance guarantees and transactionsindemnifications to its clients. The maximum potential amount of future payments represents the notional amounts that occurredcould become payable under the guarantees and indemnifications if there were a total default by the guaranteed parties, without consideration of possible recoveries under recourse provisions or other methods. These notional amounts may bear no relationship to the future payments that may be made, if any, for these guarantees and indemnifications.

To date, the Company has not been required to make any payment under any client arrangement as described above. The Company has assessed the current status of performance risk related to the client arrangements with performance guarantees and believes that any potential payments would be immaterial to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Purchase Obligations

The Company’s expected cash outflow for non-cancellable purchase obligations related to purchases of information technology assets and services is $26 million, $27 million, $9 million, $4 million and $3 million, for the years ended 2023, 2024, 2025, 2026, and thereafter, respectively.

Service Obligations

On September 1, 2018, the Company executed an agreement to form a strategic partnership with Wipro, a leading global information technology, consulting and business process services company.

The Company’s expected cash outflow for non-cancellable service obligations related to our strategic partnership with Wipro is $147 million, $154 million, $162 million, $170 million and $332 million for the years ended 2023, 2024, 2025, 2026 and thereafter, respectively.

F-43


Alight, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

The Company may terminate its arrangement with Wipro for cause or for the Company’s convenience. In the case of a termination for convenience, the Company would be required to pay a termination fee, including certain of Wipro’s unamortized costs, plus 25% of any remaining portion of the minimum level of services the Company agreed to purchase from Wipro over the course of 10 years.

F-44


21. Subsequent Events

Two-Year Strategic Transformation Restructuring Program

On February 20, 2023, the Company approved a two-year strategic transformation restructuring program (the “Program”) intended to accelerate the Company’s back-office infrastructure into the cloud and transform its operating model leveraging technology in order to reduce its overall future costs. The Program includes process and system optimization, third party costs associated with technology infrastructure transformation, and elimination of full-time positions. The Company currently expects to record in the aggregate approximately $140 million in pre-tax restructuring charges over the next two years. The restructuring charges are expected to include severance charges with an estimated range from $20 million to $30 million over the two-year period and other restructuring charges related to items such as data center exit costs, third party fees associated with the restructuring, and costs associated with transitioning existing technology and processes, which are estimated to account for between $100 million and $120 million over the two-year period. The Company estimates an annual savings of over $100 million after the balance sheet date upProgram is completed. The Program is expected to commence in the first quarter of 2023 and to be substantially completed over an estimated two-year period.

F-45


Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures.

Evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures

Our management, with the participation of our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, evaluated, as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms and that such information is accumulated and communicated to management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required or necessary disclosures. Based on the aforementioned evaluation, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer concluded that, due to the datematerial weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting related to our income tax accounting as further described below, our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective as of December 31, 2022.

Notwithstanding, the conclusion by management that our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2022 were not effective, and notwithstanding the material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting described below, management believes that the consolidated financial statements were issued. and related financial information included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K fairly present in all material respects our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows as of the dates presented, and for the periods ended on such dates, in conformity with U.S. GAAP.

Management's Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as such term is defined in Rule 13a–15(f) under the Exchange Act. Our internal control system was designed to provide reasonable assurance to our management, including the principal executive officer and the principal financial officer) and the Company’s Board of Directors regarding the preparation and fair presentation of published financial statements in accordance with GAAP. The Company’s accounting policies and internal controls over financial reporting, established and maintained by management, are under the general oversight of the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors (the “Audit Committee”).

The Company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that: (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP, and that receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of the Company’s management and directors; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

All internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation. Our management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2022. In making this assessment, our management used the criteria set forth in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in 2013.

Based uponon this review, other thanevaluation, management concluded that as of December 31, 2022, our internal control over financial reporting was not effective because of a material weakness in internal control over financial reporting as described below,below; this material weakness related to internal controls over the accounting for the income tax provision in accordance with GAAP.

Specifically, the Company did not have the appropriate complement of resources within its tax department commensurate with the nature and complexity associated with the Company’s income tax provision process. As a result, the design and operation of our internal controls associated with the accounting for the Company’s income tax provision was not designed to operate at a level of precision necessary to provide reasonable assurance that a material misstatement of the Company’s annual or interim financial statements would be detected or prevented.

As disclosed above, management does not believe that these control deficiencies materially affected the results and accuracy of any of its annual or interim financial statements. Further, management believes and has concluded that the consolidated financial statements for the prior periods and included in this report fairly present, in all material respects, the Company’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows for the periods presented in conformity with GAAP.

F-46


Remediation of Material Weaknesses in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

We are committed to maintaining a strong internal control environment. We have made initial progress towards remediation and continue to implement our remediation plan for the material weakness in internal control over financial reporting described above, with appropriate oversight from the Audit Committee. Specific remedial actions currently in progress include:
(i) conducting a complete assessment of the organizational structure of the Company’s tax team to
identify any subsequent eventsgaps or weaknesses, including necessary subject matter expertise, and make necessary changes to the personnel;
(ii) engaging and working with an independent, third-party review team to conduct a review of tax department processes and procedure with a particular emphasis on roles, responsibilities and accountabilities;
(iii) enhancing the level of precision in management’s review controls related to the review of significant tax balances to ensure transactions are recorded accurately and completely in accordance with GAAP, and
(iv) strengthening our income tax internal controls with enhanced documentation, technical oversight and training. Management believes
that wouldthe remediation plan’s design and implementation will effectively remediate the material weakness. Until the remediation activities are fully implemented and the operational effectiveness of related internal controls is validated through testing, the material weakness described above will continue to exist. Management believes the remediation measures will strengthen the Company’s internal control over financial reporting when fully implemented and remediate the material weakness.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Except for the determination by management of the material weaknesses in internal controls over financial reporting described above, there have required adjustmentbeen no other changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the fourth quarter of the year ended December 31, 2022, that have materially affected, or disclosureare reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Ernst & Young LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm that audited the financial statements included in this annual report, has issued a report on our internal control over financial reporting. That report follows.

F-47


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Stockholders and Board of Directors of Alight, Inc.

Opinion on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

We have audited Alight, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2022, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (the COSO criteria). In our opinion, because of the effect of the material weakness described below on the achievement of the objectives of the control criteria, Alight, Inc. (the Company) has not maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2022, based on the COSO criteria.

A material weakness is a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. The following material weakness has been identified and included in management’s assessment. Management identified a material weakness in the financial statements.design and operating effectiveness of controls over the accounting for income taxes.

On January 25, 2021,We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company entered into a Business Combination Agreement (the “Business Combination Agreement”) by and amongAccounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company, Tempo Holding Company, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Alight”), Acrobat Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation and direct, wholly owned subsidiaryconsolidated balance sheets of the Company (“Alight Pubco”)as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss), Acrobat SPAC Merger Sub, Inc.stockholders' equity and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2022, the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss), a Delaware corporationstockholders’ equity and direct, wholly owned subsidiarycash flows for the period from July 1, 2021 through December 31, 2021 (Successor), the related consolidated statements of Alight Pubco (“FTAC Merger Sub”)comprehensive income (loss), Acrobat Merger Sub, LLC, a Delaware limited liability companymembers’ equity and direct, wholly owned subsidiary ofcash flows for the Company (“Tempo Merger Sub”), Acrobat Blockerperiod from January 1, Corp., a Delaware corporation and a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Alight Pubco (“Blocker Merger Sub 1”), Acrobat Blocker 2 Corp., a Delaware corporation and a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Alight Pubco (“Blocker Merger Sub 2”), Acrobat Blocker 3 Corp., a Delaware corporation and a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Alight Pubco (“Blocker Merger Sub 3”), Acrobat Blocker 4 Corp., a Delaware corporation and a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Alight Pubco (“Blocker Merger Sub 4” and, together with Blocker Merger Sub 1, Blocker Merger Sub 2 and Blocker Merger Sub 3, the “Blocker Merger Subs”), Tempo Blocker I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Tempo Blocker 1”), Tempo Blocker II, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Tempo Blocker 2”), Blackstone Tempo Feeder Fund VII, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“Tempo Blocker 3”), and New Mountain Partners IV Special (AIV-E), LP, a Delaware limited partnership (“Tempo Blocker 4” and, together with Tempo Blocker 1, Tempo Blocker 2 and Tempo Blocker 3, the “Tempo Blockers”).

The Business Combination Agreement contemplates the consummation of the following transactions (the “Pending Business Combination”): (i) FTAC Merger Sub will merge with and into the Company, with the Company being the surviving corporation in the merger and becoming a subsidiary of Alight Pubco (the “Pubco Merger”) and (ii) Alight Pubco will,2021 through a series of mergers and related transactions, acquire equity interests in Alight and the Tempo Blockers. Following the consummation of the Pending Business Combination, the combined company will be organized in an “Up-C” structure, in which substantially all of the assets and business of Alight Pubco will be held by Alight. The combined company’s business will continue to operate through the subsidiaries of Alight.

The consideration to be paid to the pre-Closing equityholders of Alight and the pre-Closing equityholders of the Tempo Blockers (in connection with the merger of the Tempo Merger Sub with and into Alight (the “Tempo Merger”June 30, 2021 (Predecessor) and the mergeryear ended December 31, 2020, and the related notes. This material weakness was considered in determining the nature, timing and extent of audit tests applied in our audit of the Tempo Blocker Merger Subs with2022 consolidated financial statements, and into the Tempo Blockers, respectively,this report does not affect our report dated March 1, 2023, which expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

Basis for Opinion

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and certain other transactions at the closingfor its assessment of the Busines Combination (the “Closing”) will be a combinationeffectiveness of cash and equity consideration.

The Pending Business Combination is expected to consummated subject to the deliverables and provisions as further describedinternal control over financial reporting included in the Business Combination Agreement, including, among others: (i) approval ofaccompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Controls over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Required FTAC Stockholder Approvals by FTAC’s stockholders, (ii) the expiration or termination of the waiting period under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended, (iii) receipt of other required regulatory approvals, (iv) no order, statute, rule or regulation enjoining or prohibiting the consummation of the Business Combination being in force, (v) FTAC having at least $5,000,001 of net tangible assets as of the closing of the Business Combination, (vi) the Registration StatementCompany’s internal control over financial reporting based on Form S-4 to be filed by Alight Pubco in connectionour audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Business Combination having become effective, (vii) the Alight Pubco Class A Common Stock having been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange,PCAOB and (viii) customary bring down conditions related to the parties’ respective representations, warranties and pre-Closing covenants in the agreement. In addition, the obligation of Alight and the Tempo Blockers to consummate the Business Combination is conditioned upon, among other items, (A) the Available Cash Amount being at least $2,600,000,000 as of the closing of the Business Combination, and (B) each of the covenants of the parties to the Sponsor Agreement (as defined below)are required to be performed as of or priorindependent with respect to the closingCompany in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Business Combination having been performedSecurities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. FTAC’s obligation to consummate

Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the Pending Business Combination is also conditionedrisk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the deliveryassessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and Limitations of written consents fromInternal Control Over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the requisite equityholdersreliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Chicago, Illinois

March 1, 2023

F-48


Item 9B. Other Information.

Section 13(r) Disclosure

Pursuant to Section 219 of the Iran Threat Reduction and Syria Human Rights Act of 2012, which added Section 13(r) of the Exchange Act, we hereby incorporate by reference herein Exhibit 99.1 of this report, which includes disclosures regarding activities at Atlantia S.p.A., which may be, or may have been considered at the time, an affiliate of Blackstone and, therefore, our affiliate.

Item 9C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections.

Not applicable.

F-49


PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.

The information required under this Item will be contained in the definitive Proxy Statement for our 2023 annual meeting of stockholders (the "Proxy Statement"), incorporated herein by reference.

Item 11. Executive Compensation.

The information required under this Item will be contained in our Proxy Statement, incorporated herein by reference.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.

The information required under this Item will be contained in our Proxy Statement, incorporated herein by reference.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.

The information required under this Item will be contained in our Proxy Statement, incorporated herein by reference.

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services.

The information required under this Item will be contained in our Proxy Statement, incorporated herein by reference.

F-50


PART IV

Item 15. Exhibit and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a)
(1) The following documents have been included in Part II, Item 8:

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Consolidated Financial Statements of Alight, Inc.

Financial Statements:

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021, and 2020

Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2022 and 2021

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Tempo Blockers adoptingyears ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the Business Combination Agreementyears ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and approving2020

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(2) Financial Statement Schedules

Financial statement schedules have been omitted since they are either not required, not applicable, or the Pending Business Combination.

information is otherwise included.


(b)
Exhibits:

No.Description of Exhibits

Exhibit

Number

Description

2.1

2.1†

Amended and Restated Business Combination Agreement. (1)Agreement, dated as of April 29, 2021, by and among Foley Trasimene Acquisition Corp., Alight, Inc., Tempo Holding Company, LLC and certain other parties thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on April 30, 2021).

3.1

Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (2)of Alight, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on July 12, 2021).

3.2

Amended and Restated Bylaws (3)of Alight, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on July 12, 2021).

4.1

Specimen Unit Certificate. (4)Description of Securities of Alight, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed with the SEC on March 10, 2022).

4.2

Specimen Class A Common Stock Certificate. (4)Indenture, dated as of May 1, 2017 between Tempo Acquisition, LLC, as issuer, Tempo Acquisition Finance Corp., as co-issuer, and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as the trustee, transfer agent, registrar, and paying agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on July 12, 2021).

4.3

Specimen Warrant Certificate. (4)Form of 6.750% Senior Notes due 2025 (included in Exhibit 4.1)

4.4

DescriptionFirst Supplemental Indenture, dated as of registrant’s securities*November 27, 2017 between Tempo Acquisition, LLC, as issuer, Tempo Acquisition Finance Corp., as co-issuer, the guarantors party thereto, and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as the trustee, transfer agent, registrar and paying agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on July 12, 2021).

4.5

WarrantSecond Supplemental Indenture, dated as of August 14, 2018 between Tempo Acquisition, LLC, as issuer, Tempo Acquisition Finance Corp., as co-issuer, the guarantors party thereto, and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as the trustee, transfer agent, registrar and paying agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on July 12, 2021).

4.6

Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of February 13, 2019 between Tempo Acquisition, LLC, as issuer, Tempo Acquisition Finance Corp., as co-issuer, the guarantors party thereto, and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as the trustee, transfer agent, registrar and paying agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on July 12, 2021).

4.7

Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 29, 2019 between Tempo Acquisition, LLC, as issuer, Tempo Acquisition Finance Corp., as co-issuer, the guarantors party thereto, and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as the trustee, transfer agent, registrar and paying agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on July 12, 2021).

4.8

Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 9, 2019 between Tempo Acquisition, LLC, as issuer, Tempo Acquisition Finance Corp., as co-issuer, the guarantors party thereto, and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as the trustee, transfer agent, registrar and paying agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on July 12, 2021).

4.9

Sixth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of August 7, 2020 between Tempo Acquisition, LLC, as issuer, Tempo Acquisition Finance Corp., as co-issuer, the guarantors party thereto, and Wilmington Trust, National Association,

F-51


as the trustee, transfer agent, registrar and paying agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.8 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on July 12, 2021).

4.10

Indenture, dated as of May 7, 2020 between Tempo Acquisition, LLC, as issuer, Tempo Acquisition Finance Corp., as co-issuer, the guarantors party thereto from time to time, and Wilmington Trust National Association, as the trustee, transfer agent, registrar, paying agent and notes collateral agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.9 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on July 12, 2021).

4.11

Form of 5.750% Senior Secured Notes due 2025 (included in Exhibit 4.9).

4.12

First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 23, 2021 between Tempo Acquisition, LLC, as issuer, Tempo Acquisition Finance Corp., as co-issuer, the guarantors party thereto, and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as the trustee, transfer agent, registrar, paying agent and notes collateral agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.11 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on July 12, 2021).

10.1

Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Alight Holding Company, LLC, dated as of July 2, 2021, by and among Alight Holding Company, LLC, Alight, Inc., certain subsidiaries of Alight, Inc. and the other members of Alight Holding Company, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on July 12, 2021).

10.2

First Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Alight Holding Company, LLC, dated as of December 1, 2021, by and between Alight, Inc., Bilcar FT, LP, Trasimene Capital FT, LP and Alight Holding Company, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on December 2, 2021).

10.3†

Tax Receivable Agreement, dated May 29, 2020, betweenJuly 2, 2021, by and among Alight, Inc., Foley Trasimene Acquisition Corp., Tempo Holding Company, LLC, the CompanyTRA Parties, the TRA Party Representative and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company (2)each of the other persons that become a party to the Tax Receivable Agreement from time to time (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on July 12, 2021).

10.1

10.4

Investment Management TrustInvestor Rights Agreement, dated May 29, 2020, betweenas of July 2, 2021, by and among Alight, Inc., the CompanyLegacy Investors and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company. (2)the Sponsor Investors as of the date thereof, and each of the other persons that from time to time become party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on July 12, 2021).

10.2

10.5

Registration Rights Agreement, dated May 29, 2020,as of July 2, 2021, by and among Alight, Inc., the Legacy Investors and the Sponsor Investors as of the date thereof, and each of the other persons that from time to time become party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on July 12, 2021).

10.6

Amended and Restated Sponsor Agreement, dated as of January 25, 2021, by and among Foley Trasimene Acquisition Corp., Acrobat Holdings, Inc. (n/k/a Alight, Inc.), Tempo Holding Company, the SponsorsLLC (n/k/a Alight Holding Company, LLC) and certain other security holders named therein. (2)parties thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on January 27, 2021).

10.3

10.7

Private Placement WarrantsLimited Waiver to Amended and Restated Sponsor Agreement, dated as of December 1, 2021, by and between Alight, Inc., Alight Holding Company, LLC, Alight Group, Inc. and certain other parties thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on December 2, 2021).

10.8

Form of Subscription Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on January 27, 2021).

10.9+

Alight, Inc. 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on July 12, 2021).

10.10+

Alight, Inc. 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on July 12, 2021).

10.11+

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Employees under the Alight, Inc. 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8, filed with the SEC on September 10, 2021).

10.12+

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for the Executive Leadership Team under the Alight, Inc. 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.4 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8, filed with the SEC on September 10, 2021).

10.1+

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Directors under the Alight, Inc. 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.5 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8, filed with the SEC on September 10, 2021).

10.14

Forward Purchase Agreement dated May 26, 2020, betweenamong the Company and the Sponsors. (2)

10.4Administrative Services Agreement, dated May 22, 2020, between the CompanyRegistrant and Cannae Holdings, Inc. (2)(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed with the SEC on May 18, 2020).

10.5

10.15

LetterForward Purchase Agreement among the Registrant and THL FTAC LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed with the SEC on May 18, 2020).

F-52


10.16+

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated May 29,as of August 18, 2021, by and between Alight Solutions LLC and Stephan Scholl (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on August 18, 2021).

10.17+

Employment Agreement, dated as of August 18, 2021, by and between Alight Solutions LLC and Katie Rooney (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on August 18, 2021).

10.18

Amendment No. 5 to Credit Agreement, dated as of August 7, 2020 betweenamong Tempo Intermediate Holding Company II, LLC, Tempo Acquisition, LLC, each of the Companyguarantors party thereto, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent for the Lenders and the Sponsors. (2)Extending Revolving Credit Lenders party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on July 12, 2021).

10.6

10.19

LetterAmendment No. 6 to Credit Agreement, dated May 29, 2020,as of August 24, 2021 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed with the SEC on November 12, 2021).

10.20

Amendment No. 7 to Credit Agreement, dated as of January 31, 2022 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed with the SEC on March 10, 2022).

10.21*

Consulting Agreement, dated as of February 1, 2023, by and between Alight Solutions LLC and Cathinka Wahlstrom.

10.22*

Release Agreement, dated as of February 1, 2023, by and between Alight Solutions LLC and Cathinka Wahlstrom.

10.23

First Amendment to the CompanyInvestor Rights Agreement, dated as of February 2, 2023, by and among Alight, Inc., the Existing Investors and the Sponsor Investors as of the date thereof, and each of its officers and directors. (2)the other persons that from time to time become party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on February 2, 2023).

10.7

21.1*

An Indemnity Agreement, dated May 29, 2020, between the Company and William P. Foley, II. (2)Subsidiaries of Alight, Inc.

10.8

23.1*

An Indemnity Agreement, dated May 29, 2020, between the Company and Douglas K. Ammerman. (2)Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.

10.9

31.1*

An Indemnity Agreement, dated May 29, 2020, between the Company and Thomas M. Hagerty. (2)
10.10

An Indemnity Agreement, dated May 29, 2020, between the Company and Hugh R. Harris. (2)

10.11An Indemnity Agreement, dated May 29, 2020, between the Company and Frank R. Martire, Jr. (2)
10.12An Indemnity Agreement, dated May 29, 2020, between the Company and Richard N. Massey. (2)
10.13An Indemnity Agreement, dated May 29, 2020, between the Company and Richard L. Cox. (2)
10.14An Indemnity Agreement, dated May 29, 2020, between the Company and David W. Ducommun. (2)
10.15An Indemnity Agreement, dated May 29, 2020, between the Company and Michael L. Gravelle. (2)
10.16Amended and Restated Promissory Note, dated May 20, 2020, issued to affiliates of the Sponsors. (4)
10.17Securities Subscription Agreement, dated April 7, 2020, between the Company and the Sponsors. (4)
10.18Forward Purchase Agreement, dated May 8, 2020, between the Company and Cannae Holdings, Inc. (4)
10.19Forward Purchase Agreement, dated May 8, 2020, between the Company and THL FTAC LLC. (4)
10.20Form of Subscription Agreement. (1)
10.21Amended and Restated Sponsor Agreement. (1)
31.1*Certification of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15(d)-14(a),of 1934, as adoptedAdopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 20022002.

31.2*

Certification of Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15(d)-14(a),of 1934, as adoptedAdopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 20022002.

32.1**

Certification of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adoptedAdopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 20022002.

32.2**

Certification of Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adoptedAdopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 20022002.

101.INS*

99.1*

Section 13(r) Disclosure.

101.INS*

Inline XBRL Instance Document (5)

101.SCH*

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document

101.CAL*

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document

101.DEF*

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

101.PRE*

101.LAB*

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document

101.PRE*

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

101.LAB*

104*

Cover Page Interactive Data File (embedded within the Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Documentdocument)

* Filed herewithherewith.

** Furnished herewithherewith.

+ Indicates a management or compensatory plan.

(1) Previously† Schedules to this exhibit have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Registration S-K. The Registrant hereby agrees to furnish a copy of any omitted schedules to the Commission upon request.

The agreements and other documents filed as an exhibitexhibits to our Current Reportthis report are not intended to provide factual information or other disclosure other than with respect to the terms of the agreements or other documents themselves, and you should not rely on Form 8-K filed on January 27, 2021them for that purpose. In particular, any representations and incorporatedwarranties made by reference herein.

(2) Previously filed as an exhibit to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 1, 2020 and incorporated by reference herein.

(3) Previously filed as an exhibit to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on November 6, 2020 and incorporated by reference herein.

(4) Previously filed as an exhibit to our Form S-1 (File No.333-238135) initially filed on May 8, 2020 and incorporated by reference herein. 

(5) The instance document does not appearus in the interactive data file because its XBRL tags are embeddedthese agreements or other documents were made solely within the inline XBRL document.specific context of the relevant agreement or document and may not describe the actual state of affairs as of the date they were made or at any other time.

Item 16.Form 10-K Summary

Item 16. Form 10-K Summary

None.

F-53



SIGNATURES

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this reportReport to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.authorized.

Foley Trasimene Acquisition Corp.

Alight, Inc.

By:

/s/  Richard N. Massey

Date: March 1, 2023

Richard N. Massey

By:

/s/ Stephan D. Scholl

Stephan D. Scholl

Principal Executive Officer

F-54


Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated below on the 1st day of March, 2023.

Name

Title

/s/ Stephan D. Scholl

Chief Executive Officer and Director

Date: February 25, 2021 

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Stephan D. Scholl

SignatureTitleDate
/s/  Richard N. MasseyChief Executive Officer and DirectorFebruary 25, 2021
Richard N. Massey

(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ Bryan D. CoyKatie Rooney

Chief Financial Officer

February 25, 2021

Bryan D. Coy

Katie Rooney

(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

/s/ William P. Foley, II

Director and

Chairman of the Board

February 25, 2021 of Directors

William P. Foley, II

/s/ Douglas K. AmmermanDaniel S. Henson

Director

February 25, 2021

Douglas K. Ammerman

Daniel S. Henson

/s/ Hugh R. HarrisDavid N. Kestnbaum

Director

February 25, 2021

Hugh R. Harris

David N. Kestnbaum

/s/ Thomas M. HagertyRichard N. Massey

Director

February 25, 2021

Thomas M. Hagerty

Richard N. Massey

/s/ Frank R. MartireErika Meinhardt

Director

February 25, 2021

Frank R. Martire

Erika Meinhardt

/s/ Regina M. Paolillo

Director

Regina M. Paolillo

/s/ Peter F. Wallace

Director

Peter F. Wallace

/s/ Denise Williams

Director

Denise Williams


F-55